[gnome-user-docs] Updated Tamil translations

From: Shantha kumar <shakumar src gnome org>
To: commits-list gnome org
Cc:
Subject: [gnome-user-docs] Updated Tamil translations
Date: Wed, 24 Jul 2013 11:22:56 +0000 (UTC)
commit 2b72b3700376ca3e46ce509175ce2c2c3ed21c91
Author: Shantha kumar <shkumar redhat com>
Date:   Wed Jul 24 16:52:46 2013 +0530

    Updated Tamil translations

 gnome-help/ta/gnome-help.master.ta.po |14772 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
 1 files changed, 14772 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-)
---
diff --git a/gnome-help/ta/gnome-help.master.ta.po b/gnome-help/ta/gnome-help.master.ta.po
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..078c7ee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gnome-help/ta/gnome-help.master.ta.po
@@ -0,0 +1,14772 @@
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-07-24 08:30+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL ADDRESS>\n"
+"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL li org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#. Put one translator per line, in the form NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "translator-credits"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#.
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/index.page:10(media)
+#: C/index.page:10(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/gnome.png' md5='85ec62374d1dc2168674a56999647b05'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#.
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/index.page:15(media)
+#: C/index.page:15(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/yelp-icon-big.png' md5='292c209957ac50bb031fcec6cddfa47f'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/index.page:6(info/desc)
+#: C/index.page:6(info/desc)
+msgid "A guide for GNOME 3 desktop users"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/index.page:8(info/title)
+#: C/index.page:8(info/title)
+msgctxt "link"
+msgid "GNOME Help"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/index.page:9(info/title)
+#: C/index.page:9(info/title)
+msgctxt "text"
+msgid "GNOME Help"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/index.page:10(info/title)
+#: C/index.page:10(info/title)
+msgctxt "link:trail"
+msgid "<media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/png\" src=\"figures/gnome.png\">Help</media>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/index.page:15(page/title)
+#: C/index.page:15(page/title)
+msgid "<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/yelp-icon-big.png\">Yelp logo</media> GNOME Help"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/legal.xml:3(p/link)
+msgid "Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/legal.xml:3(license/p)
+msgid "This work is licensed under a <_:link-1/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:11(credit/name)
+#: C/a11y-braille.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/a11y-contrast.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:11(credit/name)
+#: C/a11y-font-size.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/a11y-mag.page:8(credit/name)
+#: C/a11y.page:8(credit/name)
+#: C/a11y-right-click.page:11(credit/name)
+#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:9(credit/name)
+#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:11(credit/name)
+#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:11(credit/name)
+#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:11(credit/name)
+#: C/bluetooth.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:23(credit/name)
+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:18(credit/name)
+#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:13(credit/name)
+#: C/clock.page:18(credit/name)
+#: C/disk.page:9(credit/name)
+#: C/files-browse.page:18(credit/name)
+#: C/files-delete.page:17(credit/name)
+#: C/files-lost.page:18(credit/name)
+#: C/files-open.page:18(credit/name)
+#: C/files-preview.page:13(credit/name)
+#: C/files-removedrive.page:8(credit/name)
+#: C/files-rename.page:16(credit/name)
+#: C/files-search.page:17(credit/name)
+#: C/files-select.page:8(credit/name)
+#: C/files-share.page:15(credit/name)
+#: C/files.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/hardware-auth.page:9(credit/name)
+#: C/hardware.page:9(credit/name)
+#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:13(credit/name)
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:12(credit/name)
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:20(credit/name)
+#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:11(credit/name)
+#: C/keyboard.page:18(credit/name)
+#: C/look-background.page:26(credit/name)
+#: C/media.page:9(credit/name)
+#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:14(credit/name)
+#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:19(credit/name)
+#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:17(credit/name)
+#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:19(credit/name)
+#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:18(credit/name)
+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:17(credit/name)
+#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:22(credit/name)
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:12(credit/name)
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:18(credit/name)
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:15(credit/name)
+#: C/nautilus-display.page:13(credit/name)
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:18(credit/name)
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:18(credit/name)
+#: C/nautilus-prefs.page:9(credit/name)
+#: C/nautilus-preview.page:13(credit/name)
+#: C/nautilus-views.page:18(credit/name)
+#: C/net-findip.page:11(credit/name)
+#: C/net-macaddress.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:14(credit/name)
+#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/net.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/prefs-display.page:9(credit/name)
+#: C/prefs-language.page:9(credit/name)
+#: C/prefs.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/printing-setup.page:25(credit/name)
+#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:15(credit/name)
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:18(credit/name)
+#: C/session-formats.page:13(credit/name)
+#: C/session-language.page:17(credit/name)
+#: C/shell-exit.page:20(credit/name)
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:16(credit/name)
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:15(credit/name)
+#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:16(credit/name)
+#: C/shell-windows-states.page:15(credit/name)
+#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:15(credit/name)
+#: C/sound-alert.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/sound-usemic.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:9(credit/name)
+#: C/sound-volume.page:13(credit/name)
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:11(credit/name)
+#: C/tips.page:8(credit/name)
+#: C/user-add.page:18(credit/name)
+#: C/user-addguest.page:21(credit/name)
+#: C/user-changepicture.page:15(credit/name)
+#: C/user-delete.page:19(credit/name)
+msgid "Shaun McCance"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:15(credit/name)
+#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:15(credit/name)
+#: C/a11y-icon.page:8(credit/name)
+#: C/a11y-right-click.page:16(credit/name)
+#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:15(credit/name)
+#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:15(credit/name)
+#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:14(credit/name)
+#: C/accounts.page:16(credit/name)
+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:15(credit/name)
+#: C/files-browse.page:22(credit/name)
+#: C/files-hidden.page:12(credit/name)
+#: C/files-sort.page:12(credit/name)
+#: C/files-tilde.page:13(credit/name)
+#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:9(credit/name)
+#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:21(credit/name)
+#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:15(credit/name)
+#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:13(credit/name)
+#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:14(credit/name)
+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:13(credit/name)
+#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:14(credit/name)
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:12(credit/name)
+#: C/net-default-browser.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/net-default-email.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/net-email-virus.page:12(credit/name)
+#: C/net-install-flash.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/net-manual.page:11(credit/name)
+#: C/net-othersconnect.page:11(credit/name)
+#: C/net-othersedit.page:11(credit/name)
+#: C/net-proxy.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/net-slow.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:16(credit/name)
+#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:15(credit/name)
+#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:13(credit/name)
+#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:17(credit/name)
+#: C/power-batterylife.page:19(credit/name)
+#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:17(credit/name)
+#: C/power-batterywindows.page:17(credit/name)
+#: C/power-othercountry.page:16(credit/name)
+#: C/printing-2sided.page:13(credit/name)
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:14(credit/name)
+#: C/printing-differentsize.page:12(credit/name)
+#: C/printing-envelopes.page:14(credit/name)
+#: C/printing-order.page:13(credit/name)
+#: C/printing-select.page:12(credit/name)
+#: C/printing-setup.page:13(credit/name)
+#: C/printing.page:9(credit/name)
+#: C/sound-volume.page:8(credit/name)
+#: C/user-addguest.page:17(credit/name)
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:16(credit/name)
+msgid "Phil Bull"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:19(credit/name)
+#: C/a11y-contrast.page:14(credit/name)
+#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:19(credit/name)
+#: C/a11y-font-size.page:14(credit/name)
+#: C/a11y-mag.page:12(credit/name)
+#: C/a11y.page:12(credit/name)
+#: C/a11y-right-click.page:20(credit/name)
+#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:19(credit/name)
+#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:19(credit/name)
+#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:15(credit/name)
+#: C/accounts-add.page:14(credit/name)
+#: C/accounts-create.page:18(credit/name)
+#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:14(credit/name)
+#: C/accounts-remove.page:12(credit/name)
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:13(credit/name)
+#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:15(credit/name)
+#: C/backup-how.page:20(credit/name)
+#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:21(credit/name)
+#: C/backup-what.page:19(credit/name)
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:27(credit/name)
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:24(credit/name)
+#: C/clock-calendar.page:19(credit/name)
+#: C/clock-set.page:16(credit/name)
+#: C/clock-timezone.page:15(credit/name)
+#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:18(credit/name)
+#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:20(credit/name)
+#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:19(credit/name)
+#: C/color-howtoimport.page:18(credit/name)
+#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:17(credit/name)
+#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:16(credit/name)
+#: C/contacts.page:12(credit/name)
+#: C/contacts-connect.page:13(credit/name)
+#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:17(credit/name)
+#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:16(credit/name)
+#: C/contacts-search.page:16(credit/name)
+#: C/contacts-setup.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/disk-benchmark.page:19(credit/name)
+#: C/disk-capacity.page:16(credit/name)
+#: C/disk-check.page:17(credit/name)
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:13(credit/name)
+#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:13(credit/name)
+#: C/documents-collections.page:15(credit/name)
+#: C/documents-filter.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/documents-formats.page:8(credit/name)
+#: C/documents-info.page:15(credit/name)
+#: C/documents.page:15(credit/name)
+#: C/documents-previews.page:15(credit/name)
+#: C/documents-print.page:15(credit/name)
+#: C/documents-search.page:15(credit/name)
+#: C/documents-select.page:15(credit/name)
+#: C/documents-tracker.page:13(credit/name)
+#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:15(credit/name)
+#: C/documents-view.page:15(credit/name)
+#: C/files-autorun.page:21(credit/name)
+#: C/files-browse.page:26(credit/name)
+#: C/files-copy.page:21(credit/name)
+#: C/files-delete.page:26(credit/name)
+#: C/files-disc-write.page:8(credit/name)
+#: C/files-hidden.page:16(credit/name)
+#: C/files-lost.page:22(credit/name)
+#: C/files-removedrive.page:16(credit/name)
+#: C/files-rename.page:24(credit/name)
+#: C/files-search.page:21(credit/name)
+#: C/files-share.page:19(credit/name)
+#: C/files-sort.page:20(credit/name)
+#: C/files-templates.page:16(credit/name)
+#: C/files-tilde.page:17(credit/name)
+#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:25(credit/name)
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:21(credit/name)
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:12(credit/name)
+#: C/keyboard-osk.page:19(credit/name)
+#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:23(credit/name)
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:12(credit/name)
+#: C/keyboard.page:26(credit/name)
+#: C/look-background.page:34(credit/name)
+#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:25(credit/name)
+#: C/look-resolution.page:20(credit/name)
+#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:18(credit/name)
+#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:23(credit/name)
+#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:21(credit/name)
+#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:23(credit/name)
+#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:22(credit/name)
+#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:26(credit/name)
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:16(credit/name)
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:22(credit/name)
+#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:17(credit/name)
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:19(credit/name)
+#: C/nautilus-display.page:17(credit/name)
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:22(credit/name)
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:16(credit/name)
+#: C/nautilus-preview.page:17(credit/name)
+#: C/nautilus-views.page:22(credit/name)
+#: C/net-default-browser.page:14(credit/name)
+#: C/net-default-email.page:14(credit/name)
+#: C/net-findip.page:19(credit/name)
+#: C/net-macaddress.page:18(credit/name)
+#: C/net-othersconnect.page:15(credit/name)
+#: C/net-othersedit.page:15(credit/name)
+#: C/net-proxy.page:18(credit/name)
+#: C/power-batterylife.page:27(credit/name)
+#: C/power-nowireless.page:21(credit/name)
+#: C/power-whydim.page:16(credit/name)
+#: C/prefs-language.page:13(credit/name)
+#: C/printing-setup.page:29(credit/name)
+#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:15(credit/name)
+#: C/privacy-purge.page:15(credit/name)
+#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:19(credit/name)
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:23(credit/name)
+#: C/session-formats.page:17(credit/name)
+#: C/session-language.page:25(credit/name)
+#: C/session-screenlocks.page:17(credit/name)
+#: C/settings-sharing.page:14(credit/name)
+#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:11(credit/name)
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:15(credit/name)
+#: C/sharing-media.page:11(credit/name)
+#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:20(credit/name)
+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:18(credit/name)
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:20(credit/name)
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:20(credit/name)
+#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:11(credit/name)
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:20(credit/name)
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:18(credit/name)
+#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:18(credit/name)
+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:20(credit/name)
+#: C/sound-alert.page:14(credit/name)
+#: C/sound-usemic.page:14(credit/name)
+#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:13(credit/name)
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:15(credit/name)
+#: C/translate.page:17(credit/name)
+#: C/user-add.page:22(credit/name)
+#: C/user-addguest.page:25(credit/name)
+#: C/user-changepassword.page:19(credit/name)
+#: C/user-delete.page:23(credit/name)
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:24(credit/name)
+#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/wacom-mode.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:11(credit/name)
+#: C/wacom-stylus.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/wacom.page:16(credit/name)
+msgid "Michael Hill"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:23(info/desc)
+msgid "Ignore quickly-repeated key presses of the same key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:27(page/title)
+msgid "Turn on bounce keys"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:29(page/p)
+msgid "Turn on <em>bounce keys</em> to ignore key presses that are rapidly repeated. For example, if you 
have hand tremors which cause you to press a key multiple times when you only want to press it once, you 
should turn on bounce keys."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:36(item/p)
+#: C/a11y-contrast.page:33(item/p)
+#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:41(item/p)
+#: C/a11y-font-size.page:29(item/p)
+#: C/a11y-mag.page:31(item/p)
+#: C/a11y-right-click.page:36(item/p)
+#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:39(item/p)
+#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:42(item/p)
+#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:37(item/p)
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:89(item/p)
+#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:30(item/p)
+#: C/files-autorun.page:39(item/p)
+#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:38(item/p)
+#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:46(item/p)
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:45(item/p)
+#: C/keyboard-osk.page:34(item/p)
+#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:41(item/p)
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45(item/p)
+#: C/look-background.page:46(item/p)
+#: C/look-resolution.page:36(item/p)
+#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:32(item/p)
+#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:37(item/p)
+#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:33(item/p)
+#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:38(item/p)
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:28(item/p)
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:63(item/p)
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:97(item/p)
+#: C/net-default-browser.page:28(item/p)
+#: C/net-default-email.page:28(item/p)
+#: C/net-findip.page:33(item/p)
+#: C/net-macaddress.page:34(item/p)
+#: C/net-othersconnect.page:37(item/p)
+#: C/net-othersedit.page:40(item/p)
+#: C/net-proxy.page:49(item/p)
+#: C/power-whydim.page:34(item/p)
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:43(item/p)
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:74(item/p)
+#: C/printing-name-location.page:36(item/p)
+#: C/printing-name-location.page:53(item/p)
+#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:40(item/p)
+#: C/printing-setup.page:67(item/p)
+#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:46(item/p)
+#: C/session-formats.page:33(item/p)
+#: C/session-language.page:44(item/p)
+#: C/session-language.page:76(item/p)
+#: C/session-screenlocks.page:35(item/p)
+#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:36(item/p)
+#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:72(item/p)
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:42(item/p)
+#: C/sharing-media.page:39(item/p)
+#: C/sound-alert.page:31(item/p)
+#: C/sound-usemic.page:43(item/p)
+#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:51(item/p)
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:54(item/p)
+#: C/user-add.page:63(item/p)
+#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:25(item/p)
+#: C/wacom-mode.page:23(item/p)
+#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:28(item/p)
+#: C/wacom-stylus.page:27(item/p)
+msgid "Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Settings</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:39(item/p)
+#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:42(item/p)
+#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:45(item/p)
+#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36(item/p)
+msgid "Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Typing</gui> tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:43(item/p)
+msgid "Switch <gui>Bounce Keys</gui> on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:48(note/title)
+msgid "Quickly turn bounce keys on and off"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:49(note/p)
+msgid "You can turn bounce keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility 
icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Bounce Keys</gui>. The accessibility icon is visible when one 
or more settings have been enabled from the <gui>Universal Access</gui> panel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:56(page/p)
+msgid "Use the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> slider to change how long bounce keys waits before it registers 
another key press after you pressed the key for the first time. Select <gui>Beep when a key is rejected</gui> 
if you want the computer to make a sound each time it ignores a key press because it happened too soon after 
the previous key press."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-braille.page:14(info/desc)
+msgid "Use the <app>Orca</app> screen reader with a refreshable Braille display."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-braille.page:19(page/title)
+msgid "Read screen in Braille"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-braille.page:21(page/p)
+msgid "GNOME provides the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to display the user interface on a refreshable 
Braille display. Depending on how you installed GNOME, you might not have Orca installed. <link 
href=\"install:orca\">Install Orca</link>, then refer to the <link href=\"help:orca\">Orca Help</link> for 
more information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-contrast.page:18(info/desc)
+msgid "Make windows and buttons on the screen more (or less) vivid, so they're easier to see."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-contrast.page:23(page/title)
+msgid "Adjust the contrast"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-contrast.page:25(page/p)
+msgid "You can adjust the contrast of windows and buttons so that they're easier to see. This is not the 
same as changing the brightness of the whole screen; only parts of the <em>user interface</em> will change."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-contrast.page:36(item/p)
+#: C/a11y-font-size.page:32(item/p)
+#: C/a11y-mag.page:34(item/p)
+msgid "Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Seeing</gui> tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-contrast.page:40(item/p)
+msgid "Switch <gui>High Contrast</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-contrast.page:45(note/p)
+msgid "<link xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>High 
Contrast</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:23(info/desc)
+msgid "The Hover Click (Dwell Click) feature allows you to click by holding the mouse still."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:28(page/title)
+msgid "Simulate clicking by hovering"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:30(page/p)
+msgid "You can click or drag simply by hovering your mouse pointer over a control or object on the screen. 
This is useful if you find it difficult to move the mouse and click at the same time. This feature is called 
Hover Click or Dwell Click."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:35(page/p)
+msgid "When Hover Click is enabled, you can move your mouse pointer over a control, let go of the mouse, and 
then wait for a while before the button will be clicked for you."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:44(item/p)
+#: C/a11y-right-click.page:39(item/p)
+msgid "Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Pointing and Clicking</gui> tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:48(item/p)
+msgid "Switch <gui>Hover Click</gui> on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:52(page/p)
+msgid "The <gui>Hover Click</gui> window will open, and will stay above all of your other windows. You can 
use this to choose what sort of click should happen when you hover. For example, if you select <gui>Secondary 
Click</gui>, you will right-click when you hover. After you double-click, right-click, or drag, you will be 
automatically returned to clicking."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:58(page/p)
+msgid "When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will gradually change color. 
When it has fully changed color, the button will be clicked."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:62(page/p)
+msgid "Adjust the <gui>Delay</gui> setting to change how long you have to hold the mouse pointer still 
before clicking."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:65(page/p)
+msgid "You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The pointer is allowed to 
move a little bit and will still click after a while. If it moves too much, however, the click will not 
happen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:69(page/p)
+msgid "Adjust the <gui>Motion threshold</gui> setting to change how much the pointer can move and still be 
considered to be hovering."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-font-size.page:18(info/desc)
+msgid "Use larger fonts to make text easier to read."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-font-size.page:22(page/title)
+msgid "Change text size on the screen"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-font-size.page:24(page/p)
+msgid "If you have difficulty reading the text on your screen, you can change the size of the font."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-font-size.page:36(item/p)
+msgid "Switch <gui>Large Text</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-font-size.page:40(page/p)
+msgid "Alternatively, you can quickly change the text size by clicking the <link 
xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Large Text</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-font-size.page:45(note/p)
+msgid "In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing 
<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>+</key></keyseq>. To reduce the text size, press 
<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>-</key></keyseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/a11y-icon.page:25(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/universal-access-menu.png' md5='0a74b1981ea14f71e521f92f1ab6ec86'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-icon.page:12(info/desc)
+msgid "The universal access menu is the icon on the top bar that looks like a person."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-icon.page:17(page/title)
+msgid "Find the universal access menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-icon.page:19(page/p)
+msgid "The <em>universal access menu</em> is where you can turn on various accessibility settings. You can 
find this menu by clicking the icon which looks like a person surrounded by a circle on the top bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-icon.page:24(figure/desc)
+msgid "The universal access menu can be found on the top bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-icon.page:28(page/p)
+msgid "To access this menu using the keyboard rather than the mouse, press 
<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to move the keyboard focus to the top bar. A 
white line will appear underneath the <gui>Activities</gui> button - this tells you which item on the top bar 
is selected. Use the arrow keys on the keyboard to move the white line under the universal access menu icon 
and then press <key>Enter</key> to open it. You can use the up and down arrow keys to select items in the 
menu. Press <key>Enter</key> to toggle the selected item."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-mag.page:18(info/desc)
+msgid "Zoom in on your screen so it's easier to see things."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-mag.page:22(page/title)
+msgid "Magnify the screen area"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-mag.page:24(page/p)
+msgid "Magnifying the screen is different than just enlarging the <link xref=\"a11y-font-size\">text 
size</link>. This feature is like having a magnifying glass, allowing you to move around by zooming in on 
parts of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-mag.page:38(item/p)
+msgid "Switch <gui>Zoom</gui> on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-mag.page:40(note/p)
+msgid "The <gui>Zoom</gui> section lists the current settings for the shortcut keys, which can be set in the 
<gui>Universal Access</gui> section of the <link xref=\"keyboard-shortcuts-set\">Shortcuts</link> tab on the 
<gui>Keyboard</gui> panel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-mag.page:48(page/p)
+msgid "You can now move around the screen area. By moving your mouse to the edges of the screen, you will 
move the magnified area in different directions, allowing you to view your area of choice."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-mag.page:53(note/p)
+msgid "You can quickly turn zoom on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility 
icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Zoom</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-mag.page:58(page/p)
+msgid "You can change the magnification factor, the mouse tracking, and the position of the magnified view 
on the screen. To adjust these, click the <gui>Options</gui> button and pick the <gui>Magnifier</gui> tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-mag.page:62(page/p)
+msgid "You can activate crosshairs to help you find the mouse or touchpad pointer. To switch them on and 
adjust their length, color, and thickness, click the <gui>Options</gui> button and pick the 
<gui>Crosshairs</gui> tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-mag.page:67(page/p)
+msgid "You can switch to inverse video or <gui>White on black</gui>, and adjust brightness, contrast and 
greyscale options for the magnifier. The combination of these options is useful for people with low-vision, 
any degree of photophobia, or just for using the computer under adverse lighting conditions. Click the 
<gui>Options</gui> button and pick the <gui>Color Effects</gui> tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y.page:16(info/desc)
+msgid "<link xref=\"a11y#vision\">Seeing</link>, <link xref=\"a11y#sound\">hearing</link>, <link 
xref=\"a11y#mobility\">mobility</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-braille\">braille</link>, <link 
xref=\"a11y-mag\">screen magnifier</link>…"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y.page:26(page/title)
+#: C/keyboard.page:39(links/title)
+msgid "Universal access"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y.page:28(page/p)
+msgid "The GNOME desktop includes assistive technologies to support users with various impairments and 
special needs, and to interact with common assistive devices. Many accessibility features can be accessed 
from the accessibility menu in the top bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y.page:34(section/title)
+msgid "Visual impairments"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y.page:37(links/title)
+msgid "Blindness"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y.page:40(links/title)
+msgid "Low vision"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y.page:43(links/title)
+msgid "Color-blindness"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y.page:46(links/title)
+#: C/a11y.page:68(links/title)
+#: C/keyboard.page:43(links/title)
+msgid "Other topics"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y.page:51(section/title)
+msgid "Hearing impairments"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y.page:56(section/title)
+msgid "Mobility impairments"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y.page:59(links/title)
+msgid "Mouse movement"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y.page:62(links/title)
+msgid "Clicking and dragging"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y.page:65(links/title)
+msgid "Keyboard use"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-right-click.page:13(credit/years)
+#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:12(credit/years)
+#: C/contacts.page:14(credit/years)
+#: C/contacts-connect.page:15(credit/years)
+#: C/contacts-setup.page:12(credit/years)
+#: C/documents-collections.page:12(credit/years)
+#: C/documents-collections.page:17(credit/years)
+#: C/documents-filter.page:12(credit/years)
+#: C/documents-formats.page:10(credit/years)
+#: C/documents-info.page:12(credit/years)
+#: C/documents-info.page:17(credit/years)
+#: C/documents.page:12(credit/years)
+#: C/documents.page:17(credit/years)
+#: C/documents-previews.page:12(credit/years)
+#: C/documents-previews.page:17(credit/years)
+#: C/documents-print.page:12(credit/years)
+#: C/documents-print.page:17(credit/years)
+#: C/documents-search.page:12(credit/years)
+#: C/documents-search.page:17(credit/years)
+#: C/documents-select.page:12(credit/years)
+#: C/documents-select.page:17(credit/years)
+#: C/documents-tracker.page:10(credit/years)
+#: C/documents-tracker.page:15(credit/years)
+#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:12(credit/years)
+#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:17(credit/years)
+#: C/documents-view.page:12(credit/years)
+#: C/documents-view.page:17(credit/years)
+#: C/files-removedrive.page:18(credit/years)
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:14(credit/years)
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:22(credit/years)
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:20(credit/years)
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:17(credit/years)
+#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:13(credit/years)
+#: C/shell-windows-states.page:17(credit/years)
+#: C/status-icons.page:13(credit/years)
+#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:12(credit/years)
+#: C/wacom-mode.page:12(credit/years)
+#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:13(credit/years)
+#: C/wacom-stylus.page:12(credit/years)
+msgid "2012"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-right-click.page:24(info/desc)
+msgid "Press and hold the left mouse button to right-click."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-right-click.page:28(page/title)
+msgid "Simulate a right mouse click"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-right-click.page:30(page/p)
+msgid "You can right-click by holding down the left mouse button. This is useful if you find it difficult to 
move your fingers individually on one hand, or if your pointing device only has a single button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-right-click.page:43(item/p)
+msgid "Switch <gui>Simulated Secondary Click</gui> on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-right-click.page:47(page/p)
+msgid "You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it is registered as a right 
click. On the <gui>Pointing and Clicking</gui> tab, change the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> under 
<gui>Simulated Secondary Click</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-right-click.page:52(page/p)
+msgid "To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse button where you would 
normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills with blue as you hold down the left mouse button. Once 
it is entirely blue, release the mouse button to right-click."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-right-click.page:57(page/p)
+msgid "Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. You can still use simulated 
secondary click as normal, even if you don't get visual feedback from the pointer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-right-click.page:61(page/p)
+msgid "If you use <link xref=\"mouse-mousekeys\">Mouse Keys</link>, this also allows you to right-click by 
holding down the <key>5</key> key on your keypad."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-right-click.page:66(note/p)
+msgid "In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, you are always able to long-press to right-click, even with 
this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly differently in the overview: You do not have to release the 
button to right-click."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:13(info/desc)
+msgid "Use the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to speak the user interface."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:18(page/title)
+msgid "Read screen aloud"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:20(page/p)
+msgid "GNOME provides the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to speak the user interface. Depending on how you 
installed GNOME, you might not have Orca installed. <link href=\"install:orca\">Install Orca</link>, then 
refer to the <link href=\"help:orca\">Orca Help</link> for more information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:23(info/desc)
+msgid "Have a delay between a key being pressed and that letter appearing on the screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:28(page/title)
+msgid "Turn on slow keys"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:30(page/p)
+msgid "Turn on <em>slow keys</em> if you would like there to be a delay between pressing a key and that 
letter being displayed on the screen. This means that you have to hold down each key you want to type for a 
little while before it appears. Use slow keys if you accidentally press several keys at a time when you type, 
or if you find it difficult to press the right key on the keyboard first time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:46(item/p)
+msgid "Switch <gui>Slow Keys</gui> on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:51(note/title)
+msgid "Quickly turn slow keys on and off"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:52(note/p)
+msgid "Under <gui>Enable by Keyboard</gui>, select <gui>Turn on accessibility features from the 
keyboard</gui> to turn slow keys on and off from the keyboard. When this option is selected, you can press 
and hold <key>Shift</key> for eight seconds to enable or disable slow keys."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:57(note/p)
+msgid "You can also turn slow keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility 
icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Slow Keys</gui>. The accessibility icon is visible when one or 
more settings have been enabled from the <gui>Universal Access</gui> panel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:64(page/p)
+msgid "Use the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> slider to control how long you have to hold a key down for it to 
register."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:67(page/p)
+msgid "You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key press is accepted, or when a 
key press is rejected because you didn't hold the key down long enough."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:23(info/desc)
+msgid "Type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time rather than having to hold down all of the keys at once."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:28(page/title)
+msgid "Turn on sticky keys"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:30(page/p)
+msgid "<em>Sticky keys</em> allows you to type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time rather than having to 
hold down all of the keys at once. For example, the <keyseq><key 
xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> shortcut switches between windows. Without 
sticky keys turned on, you would have to hold down both keys at the same time; with sticky keys turned on, 
you would press <key>Super</key> and then <key>Tab</key> to do the same."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:37(page/p)
+msgid "You might want to turn on sticky keys if you find it difficult to hold down several keys at once."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49(item/p)
+msgid "Switch <gui>Sticky Keys</gui> on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54(note/title)
+msgid "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:55(note/p)
+msgid "Under <gui>Enable by Keyboard</gui>, select <gui>Turn on accessibility features from the 
keyboard</gui> to turn sticky keys on and off from the keyboard. When this option is selected, you can press 
<key>Shift</key> five times in a row to enable or disable sticky keys."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:60(note/p)
+msgid "You can also turn sticky keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility 
icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Sticky Keys</gui>. The accessibility icon is visible when one 
or more settings have been enabled from the <gui>Universal Access</gui> panel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:67(page/p)
+msgid "If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off temporarily to let you enter 
a keyboard shortcut in the normal way."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:70(page/p)
+msgid "For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press <key>Super</key> and <key>Tab</key> 
simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to press another key if you had this option turned on. It 
<em>would</em> wait if you only pressed one key, however. This is useful if you are able to press some 
keyboard shortcuts simultaneously (for example, keys that are close together), but not others."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:77(page/p)
+msgid "Select <gui>Disable if two keys are pressed together</gui> to enable this."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:80(page/p)
+msgid "You can have the computer make a \"beep\" sound when you start typing a keyboard shortcut with sticky 
keys turned on. This is useful if you want to know that sticky keys is expecting a keyboard shortcut to be 
typed, so the next key press will be interpreted as part of a shortcut. Select <gui>Beep when a modifier key 
is pressed</gui> to enable this."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:19(info/desc)
+msgid "Enable visual alerts to flash the screen or window when an alert sound is played."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:24(page/title)
+msgid "Flash the screen for alert sounds"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:26(page/p)
+msgid "Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages and events. If you have a 
hard time hearing these sounds, you can have either the entire screen or your current window visually flash 
whenever the alert sound is played."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:31(page/p)
+msgid "This can also be useful if you're in an environment where you need your computer to be silent, such 
as in a library. See <link xref=\"sound-alert\"/> to learn how to mute the alert sound, then enable visual 
alerts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:40(item/p)
+msgid "Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Hearing</gui> tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:44(item/p)
+msgid "Switch <gui>Visual Alerts</gui> on. Select whether you want the entire screen or just your current 
window title to flash."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:50(note/p)
+msgid "You can quickly turn visual alerts on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility 
icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Visual Alerts</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/about-this-guide.page:8(info/desc)
+msgid "A few tips on using the desktop help guide."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/about-this-guide.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/backup-check.page:11(credit/name)
+#: C/backup-frequency.page:16(credit/name)
+#: C/backup-how.page:16(credit/name)
+#: C/backup-restore.page:15(credit/name)
+#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:17(credit/name)
+#: C/backup-what.page:11(credit/name)
+#: C/backup-where.page:13(credit/name)
+#: C/backup-why.page:13(credit/name)
+#: C/clock-calendar.page:15(credit/name)
+#: C/clock-set.page:12(credit/name)
+#: C/clock-timezone.page:11(credit/name)
+#: C/disk-benchmark.page:11(credit/name)
+#: C/disk-capacity.page:8(credit/name)
+#: C/disk-check.page:9(credit/name)
+#: C/disk-format.page:9(credit/name)
+#: C/disk-partitions.page:9(credit/name)
+#: C/files-autorun.page:17(credit/name)
+#: C/files-lost.page:14(credit/name)
+#: C/files-recover.page:14(credit/name)
+#: C/files-rename.page:12(credit/name)
+#: C/files-search.page:13(credit/name)
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:14(credit/name)
+#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:13(credit/name)
+#: C/hardware-driver.page:11(credit/name)
+#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:11(credit/name)
+#: C/look-background.page:14(credit/name)
+#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:13(credit/name)
+#: C/look-resolution.page:12(credit/name)
+#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:12(credit/name)
+#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:9(credit/name)
+#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:9(credit/name)
+#: C/music-player-newipod.page:9(credit/name)
+#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/net-antivirus.page:13(credit/name)
+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:11(credit/name)
+#: C/net-wired-connect.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:13(credit/name)
+#: C/net-wireless-find.page:12(credit/name)
+#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:11(credit/name)
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:14(credit/name)
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:14(credit/name)
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:14(credit/name)
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:15(credit/name)
+#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:13(credit/name)
+#: C/power-batterylife.page:15(credit/name)
+#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:13(credit/name)
+#: C/power-batteryslow.page:12(credit/name)
+#: C/power-batterywindows.page:13(credit/name)
+#: C/power-closelid.page:13(credit/name)
+#: C/power-constantfan.page:12(credit/name)
+#: C/power-hibernate.page:14(credit/name)
+#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:13(credit/name)
+#: C/power-lowpower.page:11(credit/name)
+#: C/power-nowireless.page:13(credit/name)
+#: C/power-othercountry.page:12(credit/name)
+#: C/power-suspendfail.page:13(credit/name)
+#: C/power-suspend.page:12(credit/name)
+#: C/power-whydim.page:12(credit/name)
+#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:12(credit/name)
+#: C/printing-streaks.page:14(credit/name)
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:13(credit/name)
+#: C/session-language.page:13(credit/name)
+#: C/session-screenlocks.page:13(credit/name)
+#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:16(credit/name)
+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:14(credit/name)
+#: C/shell-overview.page:21(credit/name)
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:14(credit/name)
+#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:14(credit/name)
+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:14(credit/name)
+#: C/shell-windows.page:14(credit/name)
+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:16(credit/name)
+#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:15(credit/name)
+#: C/shell-workspaces.page:15(credit/name)
+#: C/sound-broken.page:13(credit/name)
+#: C/sound-crackle.page:13(credit/name)
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:14(credit/name)
+#: C/user-accounts.page:17(credit/name)
+#: C/user-add.page:14(credit/name)
+#: C/user-addguest.page:13(credit/name)
+#: C/user-admin-change.page:16(credit/name)
+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:13(credit/name)
+#: C/user-admin-problems.page:13(credit/name)
+#: C/user-changepassword.page:15(credit/name)
+#: C/user-changepicture.page:11(credit/name)
+#: C/user-delete.page:15(credit/name)
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:12(credit/name)
+#: C/video-dvd.page:14(credit/name)
+#: C/video-sending.page:11(credit/name)
+msgid "GNOME Documentation Project"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/about-this-guide.page:17(page/title)
+msgid "About this guide"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/about-this-guide.page:18(page/p)
+msgid "This guide is designed to give you a tour of the features of your desktop, answer your 
computer-related questions, and provide tips on using your computer more effectively. We've tried to make 
this guide as easy to use as possible:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/about-this-guide.page:21(item/p)
+msgid "The guide is sorted into small, task-oriented topics--not chapters. This means that you don't need to 
skim through an entire manual to find the answer to your questions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/about-this-guide.page:22(item/p)
+msgid "Related items are linked together. \"See Also\" links at the bottom of some pages will direct you to 
related topics. This makes it easy to find similar topics that might help you perform a certain task."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/about-this-guide.page:23(item/p)
+msgid "It includes built-in search. The bar at the top of the help browser is a <em>search bar</em>, and 
relevant results will start appearing as soon as you start typing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/about-this-guide.page:24(item/p)
+msgid "The guide is constantly being improved. Although we attempt to provide you with a comprehensive set 
of helpful information, we know we won't answer all of your questions here. We will keep adding more 
information to make things more helpful, though."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/about-this-guide.page:27(page/p)
+msgid "Thank you for taking the time to read the desktop help. We sincerely hope that you will never have to 
use it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/about-this-guide.page:29(page/p)
+msgid "-- The GNOME documentation team"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-add.page:6(info/desc)
+msgid "Connect an online account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-add.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:15(credit/name)
+#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:14(credit/name)
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:16(credit/name)
+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:14(credit/name)
+#: C/files-delete.page:22(credit/name)
+#: C/files-removedrive.page:12(credit/name)
+#: C/files-rename.page:20(credit/name)
+#: C/files-sort.page:16(credit/name)
+#: C/more-help.page:14(credit/name)
+#: C/net-findip.page:15(credit/name)
+#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:11(credit/name)
+#: C/net-macaddress.page:14(credit/name)
+#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:11(credit/name)
+#: C/printing-2sided.page:17(credit/name)
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:18(credit/name)
+#: C/printing-differentsize.page:16(credit/name)
+#: C/printing-envelopes.page:18(credit/name)
+#: C/printing-order.page:17(credit/name)
+#: C/printing-paperjam.page:14(credit/name)
+#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:14(credit/name)
+#: C/printing-setup.page:17(credit/name)
+#: C/privacy.page:15(credit/name)
+#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:11(credit/name)
+#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/privacy-purge.page:11(credit/name)
+#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:23(credit/name)
+msgid "Jim Campbell"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-add.page:19(page/title)
+msgid "Add an account"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-add.page:21(page/p)
+msgid "Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your GNOME desktop. Thus, your email 
program, chat program, and other related applications will be set up for you."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-add.page:26(item/p)
+msgid "Click the <key>+</key> button in the lower-left portion of the window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-add.page:28(item/p)
+msgid "Click the <gui>Account Type</gui> menu and select one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-add.page:29(item/p)
+msgid "If you have more than one account type, you can add the other accounts at a later time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-add.page:31(item/p)
+msgid "Click <gui>Add…</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-add.page:32(item/p)
+msgid "A small website window will open where you can enter your online account credentials. For example, if 
you are setting up a Google account, enter your Google username and password."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-add.page:36(item/p)
+msgid "If you've entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to allow GNOME access to your 
online account. Select <gui>Grant Access</gui> to continue."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-add.page:39(item/p)
+msgid "Select the applications that you want linked to your online account. For example, if you want to use 
an online account for chat, but do not want to use an online account for your calendar, turn the 
<gui>calendar</gui> option off."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-add.page:45(page/p)
+msgid "After you have added the accounts, each application that you have selected will automatically use 
those credentials when you start them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-add.page:49(note/p)
+msgid "For security reasons, GNOME will not store your password on your computer. Instead, it stores a token 
that is provided by the online service. If you want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the 
online service, <link xref=\"accounts-remove\">remove</link> it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-create.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:20(credit/name)
+#: C/contacts-connect.page:18(credit/name)
+#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:21(credit/name)
+#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:20(credit/name)
+#: C/contacts-search.page:20(credit/name)
+#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:17(credit/name)
+#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:15(credit/name)
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:25(credit/name)
+#: C/nautilus-views.page:26(credit/name)
+#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:21(credit/name)
+#: C/power-batterylife.page:23(credit/name)
+#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:21(credit/name)
+#: C/power-closelid.page:17(credit/name)
+#: C/power-hibernate.page:18(credit/name)
+#: C/power-lowpower.page:15(credit/name)
+#: C/power-nowireless.page:17(credit/name)
+#: C/power-suspendfail.page:17(credit/name)
+#: C/power-suspend.page:16(credit/name)
+#: C/printing-to-file.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/sharing.page:15(credit/name)
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:11(credit/name)
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:24(credit/name)
+#: C/user-autologin.page:13(credit/name)
+msgid "Ekaterina Gerasimova"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-create.page:14(credit/name)
+#: C/documents-collections.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/documents-info.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/documents.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/documents-previews.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/documents-print.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/documents-search.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/documents-select.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/documents-tracker.page:8(credit/name)
+#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/documents-view.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:21(credit/name)
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:17(credit/name)
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:16(credit/name)
+#: C/keyboard-osk.page:15(credit/name)
+#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:19(credit/name)
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:16(credit/name)
+#: C/keyboard.page:22(credit/name)
+msgid "Julita Inca"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-create.page:22(info/desc)
+msgid "Create a new account using <app>Online Accounts</app>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-create.page:26(page/title)
+msgid "Create an online account"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-create.page:28(page/p)
+msgid "Some online account service providers allow you to create an account while adding it to <app>Online 
Accounts</app>. This allows you to manage all your online accounts from one application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-create.page:34(item/p)
+#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:33(item/p)
+#: C/accounts-remove.page:20(item/p)
+msgid "Open the <app>Online Accounts</app> settings from the Activities overview."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-create.page:38(item/p)
+msgid "Click <gui style=\"button\">+</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-create.page:41(item/p)
+msgid "Select an <gui>Account Type</gui> from the drop down menu. Some account types may <link 
xref=\"accounts-provider-not-available\">not be available</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-create.page:46(item/p)
+msgid "Click <gui>Add…</gui> to continue."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-create.page:49(item/p)
+msgid "Find and click the <gui>Sign Up</gui> button or link on the page which appears."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-create.page:52(note/p)
+msgid "Not all online account providers offer the option to create an account at this stage. If this is true 
of the service you wish to register, you will need to use an alternative method to create an account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-create.page:58(item/p)
+msgid "Fill in the registration form. You will typically be asked for some personal details such as username 
and password."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-create.page:62(item/p)
+msgid "You need to grant GNOME access to your new account in order to use it with <app>Online 
Accounts</app>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-create.page:66(item/p)
+msgid "All services that are offered by an account provider will be enabled by default. <link 
xref=\"accounts-disable-service\">Switch off</link> individual services to disable them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:5(info/desc)
+msgid "Some online accounts can be used to access multiple services (like calendar and email). You can 
control which of these services can be used by applications."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:20(page/title)
+msgid "Control which online services an account can be used to access"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:22(page/p)
+msgid "Some types of online account allow you to access several services with the same user account. For 
example, Google accounts provide access to calendar, email, contacts and chat. You may want to use your 
account for some services, but not others. For example, you may want to use your Google account for email but 
not chat, since you have a different online account that you use for chat."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:29(page/p)
+msgid "You can disable some of the services that are provided by each online account:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:35(item/p)
+msgid "Select the account you want to change from the list on the left."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:37(item/p)
+msgid "A list of services that are available with this account will be shown under <gui>Use this account 
for</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:39(item/p)
+msgid "Switch off any of the services that you don't want to be used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:43(page/p)
+msgid "Once a service has been disabled for an account, applications on your computer won't be able to use 
the account to connect to that service any more."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:47(page/p)
+msgid "To turn on a service that you disabled, just go back to the <gui>Online Accounts</gui> window and 
switch it on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:8(credit/name)
+#: C/help-irc.page:12(credit/name)
+#: C/help-mailing-list.page:16(credit/name)
+#: C/net-proxy.page:14(credit/name)
+msgid "Baptiste Mille-Mathias"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:18(info/desc)
+msgid "What if an online service provider is not listed?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:22(page/title)
+msgid "Why isn't my account type on the list?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:24(page/p)
+msgid "Support for your favorite online service provider needs someone to develop it. Currently, only a few 
types of online accounts are supported:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:27(item/p)
+msgid "Google"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:28(item/p)
+msgid "Windows Live"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:29(item/p)
+msgid "Facebook"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:30(item/p)
+msgid "Twitter"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:33(page/p)
+msgid "Support for Yahoo should be added in the near future."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:36(note/p)
+msgid "If you're interested in adding support for other services, contact the developers on the <link 
href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=gnome-online-accounts\";> bug tracker</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-remove.page:6(info/desc)
+msgid "Completely remove an online account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-remove.page:17(page/title)
+msgid "Remove an account"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-remove.page:22(item/p)
+msgid "Select the account you wish to remove."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-remove.page:23(item/p)
+msgid "Click the <key>-</key> button in the lower-left portion of the window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-remove.page:25(item/p)
+msgid "Click <gui>Remove</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-remove.page:29(note/p)
+msgid "Instead of deleting the account completely, it's possible to <link 
xref=\"accounts-disable-service\">restrict the services</link> accessed by your desktop."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:10(credit/years)
+msgid "2012-2013"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:17(credit/name)
+#: C/look-background.page:30(credit/name)
+#: C/session-language.page:21(credit/name)
+#: C/shell-exit.page:24(credit/name)
+msgid "Andre Klapper"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:24(info/desc)
+msgid "Applications can use the accounts created in <app>Online Accounts</app> and the services they 
exploit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:28(page/title)
+msgid "Which applications take advantage of online accounts?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:30(page/p)
+msgid "<app>Online Accounts</app> can be used by external applications to automatically configure 
themselves."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:34(section/title)
+msgid "With a Google account"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:37(item/p)
+msgid "<app>Evolution</app>, the email application. Your email account will be added to <app>Evolution</app> 
automatically, so it will retrieve your mail, give you access to your contacts, and display your calendar 
items in your Google agenda."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:42(item/p)
+msgid "<app>Empathy</app>, the instant messaging application. Your online account will be added and you will 
be able to communicate with your friends."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:45(item/p)
+msgid "<app>Contacts</app>, which will allow to see and edit your contacts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:47(item/p)
+msgid "<app>Documents</app> can access your online documents and display them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:53(section/title)
+msgid "With Windows Live, Facebook or Twitter accounts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:55(section/p)
+msgid "<app>Empathy</app> can use these accounts to connect you online and chat with your contacts, friends, 
and followers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:60(section/title)
+msgid "With a SkyDrive account"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:62(section/p)
+msgid "<app>Documents</app> can access your online documents in Microsoft SkyDrive and display them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:67(section/title)
+msgid "With a Exchange account"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:69(section/p)
+msgid "Once you have created an Exchange account, <app>Evolution</app> will start retrieving mails from this 
account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:74(section/title)
+msgid "With a ownCloud account"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:76(section/p)
+msgid "When an ownCloud account is set up, <app>Evolution</app> is able to access and edit contacts and 
calendar appointments."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:79(section/p)
+msgid "<app>Files</app> and other applications will be able to list and access your online files stored in 
the ownCloud installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:10(credit/name)
+msgid "Susanna Huhtanen"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:19(info/desc)
+msgid "Why add your email or social media accounts to your desktop?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:22(page/title)
+msgid "Why should I add an account?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:23(page/p)
+msgid "Adding your accounts brings your choice of services like calendar, chat and e-mail straight to your 
desktop and makes the information of the services a seamless part of your user experience. By adding accounts 
you can easily keep in touch with services of different accounts, like chats, at the same time. Just set your 
account once and every time you start your computer all the accounts and services you've added are ready for 
you."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts.page:6(info/desc)
+msgid "<link xref=\"accounts-create\">Create a new account</link>, <link xref=\"accounts-add\">Add an 
existing account</link>, <link xref=\"accounts-remove\">Remove an account</link>…"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts.page:21(page/title)
+msgid "Online accounts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/accounts.page:23(page/p)
+msgid "You can enter your login details for some online services (like Google and Facebook) into the 
<app>Online Accounts</app> window. This will let you easily access your calendar, mail, chat accounts, and 
similar from those applications without having to enter your account details again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-check.page:7(info/desc)
+msgid "Verify your backup was successful."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-check.page:17(page/title)
+msgid "Check your backup"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-check.page:19(page/p)
+msgid "After you have backed up your files, you should make sure that the backup was successful. If it 
didn't work properly, you could lose important data since some files could be missing from the backup."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-check.page:23(page/p)
+msgid "When you use the file manager to copy or move files, the computer checks to make sure that all of the 
data transferred correctly. However, if you are transferring data that is very important to you, you may want 
to perform additional checks to confirm that your data has been transferred properly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-check.page:29(page/p)
+msgid "You can do an extra check by looking through the copied files and folders on the destination media. 
By checking to make sure that the files and folders you transferred are actually there in the backup, you can 
have extra confidence that the process was successful."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-check.page:34(note/p)
+msgid "If you find that you do regular backups of large amounts of data, you may find it easier to use a 
dedicated backup program, such as <app>Déjà Dup</app>. Such a program is more powerful and more reliable than 
just copying and pasting files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-frequency.page:7(info/desc)
+msgid "Learn how often you should backup your important files to make sure that they're safe."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-frequency.page:12(credit/name)
+#: C/backup-how.page:12(credit/name)
+#: C/backup-restore.page:11(credit/name)
+#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:13(credit/name)
+#: C/backup-what.page:15(credit/name)
+#: C/backup-where.page:17(credit/name)
+#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:13(credit/name)
+#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:12(credit/name)
+#: C/contacts-search.page:12(credit/name)
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:9(credit/name)
+#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:9(credit/name)
+#: C/files-browse.page:14(credit/name)
+#: C/files-copy.page:17(credit/name)
+#: C/get-involved.page:12(credit/name)
+#: C/help-mailing-list.page:12(credit/name)
+#: C/more-help.page:9(credit/name)
+#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:15(credit/name)
+#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:18(credit/name)
+#: C/mouse.page:15(credit/name)
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:14(credit/name)
+#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:13(credit/name)
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:14(credit/name)
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:14(credit/name)
+#: C/nautilus-views.page:14(credit/name)
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:14(credit/name)
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:13(credit/name)
+#: C/printing-booklet.page:13(credit/name)
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:13(credit/name)
+#: C/translate.page:12(credit/name)
+#: C/user-delete.page:11(credit/name)
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:20(credit/name)
+msgid "Tiffany Antopolski"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-frequency.page:22(page/title)
+msgid "Frequency of backups"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-frequency.page:24(page/p)
+msgid "How often you make backups will depend on the type of data to be backed up. For example, if you are 
running a network environment with critical data stored on your servers, then even nightly backups may not be 
enough."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-frequency.page:28(page/p)
+msgid "On the other hand, if you are backing up the data on your home computer then hourly backups would 
likely be unnecessary. You may find it helpful to consider the following points when planning your backup 
schedule:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-frequency.page:33(item/p)
+msgid "The amount of time you spend on the computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-frequency.page:34(item/p)
+msgid "How often and by how much the data on the computer changes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-frequency.page:37(page/p)
+msgid "If the data you want to back up is lower priority, or subject to few changes, like music, e-mails and 
family photos, then weekly or even monthly backups may suffice. However, if you happen to be in the middle of 
a tax audit, more frequent backups may be necessary."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-frequency.page:42(page/p)
+msgid "As a general rule, the amount of time in between backups should be no more than the amount of time 
you are willing to spend re-doing any lost work. For example, if spending a week re-writing lost documents is 
too long for you, you should back up at least once per week."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-how.page:7(info/desc)
+msgid "Use Déjà Dup (or some other backup application) to make copies of your valuable files and settings to 
protect against loss."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-how.page:26(page/title)
+msgid "How to back up"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-how.page:28(page/p)
+msgid "The easiest way of backing up your files and settings is to let a backup application manage the 
backup process for you. A number of different backup applications are available, for example <app>Déjà 
Dup</app>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-how.page:32(page/p)
+msgid "The help for your chosen backup application will walk you through setting your preferences for the 
backup, as well as how to restore your data."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-how.page:35(page/p)
+msgid "An alternative option is to <link xref=\"files-copy\">copy your files</link> to a safe location, such 
as an external hard drive, another computer on the network, or a USB drive. Your <link 
xref=\"backup-thinkabout\">personal files</link> and settings are usually in your Home folder, so you can 
copy them from there."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-how.page:40(page/p)
+msgid "The amount of data you can back up is limited by the size of the storage device. If you have the room 
on your backup device, it is best to back up the entire Home folder with the following exceptions:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-how.page:45(item/p)
+msgid "Files that are already backed up somewhere else, such as to a CD, DVD, or other removable media."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-how.page:47(item/p)
+msgid "Files that you can recreate easily. For example, if you are a programmer, you don't have to back up 
the files that get produced when you compile your programs. Instead, just make sure that you back up the 
original source files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-how.page:51(item/p)
+msgid "Any files in the Trash folder. Your Trash folder can be found in <file>~/.local/share/Trash</file>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-restore.page:7(info/desc)
+msgid "Retrieve your files from a backup."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-restore.page:22(page/title)
+msgid "Restore a backup"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-restore.page:24(page/p)
+msgid "If you lost or deleted some of your files, but you have a backup of them, you can restore them from 
the backup:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-restore.page:28(item/p)
+msgid "If you want to restore your backup from a device such as external hard drive, USB drive or another 
computer on the network, you can <link xref=\"files-copy\">copy them</link> back to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-restore.page:32(item/p)
+msgid "If you created your backup using a backup application such as <app>Déjà Dup</app>, it is recommended 
that you use the same application to restore your backup. Review the application help for your backup 
program: it will provide specific instructions on how to restore your files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:7(info/desc)
+msgid "A list of folders where you can find documents, files and settings that you may want to back up."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:28(page/title)
+msgid "Where can I find the files I want to back up?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:30(page/p)
+msgid "Deciding which files to back up, and locating them, is the most difficult step when attempting to 
perform a backup. Listed below are the most common locations of important files and settings that you may 
want to back up."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:36(item/p)
+msgid "Personal files (documents, music, photos and videos)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. translators: xdg dirs are localised by package xdg-user-dirs and need
+#. to be translated. You can find the correct translations for your
+#. language here: http://translationproject.org/domain/xdg-user-dirs.html
+#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:37(item/p)
+msgid "These are usually stored in your home folder (<file>/home/your_name</file>). They could be in 
subfolders such as Desktop, Documents, Pictures, Music and Videos."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:40(item/p)
+msgid "If your backup medium has sufficient space (if it's an external hard disk, for example), consider 
backing up the entire Home folder. You can find out how much disk space your Home folder takes up by using 
the <app>Disk Usage Analyzer</app>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:47(item/p)
+msgid "Hidden files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:48(item/p)
+msgid "Any file or folder name that starts with a period (.) is hidden by default. To view hidden files, 
click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</gui></guiseq> or press 
<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. You can copy these to a backup location like any other file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:55(item/p)
+msgid "Personal settings (desktop preferences, themes, and software settings)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:56(item/p)
+msgid "Most applications store their settings in hidden folders inside your Home folder (see above for 
information on hidden files)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:58(item/p)
+msgid "Most of your application settings will be stored in the hidden folders <file>.config</file>, 
<file>.gconf</file>, <file>.gnome2</file>, and <file>.local</file> in your Home folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:64(item/p)
+msgid "System-wide settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:65(item/p)
+msgid "Settings for important parts of the system aren't stored in your Home folder. There are a number of 
locations that they could be stored, but most are stored in the <file>/etc</file> folder. In general, you 
won't need to back up these files on a home computer. If you are running a server, however, you should back 
up the files for the services that it is running."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-what.page:7(info/desc)
+msgid "Back up anything that you can't bear to lose if something goes wrong."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-what.page:26(page/title)
+msgid "What to back up"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-what.page:28(page/p)
+msgid "Your priority should be to back up your <link xref=\"backup-thinkabout\">most important files</link> 
as well as those that are difficult to recreate. For example, ranked from most important to least important:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-what.page:35(item/title)
+msgid "Your personal files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-what.page:36(item/p)
+msgid "This may include documents, spreadsheets, email, calendar appointments, financial data, family 
photos, or any other personal files that you would consider irreplaceable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-what.page:42(item/title)
+msgid "Your personal settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-what.page:43(item/p)
+msgid "This includes changes you may have made to colors, backgrounds, screen resolution and mouse settings 
on your desktop. This also includes application preferences, such as settings for <app>LibreOffice</app>, 
your music player, and your email program. These are replaceable, but may take a while to recreate."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-what.page:51(item/title)
+msgid "System settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-what.page:52(item/p)
+msgid "Most people never change the system settings that are created during installation. If you do 
customize your system settings for some reason, or if you use your computer as a server, then you may wish to 
back up these settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-what.page:59(item/title)
+msgid "Installed software"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-what.page:60(item/p)
+msgid "The software you use can normally be restored quite quickly after a serious computer problem by 
reinstalling it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-what.page:65(page/p)
+msgid "In general, you will want to back up files that are irreplaceable and files that require a great time 
investment to replace without a backup. If things are easy to replace, on the other hand, you may not want to 
use up disk space by having backups of them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-where.page:7(info/desc)
+msgid "Advice on where to store your backups and what type of storage device to use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-where.page:9(info/title)
+msgctxt "sort"
+msgid "c"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-where.page:23(page/title)
+msgid "Where to store your backup"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-where.page:25(page/p)
+msgid "You should store backup copies of your files somewhere separate from your computer - on an external 
hard disk, for example. That way, if the computer breaks, the backup will still be intact. For maximum 
security, you shouldn't keep the backup in the same building as your computer. If there is a fire or theft, 
both copies of the data could be lost if they are kept together."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-where.page:31(page/p)
+msgid "It is important to choose an appropriate <em>backup medium</em> too. You need to store your backups 
on a device that has sufficient disk capacity for all of the backed-up files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-where.page:36(list/title)
+msgid "Local and remote storage options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-where.page:38(item/p)
+msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-where.page:41(item/p)
+msgid "Internal disk drive (high capacity)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-where.page:44(item/p)
+msgid "External hard disk (typically high capacity)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-where.page:47(item/p)
+msgid "Network-connected drive (high capacity)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-where.page:50(item/p)
+msgid "File/backup server (high capacity)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-where.page:53(item/p)
+msgid "Writable CDs or DVDs (low/medium capacity)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-where.page:56(item/p)
+msgid "Online backup service (<link href=\"http://aws.amazon.com/s3/\";>Amazon S3</link> or <link 
href=\"https://one.ubuntu.com/\";>Ubuntu One</link>, for example; capacity depends on price)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-where.page:62(page/p)
+msgid "Some of these options have sufficient capacity to allow for a backup of every file on your system, 
also known as a <em>complete system backup</em>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-why.page:7(info/desc)
+msgid "Why, what, where and how of backups."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-why.page:8(info/title)
+msgctxt "link:trail"
+msgid "Backups"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-why.page:19(page/title)
+msgid "Back up your important files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-why.page:21(page/p)
+msgid "<em>Backing up</em> your files simply means making a copy of them for safekeeping. This is done in 
case the original files become unusable due to loss or corruption. These copies can be used to restore the 
original data in the event of loss. Copies should be stored on a different device from the original files. 
For example, you may use a USB drive, an external hard drive, a CD/DVD, or an off-site service."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/backup-why.page:28(page/p)
+msgid "The best way to back up your files is to do so regularly, keeping the copies off-site and (possibly) 
encrypted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth.page:14(info/desc)
+msgid "<link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">Connect</link>, <link xref=\"bluetooth-send-file\">send 
files</link>, <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\">turn on and off</link>…"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth.page:23(page/title)
+msgid "Bluetooth"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth.page:25(page/p)
+msgid "Bluetooth is a wireless protocol that allows you to connect many different types of devices to your 
computer. Bluetooth is commonly used for headsets and input devices like mice and keyboards. You can also use 
Bluetooth to <link xref=\"bluetooth-send-file\">send files between devices</link>, such as from your computer 
to your cell phone."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth.page:47(info/title)
+msgctxt "link"
+msgid "Bluetooth problems"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth.page:50(section/title)
+#: C/color.page:33(section/title)
+#: C/power.page:41(section/title)
+msgid "Problems"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:12(info/desc)
+msgid "Pair Bluetooth devices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:19(credit/name)
+#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:18(credit/name)
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:20(credit/name)
+#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:12(credit/name)
+#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:18(credit/name)
+#: C/printing-setup.page:21(credit/name)
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:17(credit/name)
+msgid "Paul W. Frields"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:33(page/title)
+msgid "Connect your computer to a Bluetooth device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:35(page/p)
+msgid "Before you can use a Bluetooth device like a mouse or a headset, you first need to connect your 
computer to the device. This is also called pairing the Bluetooth devices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:40(note/p)
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:54(note/p)
+msgid "Before you begin, make sure Bluetooth is enabled on your computer. See <link 
xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:48(when/p)
+msgid "Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select <gui>Set Up New Device</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:50(choose/p)
+msgid "Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select <gui>Set up a New Device</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:54(item/p)
+msgid "Make the other Bluetooth device <link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility\">discoverable or visible</link> 
and place it within 10 meters (about 33 feet) of your computer. Click <gui>Continue</gui>. Your computer will 
begin searching for devices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:59(item/p)
+msgid "If there are too many devices listed, use the <gui>Device type</gui> drop-down to display only a 
single type of device in the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:62(item/p)
+msgid "Click <gui>PIN options</gui> to set how a PIN will be delivered to the other device."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:64(note/p)
+msgid "The automatic PIN setting will use a six-digit numerical code. A device with no input keys or screen, 
such as a mouse or headset, may require a specific PIN such as 0000, or no PIN at all. Check your device's 
manual for the proper setting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:66(item/p)
+msgid "Choose an appropriate PIN setting for your device, then click <gui>Close</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:69(item/p)
+msgid "Click <gui>Continue</gui> to proceed. If you did not choose a preset PIN, the PIN will be displayed 
on the screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:72(item/p)
+msgid "If required, confirm the PIN on your other device. The device should show you the PIN you see on your 
computer screen, or may prompt you to enter the PIN. Confirm the PIN on the device, then click 
<gui>Matches</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:75(item/p)
+msgid "You need to finish your entry within about 20 seconds on most devices, or the connection will not be 
completed. If that happens, return to the device list and start again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:80(item/p)
+msgid "A message appears when the connection successfully completes. Click <gui>Close</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:84(page/p)
+msgid "You can <link xref=\"bluetooth-remove-connection\">remove a Bluetooth connection</link> later if 
desired."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:87(note/p)
+msgid "To control access to your shared files, refer to the <gui>Bluetooth Sharing</gui> settings. See <link 
xref=\"sharing-bluetooth\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:12(info/desc)
+msgid "The adapter could be turned off or may not have drivers, or Bluetooth might be disabled or blocked."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:21(page/title)
+msgid "I can't connect my Bluetooth device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:23(page/p)
+msgid "There are a number of reasons why you may not be able to connect to a Bluetooth device, such as a 
phone or headset."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:28(item/title)
+msgid "Connection blocked or untrusted"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:29(item/p)
+msgid "Some Bluetooth devices block connections by default, or require you to change a setting to allow 
connections to be made. Make sure that your device is set up to allow connections."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:34(item/title)
+msgid "Bluetooth hardware not recognized"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:35(item/p)
+msgid "Your Bluetooth adapter/dongle may not have been recognized by the computer. This could be because 
<link xref=\"hardware-driver\">drivers</link> for the adapter aren't installed. Some Bluetooth adapters 
aren't supported on Linux, so you may not be able to get the right drivers for them. In this case, you will 
probably have to get a different Bluetooth adapter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:42(item/title)
+msgid "Adapter not switched on"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:45(when/p)
+msgid "Make sure that your Bluetooth adapter is switched on. Click the Bluetooth icon in the <gui>menu 
bar</gui> and check that it's not <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\">disabled</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:48(choose/p)
+msgid "Make sure that your Bluetooth adapter is switched on. Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and 
check that it's not <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\">disabled</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:53(item/title)
+msgid "Device Bluetooth connection switched off"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:54(item/p)
+msgid "Check that Bluetooth is turned on on the device you're trying to connect to. For example, if you're 
trying to connect to a phone, make sure that it's not in airplane mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:58(item/title)
+msgid "No Bluetooth adapter in your computer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:59(item/p)
+msgid "Many computers do not have Bluetooth adapters. You can buy an adapter if you want to use Bluetooth."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:11(info/desc)
+msgid "Remove a device from the list of Bluetooth devices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:24(page/title)
+msgid "Remove a connection between Bluetooth devices"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:27(page/p)
+msgid "If you don't want to be connected to a Bluetooth device anymore, you can remove the connection. This 
is useful if you no longer want to use a device like a mouse or headset, or if you no longer wish to transfer 
files to or from a device."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:36(when/p)
+msgid "Click the Bluetooth icon in the <gui>menu bar</gui> and select <gui>Bluetooth Settings</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:38(choose/p)
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:94(choose/p)
+msgid "Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select <gui>Bluetooth Settings</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:42(item/p)
+msgid "Select the device you want to disconnect in the left pane, then click the <gui>-</gui> icon 
underneath the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:46(item/p)
+msgid "Click <gui>Remove</gui> in the confirmation window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:50(page/p)
+msgid "You can <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">reconnect a Bluetooth device</link> later if desired."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:13(info/desc)
+msgid "Share files to Bluetooth devices such as your phone."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:31(page/title)
+msgid "Send a file to a Bluetooth device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:35(when/p)
+msgid "You can send files to connected Bluetooth devices, such as some mobile phones or other computers. 
Some types of devices don't allow the transfer of files, or specific types of files. You can send files in 
one of three ways: using the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar, from the Bluetooth settings window, or directly 
from the file manager."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:41(choose/p)
+msgid "You can send files to connected Bluetooth devices, such as some mobile phones or other computers. 
Some types of devices don't allow the transfer of files, or specific types of files. You can send files using 
the Bluetooth icon on the top bar, or from the Bluetooth settings window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:59(steps/title)
+msgid "Send files using the Bluetooth icon"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:63(when/p)
+msgid "Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select <gui>Send Files to Device</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:65(choose/p)
+msgid "Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select <gui>Send Files to Device</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:69(item/p)
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:102(item/p)
+msgid "Choose the file you want to send and click <gui>Select</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:70(item/p)
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:103(item/p)
+msgid "To send more than one file in a folder, hold down <key>Ctrl</key> as you select each file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:73(item/p)
+msgid "Select the device which you want to send the files to and click <gui>Send</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:74(item/p)
+msgid "The list of devices will show both <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">devices you are already 
connected to</link> as well as <link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility\">visible devices</link> within range. If 
you have not already connected to the selected device, you will be prompted to pair with the device after 
clicking <gui>Send</gui>. This will probably require confirmation on the other device."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:79(item/p)
+msgid "If there are many devices, you can limit the list to only specific device types using the <gui>Device 
type</gui> drop-down."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:83(item/p)
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:106(item/p)
+msgid "The owner of the receiving device usually has to press a button to accept the file. Once the owner 
accepts or declines, the result of the file transfer will be shown on your screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:88(steps/title)
+msgid "Send files from the Bluetooth settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:92(when/p)
+msgid "Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select <gui>Bluetooth Settings</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:97(item/p)
+msgid "Select the device to send files to from the list on the left. The list only shows devices you've 
already connected to. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:100(item/p)
+msgid "In the device information on the right, click <gui>Send Files</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:26(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/bluetooth-menu.png' md5='42c7614ce7079d3fe15019ae1ab5f8a1'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:11(info/desc)
+msgid "Enable or disable the Bluetooth device on your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:24(page/title)
+msgid "Turn Bluetooth on or off"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:27(media/p)
+msgid "The Bluetooth icon on the top bar"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32(when/p)
+msgid "You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive files, but turn it off to 
conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and click <gui>Turn On 
Bluetooth</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:37(choose/p)
+msgid "You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive files, but turn it off to 
conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and switch <gui>Bluetooth</gui> 
on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:44(when/p)
+msgid "Many laptop computers have a hardware switch or key combination to turn Bluetooth on and off. If the 
Bluetooth hardware is turned off, you will not see a Bluetooth icon in the menu bar. Look for a switch on 
your computer or a key on your keyboard. The keyboard key is often accessed with the help of the 
<key>Fn</key> key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:50(choose/p)
+msgid "Many laptop computers have a hardware switch or key combination to turn Bluetooth on and off. If the 
Bluetooth hardware is turned off, you will not see a Bluetooth icon in the top bar. Look for a switch on your 
computer or a key on your keyboard. The keyboard key is often accessed with the help of the <key>Fn</key> 
key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:59(when/p)
+msgid "To turn Bluetooth off, click the Bluetooth icon and click <gui>Turn Off Bluetooth</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:61(choose/p)
+msgid "To turn Bluetooth off, click the Bluetooth icon and switch <gui>Bluetooth</gui> off."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:64(note/p)
+msgid "You only need to switch <gui>Visibility</gui> on if you are connecting to this computer from another 
device. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility\"/> for more information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:10(info/desc)
+msgid "Whether or not other devices can discover your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:19(page/title)
+msgid "What is Bluetooth visibility?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:21(page/p)
+msgid "Bluetooth visibility simply refers to whether other devices can discover your computer when searching 
for Bluetooth devices. When Bluetooth visibility is turned on, your computer will advertise itself to all 
other devices within range, allowing them to attempt to connect to you."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:26(page/p)
+msgid "Your computer does not need to be visible to search for other devices, but those devices need to be 
visible for your computer to discover them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:29(page/p)
+msgid "After you have <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">connected to a device</link>, neither your 
computer nor the device needs to be visible to communicate with each other."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:33(page/p)
+msgid "Unless you or someone you trust needs to connect to your computer from another device, you should 
leave visibility off."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color.page:9(credit/name)
+#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:14(credit/name)
+#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:14(credit/name)
+#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:13(credit/name)
+#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:16(credit/name)
+#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:15(credit/name)
+#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:12(credit/name)
+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:12(credit/name)
+#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:12(credit/name)
+#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:11(credit/name)
+#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:13(credit/name)
+#: C/color-howtoimport.page:14(credit/name)
+#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:11(credit/name)
+#: C/color-notifications.page:13(credit/name)
+#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:11(credit/name)
+#: C/color-testing.page:13(credit/name)
+#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:13(credit/name)
+#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/color-whatisspace.page:11(credit/name)
+#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/color-whyimportant.page:10(credit/name)
+msgid "Richard Hughes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color.page:14(info/desc)
+msgid "<link xref=\"color-whyimportant\">Why is this important</link>, <link xref=\"color#profiles\">Color 
profiles</link>, <link xref=\"color#calibration\">How to calibrate a device</link>…"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color.page:22(page/title)
+msgid "Color management"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color.page:25(section/title)
+msgid "Color profiles"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color.page:29(section/title)
+msgid "Calibration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#.
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/clock-calendar.page:52(media)
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:134(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/shell-appts.png' md5='3bd352466637914eaabacc29774c408d'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#.
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/clock-calendar.page:57(media)
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:141(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/shell-appts-classic.png' md5='e3ede8dd9aeb53b75596bec7b9f88b6e'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/clock-calendar.page:10(info/desc)
+msgid "Display your appointments on the calendar at the top of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/clock-calendar.page:26(page/title)
+msgid "Calendar appointments"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/clock-calendar.page:29(note/p)
+msgid "This requires <app>Evolution</app> to be installed on your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/clock-calendar.page:30(note/p)
+msgid "Most distros come with <app>Evolution</app> installed by default. If yours does not, you may need to 
install it using your distro's package manager."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/clock-calendar.page:34(page/p)
+msgid "To view your appointments:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/clock-calendar.page:37(item/p)
+msgid "Click on the clock on the top bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/clock-calendar.page:40(item/p)
+msgid "Click the date for which you want to see your appointments on the <gui>Calendar</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/clock-calendar.page:44(item/p)
+msgid "Existing appointments will display on the right. As appointments are added in <app>Evolution</app>, 
they will appear in the clock's appointment list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/clock-calendar.page:53(media/p)
+#: C/clock-calendar.page:58(media/p)
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:135(media/p)
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:142(media/p)
+msgid "Clock, calendar, and appointments"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/clock-calendar.page:63(page/p)
+msgid "To quickly get to the full <app>Evolution</app> calendar, click on the clock and click <gui>Open 
Calendar</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/clock-calendar.page:67(note/p)
+msgid "This will work only if you have an existing <app>Evolution</app> account. Otherwise, a window will 
appear with the necessary steps for adding your first account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/clock-set.page:7(info/desc)
+msgid "Click the clock on the top bar and go into the <gui>Date and Time Settings</gui> to alter the 
date/time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/clock-set.page:23(page/title)
+msgid "Change the date and time"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/clock-set.page:25(page/p)
+msgid "If the date and time displayed on the top bar are incorrect or in the wrong format, you can change 
them:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/clock-set.page:30(item/p)
+msgid "Click on the clock in the middle of the top bar and select <gui>Date and Time Settings</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/clock-set.page:34(item/p)
+#: C/clock-timezone.page:27(item/p)
+msgid "You may need to click <gui>Unlock</gui> and type the <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">admin 
password</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/clock-set.page:38(item/p)
+msgid "Adjust the date and time by clicking on the arrows to choose the hour and minute. You can choose the 
year, month and day from the drop-down lists."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/clock-set.page:42(item/p)
+msgid "If you like, you can have the clock update itself automatically by switching <gui>Network Time</gui> 
on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/clock-set.page:44(item/p)
+msgid "When <em>Network Time</em> is switched on, the computer will periodically synchronize its clock with 
a very accurate clock on the internet, so you don't have to do it manually. This will only work if you are 
connected to the internet."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/clock-set.page:50(item/p)
+msgid "You can also change how the hour is displayed by selecting <gui>24-hour</gui> or <gui>AM/PM</gui> 
format."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/clock-timezone.page:7(info/desc)
+msgid "Add other timezones so you can see what time it is in other cities."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/clock-timezone.page:22(page/title)
+msgid "Change your timezone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/clock-timezone.page:25(item/p)
+msgid "Click on the clock in the middle of the top bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/clock-timezone.page:26(item/p)
+msgid "Select <gui>Date and Time Settings</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/clock-timezone.page:29(item/p)
+msgid "Click on your the location on the map, then select your current city from the drop-down list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/clock-timezone.page:33(page/p)
+msgid "The time shown on the top bar will update automatically when you select a different location. The 
time in the window will be updated next time you access the <gui>Date and Time Settings</gui> window. You may 
also wish to <link xref=\"clock-set\">set the clock manually</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/clock.page:8(info/desc)
+msgid "<link xref=\"clock-set\">Set date and time</link>, <link xref=\"clock-timezone\">timezone</link>, 
<link xref=\"clock-calendar\">calendar and appointments</link>…"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/clock.page:25(page/title)
+msgid "Date &amp; time"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#.
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:45(media)
+#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:29(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/color-profile-default.png' md5='2cabb46bf9cf9dc5476c7f6c27a7f3a5'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:9(info/desc)
+msgid "Look in <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> for the option to change this."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:24(page/title)
+msgid "How do I assign profiles to devices?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:26(page/p)
+msgid "Open <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq>, and click the device that you wish to add 
a profile to."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:30(page/p)
+msgid "By clicking <gui>Add profile</gui> you can select an existing profile or import a new file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:34(page/p)
+msgid "Each device can have multiple profiles assigned to it, but only one profile can be the 
<em>default</em> profile. The default profile is used when there is no extra information to allow the profile 
to be chosen automatically. An example of this automatic selection would be if one profile was created for 
glossy paper and another plain paper."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:44(figure/desc)
+msgid "You can make a profile default by changing it with the radio button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:48(page/p)
+msgid "If calibration hardware is connected the <gui>Calibrate…</gui> button will create a new profile."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:11(info/desc)
+msgid "Calibrating your camera is important to capture accurate colors."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:20(page/title)
+msgid "How do I calibrate my camera?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:22(page/p)
+msgid "Camera devices are calibrated by taking a photograph of a target under the desired lighting 
conditions. By converting the RAW file to a TIFF file, it can be used to calibrate the camera device in the 
color control panel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:28(page/p)
+msgid "You will need to crop the TIFF file so that just the target is visible. Ensure the white or black 
borders are still visible. Calibration will not work if the image is upside-down or is distorted by a large 
amount."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:36(note/p)
+msgid "The resulting profile is only valid under the lighting condition that you acquired the original image 
from. This means you might need to profile several times for <em>studio</em>, <em>bright sunlight</em> and 
<em>cloudy</em> lighting conditions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:10(info/desc)
+msgid "Calibrating your printer is important to print accurate colors."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:19(page/title)
+msgid "How do I calibrate my printer?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:21(page/p)
+msgid "There are two ways to profile a printer device:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:26(item/p)
+msgid "Using a photospectrometer device like the Pantone ColorMunki"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27(item/p)
+msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:30(page/p)
+msgid "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest option if you only have 
one or two different paper types. By downloading the reference chart from the companies website you can then 
send them back the print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the profile and email 
you back an accurate ICC profile."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:38(page/p)
+msgid "Using an expensive device such as a ColorMunki works out cheaper only if you are profiling a large 
number of ink sets or paper types."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:44(note/p)
+msgid "If you change your ink supplier, make sure you recalibrate the printer!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:11(info/desc)
+msgid "Calibrating your scanner is important to capture accurate colors."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:26(page/title)
+msgid "How do I calibrate my scanner?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:28(page/p)
+msgid "You scan in your target file and save it as an uncompressed TIFF file. You can then click 
<gui>Calibrate…</gui> from <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> to create a profile for the 
device."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:36(note/p)
+msgid "Scanner devices are incredibly stable over time and temperature and do not usually need to be 
recalibrated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:10(info/desc)
+msgid "Calibrating your screen is important to display accurate colors."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:25(page/title)
+msgid "How do I calibrate my screen?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:27(page/p)
+msgid "Calibrating your screen is very easy to do and should be a hard requirement if you're involved in 
computer design or artwork."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:31(page/p)
+msgid "By using a device called colorimeter you accurately measure the different colors that your screen is 
able to display. By running <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> you can easily create a 
profile, and the wizard will show you how to attach the colorimeter device and what settings to adjust."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:40(note/p)
+msgid "Screens change all the time - the backlight in a TFT will half in brightness approximately every 18 
months, and will get yellower as it gets older. This means you should recalibrate your screen when the [!] 
icon appears in the color control panel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:47(note/p)
+msgid "LED screens also change over time, but a much slower rate than TFTs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:9(info/desc)
+msgid "Calibration and characterization are different things entirely."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:18(page/title)
+msgid "What's the difference between calibration and characterization?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:19(page/p)
+msgid "Many people are initially confused about the difference between calibration and characterization. 
Calibration is the process of modifying the color behavior of a device. This is typically done using two 
mechanisms:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:26(item/p)
+msgid "Changing controls or internal settings that it has"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:27(item/p)
+msgid "Applying curves to its color channels"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:29(page/p)
+msgid "The idea of calibration is to put a device in a defined state with regard to its color response. 
Often this is used as a day to day means of maintaining reproducible behavior. Typically calibration will be 
stored in device or systems specific file formats that record the device settings or per-channel calibration 
curves."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:36(page/p)
+msgid "Characterization (or profiling) is <em>recording</em> the way a device reproduces or responds to 
color. Typically the result is stored in a device ICC profile. Such a profile does not in itself modify color 
in any way. It allows a system such as a CMM (Color Management Module) or a color aware application to modify 
color when combined with another device profile. Only by knowing the characteristics of two devices, can a 
way of transferring color from one device representation to another be achieved."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:47(note/p)
+msgid "Note that a characterization (profile) will only be valid for a device if it's in the same state of 
calibration as it was when it was characterized."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:53(page/p)
+msgid "In the case of display profiles there is some additional confusion because often the calibration 
information is stored in the profile for convenience. By convention it is stored in a tag called the 
<em>vcgt</em> tag. Although it is stored in the profile, none of the normal ICC based tools or applications 
are aware of it, or do anything with it. Similarly, typical display calibration tools and applications will 
not be aware of, or do anything with the ICC characterization (profile) information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:9(info/desc)
+msgid "We support a large number of calibration devices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:19(page/title)
+msgid "What color measuring instruments are supported?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:21(page/p)
+msgid "GNOME relies on the Argyll color management system to support color instruments. Thus the following 
display measuring instruments are supported:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:28(item/p)
+msgid "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Pro (spectrometer)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:29(item/p)
+msgid "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Monitor (spectrometer)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:30(item/p)
+msgid "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Display 1, 2 or LT (colorimeter)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:31(item/p)
+msgid "X-Rite i1 Display Pro (colorimeter)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:32(item/p)
+msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Design or Photo (spectrometer)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:33(item/p)
+msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Create (colorimeter)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:34(item/p)
+msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Display (colorimeter)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:35(item/p)
+msgid "Pantone Huey (colorimeter)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:36(item/p)
+msgid "MonacoOPTIX (colorimeter)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:37(item/p)
+msgid "ColorVision Spyder 2 and 3 (colorimeter)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:38(item/p)
+msgid "Colorimètre HCFR (colorimeter)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:42(note/p)
+msgid "The Pantone Huey is currently the cheapest and best supported hardware in Linux."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:45(page/p)
+msgid "Thanks to Argyll there's also a number of spot and strip reading reflective spectrometers supported 
to help you calibrating and characterizing your printers:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:52(item/p)
+msgid "X-Rite DTP20 \"Pulse\" (\"swipe\" type reflective spectrometer)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:53(item/p)
+msgid "X-Rite DTP22 Digital Swatchbook (spot type reflective spectrometer)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:54(item/p)
+msgid "X-Rite DTP41 (spot and strip reading reflective spectrometer)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:55(item/p)
+msgid "X-Rite DTP41T (spot and strip reading reflective spectrometer)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:56(item/p)
+msgid "X-Rite DTP51 (spot reading reflective spectrometer)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:9(info/desc)
+msgid "Calibration targets are needed to do scanner and camera profiling."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:18(page/title)
+msgid "Which target types are supported?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:20(page/p)
+msgid "The following types of targets are supported:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:25(item/p)
+msgid "CMP DigitalTarget"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:26(item/p)
+msgid "ColorChecker 24"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:27(item/p)
+msgid "ColorChecker DC"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:28(item/p)
+msgid "ColorChecker SG"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:29(item/p)
+msgid "i1 RGB Scan 14"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:30(item/p)
+msgid "LaserSoft DC Pro"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:31(item/p)
+msgid "QPcard 201"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:32(item/p)
+msgid "IT8.7/2"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:36(note/p)
+msgid "You can purchase targets from well-known vendors like KODAK, X-Rite and LaserSoft in various online 
shops."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:40(note/p)
+msgid "Alternatively you can buy targets from <link href=\"http://www.targets.coloraid.de/\";>Wolf 
Faust</link> at a very fair price."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:8(info/desc)
+msgid "Sharing color profiles is never a good idea as hardware changes over time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:17(page/title)
+msgid "Can I share my color profile?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:19(page/p)
+msgid "Color profiles that you have created yourself are specific to the hardware and lighting conditions 
that you calibrated for. A display that has been powered for a few hundred hours is going to have a very 
different color profile to a similar display with the next serial number that has been lit for a thousand 
hours."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:26(page/p)
+msgid "This means if you share your color profile with somebody, you might be getting them <em>closer</em> 
to calibration, but it's misleading at best to say that their display is calibrated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:31(page/p)
+msgid "Similarly, unless everyone has recommended controlled lighting (no sunlight from windows, black 
walls, daylight bulbs etc.) in a room where viewing and editing images takes place, sharing a profile that 
you created in your own specific lighting conditions doesn't make a lot of sense."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:40(note/p)
+msgid "You should carefully check the redistribution conditions for profiles downloaded from vendor websites 
or that were created on your behalf."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:10(info/desc)
+msgid "Color profiles are provided by vendors and can be generated yourself."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:19(page/title)
+msgid "Where do I get color profiles?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:21(page/p)
+msgid "The best way to get profiles is to generate them yourself, although this does require some initial 
outlay."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:25(page/p)
+msgid "Many manufacturers do try to provide color profiles for devices, although sometimes they are wrapped 
up in <em>driver bundles</em> which you may need to download, extract and then search for the color profiles."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:31(page/p)
+msgid "Some manufacturers do not provide accurate profiles for the hardware and the profiles are best 
avoided. A good clue is to download the profile, and if the creation date is more than a year before the date 
you bought the device then it's likely dummy data generated that is useless."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:39(page/p)
+msgid "See <link xref=\"color-why-calibrate\"/> for information on why vendor-supplied profiles are often 
worse than useless."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-howtoimport.page:8(info/desc)
+msgid "Color profiles can be easily imported by opening them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-howtoimport.page:24(page/title)
+msgid "How do I import color profiles?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-howtoimport.page:26(page/p)
+msgid "The profile can easily be imported by double clicking on the <input>.ICC</input> or 
<input>.ICM</input> file in the file browser."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-howtoimport.page:30(page/p)
+msgid "Alternatively you can select <gui>Import profile…</gui> from 
<guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> when selecting a profile for a device."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:8(info/desc)
+msgid "Whole-screen color correction modifies all the screen colors on all windows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:17(page/title)
+msgid "Missing information for whole-screen color correction?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:18(page/p)
+msgid "Unfortunately, many vendor-supplied ICC profiles do not include the information required for 
whole-screen color correction. These profiles can still be useful for applications that can do color 
compensation, but you will not see all the colors of your screen change."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:24(page/p)
+msgid "In order to create a display profile, which includes both calibration and characterization data, you 
will need to use a special color measuring instruments called a colorimeter or a spectrometer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-notifications.page:11(info/desc)
+msgid "You can be notified if your color profile is old and inaccurate."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-notifications.page:19(page/title)
+msgid "Can I get notified when my color profile is inaccurate?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-notifications.page:20(page/p)
+msgid "Unfortunately we can't tell without recalibrating whether a device profile is accurate. We can use a 
simple metric of the amount of time since calibration to determine if a recalibrate is recommended."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-notifications.page:26(page/p)
+msgid "Some companies have very specific timeout policies for profiles, as an inaccurate color profile can 
make a huge difference to an end product."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-notifications.page:31(page/p)
+msgid "If you set the timeout policy and a profile is older than the policy then a red warning triangle will 
be shown in the <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> dialog next to the profile. A warning 
notification will also be shown every time you log into your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-notifications.page:39(page/p)
+msgid "To set the policy for display and printer devices, you specify the maximum age of the profile in 
days:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-notifications.page:44(page/screen)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"<output style=\"prompt\">[rupert gnome] </output><input>gsettings set 
org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-printer-threshold 180</input>\n"
+"<output style=\"prompt\">[rupert gnome] </output><input>gsettings set 
org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-display-threshold 180</input>\n"
+""
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:9(info/desc)
+msgid "Default monitor profiles do not have a calibration date."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:17(page/title)
+msgid "Why don't the default monitor profiles have a calibration expiry?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:18(page/p)
+msgid "The default color profile used for each monitor is generated automatically based on the display EDID 
which is stored in a memory chip inside the monitor. The EDID only gives us a snapshot of the available 
colors the monitor was capable of displaying when it was manufactured, and does not contain much other 
information for color correction."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:28(figure/desc)
+msgid "As the EDID cannot be updated, it has no expiry date."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:33(note/p)
+msgid "Getting a profile from the monitor vendor or creating a profile yourself would lead to more accurate 
color correction."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-testing.page:8(info/desc)
+msgid "Testing color management isn't hard, and we even supply some test profiles."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-testing.page:19(page/title)
+msgid "How do I test if color management is working correctly?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-testing.page:20(page/p)
+msgid "The effects of a color profile are sometimes subtle and it may be hard to see if anything much has 
changed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-testing.page:24(page/p)
+msgid "In GNOME we ship several profiles for testing that make it very clear when the profiles are being 
applied:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-testing.page:31(item/p)
+msgid "<em>Bluish Test</em>: This will turn the screen blue and tests if the calibration curves are being 
sent to the display"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-testing.page:37(item/p)
+msgid "<em>ADOBEGAMMA-test</em>: This will turn the screen pink and tests different features of a screen 
profile"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-testing.page:43(item/p)
+msgid "<em>FakeBRG</em>: This will not change the screen, but will swap around the RGB channels to become 
BGR. This will make all the colors gradients look mostly correct, and there won't be much difference on the 
whole screen, but images will look very different in applications that support color management."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-testing.page:54(page/p)
+msgid "Add one of the test profiles to your display device using the 
<guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> preferences."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-testing.page:60(page/p)
+msgid "Using these profiles you can clearly see when an application supports color management."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:8(info/desc)
+msgid "A virtual device is a color managed device that is not connected to the computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:23(page/title)
+msgid "What's a virtual color managed device?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:25(page/p)
+msgid "A virtual device is a color managed device that is not connected to the computer. Examples of this 
might be:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:32(item/p)
+msgid "An online print-shop where photos are uploaded, printed and sent to you"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:33(item/p)
+msgid "Photos from a digital camera stored on a memory card"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:36(page/p)
+msgid "To create a virtual profile for a digital camera just drag and drop one of the image files onto the 
<guiseq><gui>Settings</gui> <gui>Color</gui></guiseq> dialog. You can then <link 
xref=\"color-assignprofiles\">assign profiles</link> to it like any other device or even <link 
xref=\"color-calibrate-camera\">calibrate</link> it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:7(info/desc)
+msgid "A color profile is a simple file that expresses a color space or device response."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:16(page/title)
+msgid "What is a color profile?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:18(page/p)
+msgid "A color profile is a set of data that characterizes either a device such as a projector or a color 
space such as sRGB."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:22(page/p)
+msgid "Most color profiles are in the form of an ICC profile, which is a small file with a 
<input>.ICC</input> or <input>.ICM</input> file extension."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:27(page/p)
+msgid "Color profiles can be embedded into images to specify the gamut range of the data. This ensures that 
users see the same colors on different devices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:32(page/p)
+msgid "Every device that is processing color should have it's own ICC profile and when this is achieved the 
system is said to have an <em>end-to-end color-managed workflow</em>. With this kind of workflow you can be 
sure that colors are not being lost or modified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/color-whatisspace.page:48(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/color-space.png' md5='0417f11824ea39b7ab1e31193c19e207'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-whatisspace.page:8(info/desc)
+msgid "A color space is a defined range of colors."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-whatisspace.page:17(page/title)
+msgid "What is a color space?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-whatisspace.page:19(page/p)
+msgid "A color space is a defined range of colors. Well known color spaces include sRGB, AdobeRGB and 
ProPhotoRGB."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-whatisspace.page:24(page/p)
+msgid "The human visual system is not a simple RGB sensor, but we can approximate how the eye responds with 
a CIE 1931 chromaticity diagram that shows the human visual response as a horse-shoe shape. You can see that 
in human vision there are many more shades of green detected than blue or red. With a trichromatic color 
space like RGB we represent the colors on the computer using three values, which restricts up to encoding a 
<em>triangle</em> of colors."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-whatisspace.page:36(note/p)
+msgid "Using models such as a CIE 1931 chromaticity diagram is a huge simplification of the human visual 
system, and real gamuts are expressed as 3D hulls, rather than 2D projections. A 2D projection of a 3D shape 
can sometimes be misleading, so if you want to see the 3D hull, use the <code>gcm-viewer</code> application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-whatisspace.page:47(figure/desc)
+msgid "sRGB, AdobeRGB and ProPhotoRGB represented by white triangles"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-whatisspace.page:51(page/p)
+msgid "First, looking at sRGB, which is the smallest space and can encode the least number of colors. It is 
an approximation of a 10 year old CRT display, and so most modern monitors can easily display more colors 
than this. sRGB is a <em>least-common-denominator</em> standard and is used in a large number of applications 
(including the Internet)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-whatisspace.page:59(page/p)
+msgid "AdobeRGB is frequently used as an <em>editing space</em>. It can encode more colors than sRGB, which 
means you can change colors in a photograph without worrying too much that the most vivid colors are being 
clipped or the blacks crushed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-whatisspace.page:65(page/p)
+msgid "ProPhoto is the largest space available and is frequently used for document archival. It can encode 
nearly the whole range of colors detected by the human eye, and even encode colors that the eye cannot 
detect!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-whatisspace.page:72(page/p)
+msgid "Now, if ProPhoto is clearly better, why don't we use it for everything? The answer is to do with 
<em>quantization</em>. If you only have 8 bits (256 levels) to encode each channel, then a larger range is 
going to have bigger steps between each value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-whatisspace.page:78(page/p)
+msgid "Bigger steps mean a larger error between the captured color and the stored color, and for some colors 
this is a big problem. It turns out that key colors, like skin colors are very important, and even small 
errors will make untrained viewers notice that something in a photograph looks wrong."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-whatisspace.page:85(page/p)
+msgid "Of course, using a 16 bit image is going to leave many more steps and a much smaller quantization 
error, but this doubles the size of each image file. Most content in existence today is 8bpp, i.e. 8 
bits-per-pixel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-whatisspace.page:91(page/p)
+msgid "Color management is a process for converting from one color space to another, where a color space can 
be a well known defined space like sRGB, or a custom space such as your monitor or printer profile."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:24(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/color-average.png' md5='9189963fdd14f11f0685a9ef2196279b'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:7(info/desc)
+msgid "Calibrating is important if you care about the colors you display or print."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:16(page/title)
+msgid "Why do I need to do calibration myself?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:18(page/p)
+msgid "Generic profiles are usually bad. When a manufacturer creates a new model, they just take a few items 
from the production line and average them together:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:25(media/p)
+msgid "Averaged profiles"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:28(page/p)
+msgid "Display panels differ quite a lot from unit to unit and change substantially as the display ages. It 
is also more difficult for printers, as just changing the type or weight of paper can invalidate the 
characterization state and make the profile inaccurate."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:36(page/p)
+msgid "The best way of ensuring the profile you have is accurate is by doing the calibration yourself, or by 
letting an external company supply you with a profile based on your exact characterization state."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/color-whyimportant.page:30(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/color-camera.png' md5='3c7319d2fde00e55eaca8f5318667a66'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/color-whyimportant.page:40(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/color-display.png' md5='a4cd5c10c2fe44a82d6096963573cd8e'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/color-whyimportant.page:50(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/color-printer.png' md5='42cae5a5d2aac8c774b76f7b41cc921c'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-whyimportant.page:7(info/desc)
+msgid "Color management is important for designers, photographers and artists."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-whyimportant.page:16(page/title)
+msgid "Why is color management important?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-whyimportant.page:17(page/p)
+msgid "Color management is the process of capturing a color using an input device, displaying it on a 
screen, and printing it all whilst managing the exact colors and the range of colors on each medium."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-whyimportant.page:23(page/p)
+msgid "The need for color management is probably explained best with a photograph of a bird on a frosty day 
in winter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-whyimportant.page:29(figure/desc)
+msgid "A bird on a frosty wall as seen on the camera view-finder"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-whyimportant.page:33(page/p)
+msgid "Displays typically over-saturate the blue channel, making the images look cold."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-whyimportant.page:39(figure/desc)
+msgid "This is what the user sees on a typical business laptop screen"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-whyimportant.page:43(page/p)
+msgid "Notice how the white is not 'paper white' and the black of the eye is now a muddy brown."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-whyimportant.page:49(figure/desc)
+msgid "This is what the user sees when printing on a typical inkjet printer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-whyimportant.page:53(page/p)
+msgid "The basic problem we have here is that each device is capable of handling a different range of 
colors. So while you might be able to take a photo of electric blue, most printers are not going to be able 
to reproduce it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-whyimportant.page:59(page/p)
+msgid "Most image devices capture in RGB (Red, Green, Blue) and have to convert to CMYK (Cyan, Magenta, 
Yellow, and Black) to print. Another problem is that you can't have <em>white</em> ink, and so the whiteness 
can only be as good as the paper color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-whyimportant.page:66(page/p)
+msgid "Another problem is units. Without specifying the scale on which a color is measured, we don't know if 
100% red is near infrared or just the deepest red ink in the printer. What is 50% red on one display is 
probably something like 62% on another display. It's like telling a person that you've just driven 7 units of 
distance, without the unit you don't know if that's 7 kilometers or 7 meters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-whyimportant.page:76(page/p)
+msgid "In color, we refer to the units as gamut. Gamut is essentially the range of colors that can be 
reproduced. A device like a DSLR camera might have a very large gamut, being able to capture all the colors 
in a sunset, but a projector has a very small gamut and all the colors are going to look \"washed out\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-whyimportant.page:84(page/p)
+msgid "In some cases we can <em>correct</em> the device output by altering the data we send to it, but in 
other cases where that's not possible (you can't print electric blue) we need to show the user what the 
result is going to look like."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/color-whyimportant.page:91(page/p)
+msgid "For photographs it makes sense to use the full tonal range of a color device, to be able to make 
smooth changes in color. For other graphics, you might want to match the color exactly, which is important if 
you're trying to print a custom mug with the Red Hat logo that <em>has</em> to be the exact Red Hat Red."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:12(credit/name)
+msgid "Lucie Hankey"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:26(info/desc)
+msgid "Add or remove a contact in the local address book."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:30(page/title)
+msgid "Add or remove a contact"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:32(page/p)
+msgid "To add a contact:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:36(item/p)
+msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">New</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:39(item/p)
+msgid "In the <gui>New contact</gui> window, enter the contact name and the desired information. Click on 
the menu next to each field to choose <gui>Work</gui>, <gui>Home</gui> or <gui>Other</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:44(item/p)
+msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Create Contact</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:48(page/p)
+msgid "To remove a contact:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:52(item/p)
+#: C/contacts-connect.page:38(item/p)
+#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:37(item/p)
+msgid "Select the contact from your contact list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:55(item/p)
+#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:40(item/p)
+msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Edit</gui> in the top-rigth corner of <app>Contacts</app>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:59(item/p)
+msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Remove Contact</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/contacts.page:17(info/desc)
+msgid "Access your contacts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/contacts.page:21(page/title)
+msgid "Contacts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/contacts.page:23(page/p)
+msgid "Use <app>Contacts</app> to store, access or edit information for your contacts, locally or in your 
<link xref=\"accounts\">Online Accounts</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/contacts-connect.page:20(credit/years)
+#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:15(credit/years)
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:25(credit/years)
+#: C/printing-name-location.page:16(credit/years)
+#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:24(credit/years)
+#: C/printing-to-file.page:12(credit/years)
+#: C/privacy.page:17(credit/years)
+#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:12(credit/years)
+#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:25(credit/years)
+#: C/settings-sharing.page:16(credit/years)
+#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:26(credit/years)
+#: C/user-autologin.page:15(credit/years)
+msgid "2013"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/contacts-connect.page:23(info/desc)
+msgid "Email, chat with, or phone a contact."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/contacts-connect.page:26(page/title)
+msgid "Connect with your contact"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/contacts-connect.page:34(page/p)
+msgid "To email, chat with or phone someone in <app>Contacts</app>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/contacts-connect.page:41(item/p)
+msgid "Press on the <gui>Detail</gui> that you want to use. For example, to email your contact, press the 
email address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/contacts-connect.page:45(item/p)
+msgid "The corresponding application will be launched using the contact's details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:27(info/desc)
+msgid "Edit the information for each contact."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:30(page/title)
+msgid "Edit contact details"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:32(page/p)
+msgid "Editing contact details helps you keep the information in your address book up to date and complete."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:44(item/p)
+msgid "Edit the contact details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:45(item/p)
+msgid "To add a <gui>detail</gui> such as a new phone number or email address, press <gui 
style=\"button\">Add Detail</gui> and select the field that you want to add."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:50(item/p)
+#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:81(item/p)
+msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Done</gui> to finish editing the contact."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:56(note/p)
+msgid "In the case of linked contacts, you can edit a profile by clicking on the profile's avatar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:26(info/desc)
+msgid "Combine information for a contact from multiple sources."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:29(page/title)
+msgid "Link and unlink contacts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:32(section/title)
+msgid "Link contacts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:34(section/p)
+msgid "You can combine duplicate contacts from your local address book and online accounts into one 
<app>Contacts</app> entry. This feature helps you keep your address book organized, with all details about 
one contact in one place."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:40(item/p)
+msgid "Enable <em>selection mode</em> by pressing the tick button above the contact list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:44(item/p)
+msgid "A checkbox will apear next to each contact. Tick the checkboxes next to the contacts that you want to 
merge."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:48(item/p)
+msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Link</gui> to link the selected contacts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:56(section/title)
+msgid "Unlink contacts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:58(section/p)
+msgid "You may want to unlink contacts if you accidentally linked contacts which should not be linked."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:63(item/p)
+msgid "Select the contact you wish to unlink from your list of contact."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:66(item/p)
+msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Edit</gui> in the top-right corner of <app>Contacts</app>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:70(item/p)
+msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Linked Contacts</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:73(item/p)
+msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Remove</gui> to unlink the entry from the contact."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:77(item/p)
+msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Close</gui> once you have finished unlinking the entries."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/contacts-search.page:26(info/desc)
+msgid "Search for a contact."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/contacts-search.page:29(page/title)
+msgid "Search for a contact"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/contacts-search.page:31(page/p)
+msgid "You can search for an online contact in one of two ways:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/contacts-search.page:35(item/p)
+msgid "In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, start typing the name of the contact."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/contacts-search.page:39(item/p)
+msgid "Matching contacts will appear in the overview instead of the usual list of applications."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/contacts-search.page:43(item/p)
+msgid "Press <key>Enter</key> to select the contact at the top of the list or click the contact that you 
want to select if they are not at the top."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/contacts-search.page:49(page/p)
+msgid "To search from inside <app>Contacts</app>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/contacts-search.page:53(item/p)
+msgid "Click inside the search field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/contacts-search.page:56(item/p)
+msgid "Start typing the name of the contact."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/contacts-setup.page:15(info/desc)
+msgid "Store your contacts in a local address book or in an online account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/contacts-setup.page:18(page/title)
+msgid "Starting Contacts for the first time"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/contacts-setup.page:26(page/p)
+msgid "When you run <app>Contacts</app> for the first time, the <gui>Contacts Setup</gui> window opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/contacts-setup.page:29(page/p)
+msgid "If you have <link xref=\"accounts\">online accounts</link> configured, they are listed with 
<gui>Local Address Book</gui>. Select an item from the list and click <gui style=\"button\">Select</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/contacts-setup.page:34(note/p)
+msgid "Click the <gui style=\"button\">Online Account Settings</gui> to edit existing account settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/contacts-setup.page:38(page/p)
+msgid "If you have no online accounts configured, click <gui style=\"button\">Online Accounts</gui> to begin 
the setup. If you don't wish to set up online accounts at this time, click <gui style=\"button\">Local 
Address Book</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-benchmark.page:15(credit/name)
+#: C/disk-capacity.page:12(credit/name)
+#: C/disk-check.page:13(credit/name)
+#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:17(credit/name)
+#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:15(credit/name)
+#: C/look-background.page:22(credit/name)
+#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:17(credit/name)
+#: C/look-resolution.page:16(credit/name)
+msgid "Natalia Ruz Leiva"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-benchmark.page:23(info/desc)
+msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-benchmark.page:27(page/title)
+msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-benchmark.page:29(page/p)
+msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-benchmark.page:34(item/p)
+msgid "Open the <app>Disks</app> application from the activities overview."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38(item/p)
+msgid "Choose the hard disk from the <gui>Disk Drives</gui> list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-benchmark.page:41(item/p)
+msgid "Click the gear button and select <gui>Benchmark Drive</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-benchmark.page:44(item/p)
+msgid "Click <gui>Start Benchmark</gui> and adjust the <gui>Transfer Rate</gui> and <gui>Access Time</gui> 
parameters as desired."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-benchmark.page:48(item/p)
+msgid "Click <gui>Start Benchmarking</gui> to test how fast data can be read from the disk. <link 
xref=\"user-admin-explain\">Administrative privileges</link> may be required. Enter your password, or the 
password for the requested administrator account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-benchmark.page:53(note/p)
+msgid "If <gui>Also perform write-benchmark</gui> is checked, the benchmark will test how fast data can be 
read from and written to the disk. This will take longer to complete."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-benchmark.page:61(page/p)
+msgid "When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green points and connecting 
lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to the right axis, showing access time, plotted against 
the bottom axis, representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line represents read 
rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are shown as access data rates on the left axis, 
plotted against percentage of the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-benchmark.page:69(page/p)
+msgid "Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read and write rates, average 
access time and time elapsed since the last benchmark test."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-capacity.page:22(info/desc)
+msgid "Use <gui>Disk Usage Analyzer</gui> or <gui>System Monitor</gui> to check space and capacity."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-capacity.page:27(page/title)
+msgid "Check how much disk space is left"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-capacity.page:29(page/p)
+msgid "You can check how much disk space is left with <app>Disk Usage Analyzer</app> or <app>System 
Monitor</app>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-capacity.page:33(section/title)
+msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-capacity.page:35(section/p)
+msgid "To check the free disk space and disk capacity using <app>Disk Usage Analyzer</app>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-capacity.page:40(item/p)
+msgid "Open the <app>Disks</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. The window will 
display the <gui>Total file system capacity</gui> and <gui>Total file system usage</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-capacity.page:45(item/p)
+msgid "Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to <gui>Scan Home</gui>, <gui>Scan filesystem</gui>, 
<gui>Scan a folder</gui>, or <gui>Scan a remote folder</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-capacity.page:50(section/p)
+msgid "The information is displayed according to <gui>Folder</gui>, <gui>Usage</gui>, <gui>Size</gui> and 
<gui>Contents</gui>. See more details in <link href=\"help:baobab\"><app>Disk Usage Analyzer</app></link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-capacity.page:58(section/title)
+msgid "Check with System Monitor"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-capacity.page:60(section/p)
+msgid "To check the free disk space and disk capacity with <app>System Monitor</app>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-capacity.page:64(item/p)
+msgid "Open the <app>System Monitor</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-capacity.page:68(item/p)
+msgid "Select the <gui>File Systems</gui> tab to view the system's partitions and disk space usage. The 
information is displayed according to <gui>Total</gui>, <gui>Free</gui>, <gui>Available</gui> and 
<gui>Used</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-capacity.page:77(section/title)
+msgid "What if the disk is too full?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-capacity.page:79(section/p)
+msgid "If the disk is too full you should:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-capacity.page:83(item/p)
+msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-capacity.page:86(item/p)
+msgid "Make <link xref=\"backup-why\">backups</link> of the important files that you won't need for a while 
and delete them from the hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-check.page:23(info/desc)
+msgid "Test your hard disk for problems to make sure that it's healthy."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-check.page:27(page/title)
+msgid "Check your hard disk for problems"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-check.page:30(section/title)
+msgid "Checking the hard disk"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-check.page:31(section/p)
+msgid "Hard disks have a built-in health-check tool called <app>SMART</app> (Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and 
Reporting Technology), which continually checks the disk for potential problems. SMART also warns you if the 
disk is about to fail, helping you avoid loss of important data."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-check.page:36(section/p)
+msgid "Although SMART runs automatically, you can also check your disk's health by running the 
<app>Disks</app> application:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-check.page:40(steps/title)
+msgid "Check your disk's health using the Disks application"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-check.page:43(item/p)
+#: C/disk-format.page:30(item/p)
+msgid "Open the <app>Disks</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-check.page:47(item/p)
+msgid "Select the disk you want to check from the <gui>Storage Devices</gui> list. Information and status of 
the disk will appear under <gui>Drive</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-check.page:51(item/p)
+msgid "<gui>SMART Status</gui> should say \"Disk is healthy\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-check.page:54(item/p)
+msgid "Click the <gui>SMART Data</gui> button to view more drive information, or to run a self-test."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-check.page:64(section/title)
+msgid "What if the disk isn't healthy?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-check.page:66(section/p)
+msgid "Even if the <gui>SMART Status</gui> indicates that the disk <em>isn't</em> healthy, there may be no 
cause for alarm. However, it's better to be prepared with a <link xref=\"backup-why\">backup</link> to 
prevent data loss."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-check.page:70(section/p)
+msgid "If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but signs of wear have been 
detected which mean it might fail in the near future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you 
are likely to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should <link 
xref=\"backup-how\">backup your important files regularly</link> and check the disk status periodically to 
see if it gets worse."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-check.page:77(section/p)
+msgid "If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a professional for further diagnosis 
or repair."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-format.page:15(info/desc)
+msgid "Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash drive by formatting it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-format.page:20(page/title)
+msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-format.page:22(page/p)
+msgid "If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard disk, you may sometimes 
wish to completely remove all of its files and folders. You can do this by <em>formatting</em> the disk - 
this deletes all of the files on the disk and leaves it empty."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-format.page:28(steps/title)
+msgid "Format a removable disk"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-format.page:34(item/p)
+msgid "Select the disk you want to wipe from the <gui>Storage Devices</gui> list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-format.page:37(note/p)
+msgid "Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong disk, all of the files on 
the other disk will be deleted!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-format.page:42(item/p)
+msgid "In the Volumes section, click <gui>Unmount Volume</gui>. Then click <gui>Format Volume</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-format.page:46(item/p)
+msgid "In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem <gui>Type</gui> for the disk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-format.page:48(item/p)
+msgid "If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux computers, choose 
<gui>FAT</gui>. If you only use it on Windows, <gui>NTFS</gui> may be a better option. A brief description of 
the <gui>file system type</gui> will be presented as a label."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-format.page:54(item/p)
+msgid "Give the disk a name and click <gui>Format</gui> to begin wiping the disk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-format.page:57(item/p)
+msgid "Once the formatting has finished, <gui>safely remove</gui> the disk. It should now be blank and ready 
to use again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-format.page:63(note/title)
+msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-format.page:64(note/p)
+msgid "Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. A formatted disk will not 
appear to have files on it, but it is possible that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If 
you need to securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such as <app>shred</app>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-partitions.page:15(info/desc)
+msgid "Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to manage them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-partitions.page:20(page/title)
+msgid "Manage volumes and partitions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-partitions.page:22(page/p)
+msgid "The word <em>volume</em> is used to describe a storage device, like a hard disk. It can also refer to 
a <em>part</em> of the storage on that device, because you can split the storage up into chunks. The computer 
makes this storage accessible via your file system in a process referred to as <em>mounting</em>. Mounted 
volumes may be hard drives, USB drives, DVD-RWs, SD cards, and other media. If a volume is currently mounted, 
you can read (and possibly write) files on it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-partitions.page:30(page/p)
+msgid "Often, a mounted volume is called a <em>partition</em>, though they are not necessarily the same 
thing. A “partition” refers to a <em>physical</em> area of storage on a single disk drive. Once a partition 
has been mounted, it can be referred to as a volume because you can access the files on it. You can think of 
volumes as the labeled, accessible “storefronts” to the functional “back rooms” of partitions and drives."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-partitions.page:38(section/title)
+msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-partitions.page:40(section/p)
+msgid "You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk utility."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-partitions.page:45(item/p)
+msgid "Open the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and start the <app>Disks</app> application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-partitions.page:48(item/p)
+msgid "In the pane marked <gui>Storage Devices</gui>, you will find hard disks, CD/DVD drives, and other 
physical devices. Click the device you want to inspect."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-partitions.page:53(item/p)
+msgid "In the right pane, the area labeled <gui>Volumes</gui> provides a visual breakdown of the volumes and 
partitions present on the selected device. It also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-partitions.page:56(item/p)
+msgid "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with these utilities."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-partitions.page:61(section/p)
+msgid "Your computer most likely has at least one <em>primary</em> partition and a single <em>swap</em> 
partition. The swap partition is used by the operating system for memory management, and is rarely mounted. 
The primary partition contains your operating system, applications, settings, and personal files. These files 
can also be distributed among multiple partitions for security or convenience."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk-partitions.page:68(section/p)
+msgid "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to start up, or <em>boot</em>. 
For this reason it is sometimes called a boot partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is 
bootable, look at its <gui>Partition Flags</gui> in the disk utility. External media such as USB drives and 
CDs may also contain a bootable volume."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk.page:15(info/desc)
+msgid "<link xref=\"disk-capacity\">Disk space</link>, <link xref=\"disk-benchmark\">performance</link>, 
<link xref=\"disk-check\">problems</link>, <link xref=\"disk-partitions\">volumes and partitions</link>…"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/disk.page:25(page/title)
+msgid "Disks &amp; storage"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:25(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/display-dual-monitors.webm' md5='f69ea3240e641fda241ad1a57eeb5acf'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:6(info/desc)
+msgid "Set up dual monitors on your laptop."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:21(page/title)
+msgid "Connect an external monitor to your laptop"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:24(section/title)
+msgid "Video Demo"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:26(media/p)
+msgid "Demo"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:30(div/p)
+msgid "Type <input>displays</input> in the Activities overview to open the <gui>Displays</gui> settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:36(div/p)
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:95(item/p)
+#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:36(item/p)
+msgid "Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, then switch it 
<gui>ON/OFF</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:42(div/p)
+msgid "The monitor with the top bar is the main monitor. To change which monitor is \"main\", click on the 
top bar and drag it over to the monitor you want to set as the \"main\" monitor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:49(div/p)
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:104(item/p)
+#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:45(item/p)
+msgid "To change the \"position\" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the desired position."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:55(div/p)
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:106(note/p)
+#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:47(note/p)
+msgid "If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the <gui>Mirror displays</gui> 
box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:61(div/p)
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:110(item/p)
+#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:51(item/p)
+msgid "When you are happy with your settings, click <gui>Apply</gui> and then click <gui>Keep This 
Configuration</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:67(div/p)
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:114(item/p)
+#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:55(item/p)
+msgid "To close the <gui>Displays Settings</gui> click on the <gui>x</gui> in the top corner."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:82(section/title)
+msgid "Set up an external monitor"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:83(section/p)
+msgid "To set up an external monitor with your laptop, connect the monitor to your laptop. If your system 
doesn't recognize it immediately, or you would like to adjust the settings:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:92(item/p)
+#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:33(item/p)
+#: C/look-resolution.page:37(item/p)
+msgid "Open <gui>Displays</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:99(item/p)
+#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:40(item/p)
+msgid "The monitor with the <link xref=\"shell-introduction\">top bar</link> is the main monitor. To change 
which monitor is \"main\", click on the top bar and drag it over to the monitor you want to set as the 
\"main\" monitor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:6(info/desc)
+msgid "Set up dual monitors on your desktop computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:22(page/title)
+msgid "Connect an extra monitor"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:24(page/p)
+msgid "To set up a second monitor with your desktop computer, connect the monitor. If your system doesn't 
recognize it immediately, or you would like to adjust the settings:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-collections.page:20(info/desc)
+msgid "Group related documents in a collection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-collections.page:23(page/title)
+msgid "Make collections of documents"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-collections.page:36(page/p)
+msgid "<app>Documents</app> lets you put together documents of different types in one place called a 
<em>collection</em>. If you have documents that are related, you can group them to make them easier to find. 
For example, if you had a business trip where you made a presentation, your slides, your flight itinerary (a 
PDF file), your budget spreadsheet, and other hybrid PDF/ODF documents, can be grouped in one collection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-collections.page:43(page/p)
+msgid "To create or add to a collection:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-collections.page:45(item/p)
+#: C/documents-collections.page:60(item/p)
+#: C/documents-print.page:36(item/p)
+#: C/documents-select.page:36(item/p)
+msgid "Click the <gui>✓</gui> button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-collections.page:46(item/p)
+msgid "In selection mode, check the documents to be collected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-collections.page:47(item/p)
+msgid "Click the <gui>+</gui> button in the button bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-collections.page:48(item/p)
+msgid "In the collection list, click <gui>Add</gui> and type a new collection name, or select an existing 
collection. The selected documents will be added to the collection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-collections.page:54(note/p)
+msgid "Collections do not behave like folders and their hierarchy: <em>you cannot put collections inside 
collections.</em>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-collections.page:58(page/p)
+msgid "To delete a collection:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-collections.page:61(item/p)
+msgid "In selection mode, check the collection to be deleted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-collections.page:62(item/p)
+msgid "Click the Trash button in the button bar. The collection will be deleted, leaving the original 
documents."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#.
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#.
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#.
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#.
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#.
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#.
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#.
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#.
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#.
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#.
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#.
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#.
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#.
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#.
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#.
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/documents-filter.page:20(media)
+#: C/documents-search.page:44(media)
+#: C/files-browse.page:79(media)
+#: C/files-hidden.page:41(media)
+#: C/files-hidden.page:47(media)
+#: C/files-hidden.page:56(media)
+#: C/files-hidden.page:63(media)
+#: C/files-lost.page:51(media)
+#: C/files-sort.page:44(media)
+#: C/files-sort.page:60(media)
+#: C/files-tilde.page:32(media)
+#: C/nautilus-display.page:43(media)
+#: C/nautilus-views.page:65(media)
+#: C/nautilus-views.page:84(media)
+#: C/nautilus-views.page:100(media)
+#: C/nautilus-views.page:121(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/go-down.png' md5='e8c16f5ab9ed933f4a537b740506f4d4'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-filter.page:15(info/desc)
+msgid "Choose which documents to display."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-filter.page:18(page/title)
+msgid "Filter documents"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-filter.page:20(page/p)
+msgid "Click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button next to the <link 
xref=\"documents-search\">search</link> bar to limit the scope of the search in these categories:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-filter.page:25(item/p)
+msgid "<em>Sources</em>: Local, Google, SkyDrive, or All."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-filter.page:26(item/p)
+msgid "<em>Type</em>: Collections, PDF Documents, Presentations, Spreadsheets, Text Documents, or All."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-filter.page:28(item/p)
+msgid "Title, Author, or All."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-filter.page:31(note/p)
+msgid "In order for <gui>Google</gui> or <gui>SkyDrive</gui> to appear in the filter list, it is necessary 
to configure Google or Windows Live as an <link xref=\"accounts-add\">online account</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-formats.page:15(info/desc)
+msgid "<app>Documents</app> displays a number of popular document types."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-formats.page:18(page/title)
+msgid "Formats supported"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-formats.page:26(page/p)
+msgid "<app>Documents</app> displays PDF, DVI, XPS, PostScript and the formats supported by <app>Document 
Viewer</app> (Evince), <app>Microsoft Office</app>, <app>LibreOffice</app> and <app>Google Docs</app>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-info.page:20(info/desc)
+msgid "See a document's name, location, date modified, or type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-info.page:23(page/title)
+msgid "Find information about documents"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-info.page:33(page/p)
+msgid "When a document is created, it comes with <em>metadata</em>. <app>Documents</app> displays the 
following metadata for each document:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-info.page:37(item/p)
+msgid "Title: the name of the document, which can be edited;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-info.page:38(item/p)
+msgid "Source: the path of the folder containing the document;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-info.page:39(item/p)
+msgid "Date Modified;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-info.page:40(item/p)
+msgid "Type: the <link xref=\"documents-formats\">file format</link> of the document."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-info.page:44(page/p)
+msgid "To see a document's properties:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-info.page:46(item/p)
+msgid "Click the <gui>Check</gui> button to switch to selection mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-info.page:48(item/p)
+msgid "Select a document."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-info.page:49(item/p)
+msgid "Click the <gui>Properties</gui> button at the right end of the button bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-info.page:54(note/p)
+msgid "Some types of documents (e.g. PDF files) can be password protected, preventing access to their 
metadata or content."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-info.page:59(note/p)
+msgid "<app>Documents</app> does not currently offer any mechanism to add privacy to a document. You may be 
able to do this from the application you used to create the document (e.g. <app>LibreOffice</app> or 
<app>Adobe Acrobat</app>)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents.page:20(info/desc)
+msgid "Organize the documents stored locally on your computer or created online."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents.page:24(page/title)
+#: C/files.page:43(section/title)
+msgid "Documents"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents.page:36(page/p)
+msgid "<app>Documents</app> is a GNOME application that lets you display, organize, and print the documents 
on your computer or those created remotely using <em>Google Docs</em> or <em>SkyDrive</em>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents.page:41(section/title)
+msgid "View, Sort and Search"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents.page:45(section/title)
+msgid "Select, Organize, Print"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents.page:49(section/title)
+msgid "Questions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-previews.page:20(info/desc)
+msgid "You can only preview files stored locally."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-previews.page:23(page/title)
+msgid "Why don't some files have previews?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-previews.page:31(page/p)
+msgid "When you open <app>Documents</app>, a preview thumbnail is displayed for documents that are stored 
locally. Those stored on a remote server like <em>Google Docs</em> or <em>SkyDrive</em> show as missing (or 
blank) preview thumbnails."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-previews.page:35(page/p)
+msgid "If you download a <em>Google Docs</em> or <em>SkyDrive</em> document to local storage, a thumbnail 
will be generated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-previews.page:39(note/p)
+msgid "The local copy of a document downloaded from <em>Google Docs</em> or <em>SkyDrive</em> will lose its 
ability to be updated online. If you want to continue to edit it online, it is better not to download it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-print.page:20(info/desc)
+msgid "Print documents that are stored locally or online."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-print.page:23(page/title)
+msgid "Print a document"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-print.page:33(page/p)
+msgid "To print a document:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-print.page:37(item/p)
+msgid "In selection mode, check the document to be printed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-print.page:38(item/p)
+msgid "Click the Print button in the button bar. The <gui>Print</gui> dialog opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-print.page:43(note/p)
+msgid "Printing is not available when more than one document is selected, or when a collection is selected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-search.page:20(info/desc)
+msgid "Find your documents by title or author."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-search.page:23(page/title)
+#: C/files-search.page:27(page/title)
+msgid "Search for files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-search.page:35(page/p)
+msgid "To start a search in <app>Documents</app>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-search.page:38(item/p)
+msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></keyseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-search.page:39(item/p)
+msgid "Click the magnifying glass icon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-search.page:40(item/p)
+msgid "Start typing. Documents will match by title or author."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-search.page:43(note/p)
+msgid "You can restrict or filter the search results by clicking the <media type=\"image\" 
src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button and selecting various <link 
xref=\"documents-filter\">filters</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-select.page:20(info/desc)
+msgid "Use selection mode to select more than one document or collection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-select.page:23(page/title)
+msgid "Selecting documents"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-select.page:32(page/p)
+msgid "From <app>Documents</app> selection mode you can open, print, view or make collections of your 
documents. To use selection mode:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-select.page:37(item/p)
+msgid "Select one or more documents or collections. The button bar appears with the actions that are valid 
for your selection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-select.page:43(section/title)
+msgid "Selection mode actions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-select.page:45(section/p)
+msgid "After selecting one or more documents you can:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-select.page:48(item/p)
+msgid "Open with Document Viewer (folder icon)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-select.page:49(item/p)
+msgid "Print (printer icon): print a document (only available when a single document is selected)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-select.page:51(item/p)
+msgid "Organize (plus icon): create a collection of documents."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-select.page:52(item/p)
+msgid "Properties (wrench icon): display the properties of a document (only available when a single document 
is selected)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-select.page:54(item/p)
+msgid "Delete (trash icon): delete one or more collections."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-tracker.page:18(info/desc)
+msgid "Local or remote documents do not appear."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-tracker.page:21(page/title)
+msgid "My documents cannot be seen"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-tracker.page:35(page/p)
+msgid "If your documents fail to display in <app>Documents</app>, <app>Tracker</app> may not be running or 
properly configured. Make sure Tracker is running in your session. The default configuration, set to index 
files in your home directory (non-recursively) and XDG folders (recursively), should be adequate. Ensure that 
your documents are in one of these paths."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:20(info/desc)
+msgid "Change the way documents are displayed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:23(page/title)
+msgid "View files in a list or grid"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:32(page/p)
+msgid "Documents and collections are presented in <gui>Grid</gui> format by default. To view in 
<gui>List</gui> format:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:36(item/p)
+msgid "Go to the top bar and click <app>Documents</app> to display the app menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:40(item/p)
+msgid "Click <gui>List</gui> from the <gui>View as</gui> section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:44(note/p)
+msgid "List view has columns displaying the document type and date modified, and whether it's stored 
locally, or in <app>Google Docs</app> or <em>SkyDrive</em>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:49(page/p)
+msgid "Click <gui>Grid</gui> in the app menu to return to the default format."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-view.page:20(info/desc)
+msgid "View documents full-screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-view.page:23(page/title)
+msgid "Display documents stored locally or online"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-view.page:33(page/p)
+msgid "When you open <app>Documents</app>, all of your documents, those stored locally as well as online, 
are displayed as thumbnails."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-view.page:36(note/p)
+msgid "In order for your <em>Google Docs</em> or <em>SkyDrive</em> documents to appear, it is necessary to 
configure Google or Windows Live, respectively, as an <link xref=\"accounts-add\">online account</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-view.page:41(page/p)
+msgid "To view the contents of a document:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-view.page:44(item/p)
+msgid "Click the thumbnail. The document is displayed full-width in the <app>Documents</app> window (or 
full-screen if maximized)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/documents-view.page:48(page/p)
+msgid "To exit the document, click the back arrow button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-autorun.page:13(info/desc)
+msgid "Automatically run applications for CDs and DVDs, cameras, audio players, and other devices and media."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-autorun.page:28(page/title)
+msgid "Open applications for devices or discs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-autorun.page:30(page/p)
+msgid "You can have an application automatically start when you plug in a device or insert a disc or media 
card. For example, you might want your photo organizer to start when you plug in a digital camera. You can 
also turn this off, so that nothing happens when you plug something in."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-autorun.page:35(page/p)
+msgid "To decide which applications should start when you plug in various devices:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-autorun.page:41(item/p)
+msgid "Select <guiseq><gui>Details</gui><gui>Removable Media</gui></guiseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-autorun.page:44(item/p)
+msgid "Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or action for that media type. 
See below for a description of the different types of devices and media."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-autorun.page:47(item/p)
+msgid "Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device will be shown in the file 
manager. When that happens, you will be asked what to do, or nothing will happen automatically."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-autorun.page:52(item/p)
+msgid "If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the list (such as Blu-ray discs 
or E-book readers), click <gui>Other Media</gui> to see a more detailed list of devices. Select the type of 
device or media from the <gui>Type</gui> drop-down and the application or action from the <gui>Action</gui> 
drop-down."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-autorun.page:61(note/p)
+msgid "If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you plug in, select 
<gui>Never prompt or start programs on media insertion</gui> at the bottom of the Removable Media window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-autorun.page:67(section/title)
+msgid "Types of devices and media"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-autorun.page:70(item/title)
+msgid "Audio discs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-autorun.page:71(item/p)
+msgid "Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio CDs. If you use audio 
DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under <gui>Other Media</gui>. If you open an audio disc with the file 
manager, the tracks will appear as WAV files that you can play in any audio player application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-autorun.page:78(item/title)
+msgid "Video discs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-autorun.page:79(item/p)
+msgid "Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the <gui>Other Media</gui> button to 
set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, video CD (VCD), and super video CD (SVCD). If DVDs or other video 
discs do not work correctly when you insert them, see <link xref=\"video-dvd\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-autorun.page:86(item/title)
+msgid "Blank discs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-autorun.page:87(item/p)
+msgid "Use the <gui>Other Media</gui> button to select a disc-writing application for blank CDs, blank DVDs, 
blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-autorun.page:92(item/title)
+msgid "Cameras and photos"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-autorun.page:93(item/p)
+msgid "Use the <gui>Photos</gui> drop-down to choose a photo-management application to run when you plug in 
your digital camera, or when you insert a media card from a camera, such as a CF, SD, MMC, or MS card. You 
can also simply browse your photos using the file manager."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-autorun.page:97(item/p)
+msgid "Under <gui>Other Media</gui>, you can select an application to open Kodak picture CDs, such as those 
you might have made in a store. These are regular data CDs with JPEG images in a folder called 
<file>PICTURES</file>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-autorun.page:102(item/title)
+msgid "Music players"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-autorun.page:103(item/p)
+msgid "Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music player, or manage the files 
yourself using the file manager."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-autorun.page:107(item/title)
+msgid "E-book readers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-autorun.page:108(item/p)
+msgid "Use the <gui>Other Media</gui> button to choose an application to manage the books on your e-book 
reader, or manage the files yourself using the file manager."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-autorun.page:112(item/title)
+msgid "Software"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-autorun.page:113(item/p)
+msgid "Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run automatically when the 
media is inserted. Use the <gui>Software</gui> option to control what to do when media with autorun software 
is inserted. You will always be prompted for a confirmation before software is run."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-autorun.page:118(note/p)
+msgid "Never run software from media you don't trust."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-browse.page:9(info/desc)
+msgid "Manage and organize files with the file manager."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-browse.page:32(page/title)
+msgid "Browse files and folders"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-browse.page:42(page/p)
+msgid "Use the <app>Files</app> file manager to browse and organize the files on your computer. You can also 
use it to manage files on storage devices (like external hard disks), on <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">file 
servers</link>, and on network shares."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-browse.page:47(page/p)
+msgid "To start the file manager, open <app>Files</app> in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. You can also 
search for files and folders through the overview in the same way you would <link 
xref=\"shell-apps-open\">search for applications</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-browse.page:53(section/title)
+msgid "Exploring the contents of folders"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-browse.page:55(section/p)
+msgid "In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and double-click any file to open 
it with the default application for that file. You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or 
new window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-browse.page:60(section/p)
+msgid "When looking through the files in a folder, you can quickly <link xref=\"files-preview\">preview each 
file</link> by pressing the space bar to be sure you have the right file before opening it, copying it, or 
deleting it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-browse.page:65(section/p)
+msgid "The <em>path bar</em> above the list of files and folders shows you which folder you're viewing, 
including the parent folders of the current folder. Click a parent folder in the path bar to go to that 
folder. Right-click any folder in the path bar to open it in a new tab or window, copy or move it, or access 
its properties."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-browse.page:71(section/p)
+msgid "If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start typing its name. A search 
box will appear at the top of the window and the first file which matches your search will be highlighted. 
Press the down arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches your search."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-browse.page:77(section/p)
+msgid "You can quickly access common places from the <em>sidebar</em>. If you do not see the sidebar, click 
the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Show 
Sidebar</gui>. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they will appear in the sidebar. Use 
the <gui>Bookmarks</gui> menu to do this, or simply drag a folder into the sidebar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-copy.page:8(info/desc)
+msgid "Copy or move items to a new folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-copy.page:13(credit/name)
+#: C/files-delete.page:13(credit/name)
+#: C/files-open.page:14(credit/name)
+msgid "Cristopher Thomas"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-copy.page:27(page/title)
+msgid "Copy or move files and folders"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-copy.page:29(page/p)
+msgid "A file or folder can be copied or moved to a new location by dragging and dropping with the mouse, 
using the copy and paste commands, or by using keyboard shortcuts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-copy.page:33(page/p)
+msgid "For example, you might want to copy a presentation onto a memory stick so you can take it to work 
with you. Or, you could make a back-up copy of a document before you make changes to it (and then use the old 
copy if you don't like your changes)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-copy.page:38(page/p)
+msgid "These instructions apply to both files and folders. You copy and move files and folders in exactly 
the same way."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-copy.page:42(steps/title)
+msgid "Copy and paste files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-copy.page:43(item/p)
+msgid "Select the file you want to copy by clicking on it once."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-copy.page:44(item/p)
+msgid "Right-click and pick <gui>Copy</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-copy.page:46(item/p)
+msgid "Navigate to another folder, where you want to put the copy of the file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-copy.page:48(item/p)
+msgid "Click the gear icon and pick <gui>Paste</gui> to finish copying the file, or press 
<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>. There will now be a copy of the file in the original folder and 
the other folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-copy.page:55(steps/title)
+msgid "Cut and paste files to move them"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-copy.page:56(item/p)
+msgid "Select the file you want to move by clicking on it once."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-copy.page:57(item/p)
+msgid "Right-click and pick <gui>Cut</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</key></keyseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-copy.page:59(item/p)
+msgid "Navigate to another folder, where you want to move the file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-copy.page:60(item/p)
+msgid "Click the gear button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Paste</gui> to finish moving the file, or press 
<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>. The file will be taken out of its original folder and moved to 
the other folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-copy.page:67(steps/title)
+msgid "Drag files to copy or move"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-copy.page:68(item/p)
+msgid "Open the file manager and go to the folder which contains the file you want to copy."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-copy.page:70(item/p)
+msgid "Click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, select <gui>New Window</gui> (or press 
<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>N</key></keyseq>) to open a second window. In the new window, navigate to the 
folder where you want to move or copy the file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-copy.page:75(item/p)
+msgid "Click and drag the file from one window to another. This will <em>move it</em> if the destination is 
on the <em>same</em> device, or <em>copy it</em> if the destination is on a <em>different</em> device."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-copy.page:78(item/p)
+msgid "For example, if you drag a file from a USB memory stick to your Home folder, it will be copied, 
because you're dragging from one device to another."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-copy.page:80(item/p)
+msgid "You can force the file to be copied by holding down the <key>Ctrl</key> key while dragging, or force 
it to be moved by holding down the <key>Shift</key> key while dragging."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-copy.page:87(note/p)
+msgid "You can't copy or move a file into a folder that is <em>read-only</em>. Some folders are read-only to 
prevent you from making changes to their contents. You can change things from being read-only by <link 
xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\">changing file permissions </link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-delete.page:8(info/desc)
+msgid "Remove files or folders you no longer need."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-delete.page:31(page/title)
+msgid "Delete files and folders"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-delete.page:33(page/p)
+msgid "If you don't want a file or folder any more, you can delete it. When you delete an item it is moved 
to the <gui>Trash</gui> folder, where it is stored until you empty the trash. You can <link 
xref=\"files-recover\">restore items </link> in the <gui>Trash</gui> folder to their original location if you 
decide you need them, or if they were accidentally deleted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-delete.page:40(steps/title)
+msgid "To send a file to the trash:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-delete.page:41(item/p)
+msgid "Select the item you want to place in the trash by clicking it once."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-delete.page:43(item/p)
+msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq> on your keyboard. Alternatively, drag the 
item to the <gui>Trash</gui> in the sidebar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-delete.page:48(page/p)
+msgid "To delete files permanently, and free up disk space on your computer, you need to empty the trash. To 
empty the trash, right-click <gui>Trash</gui> in the sidebar and select <gui>Empty Trash</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-delete.page:53(section/title)
+msgid "Permanently delete a file"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-delete.page:54(section/p)
+msgid "You can immediately delete a file permanently, without having to send it to the trash first."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-delete.page:58(steps/title)
+msgid "To permanently delete a file:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-delete.page:59(item/p)
+msgid "Select the item you want to delete."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-delete.page:60(item/p)
+msgid "Press and hold the <key>Shift</key> key, then press the <key>Delete</key> key on your keyboard."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-delete.page:62(item/p)
+msgid "Because you cannot undo this, you will be asked to confirm that you want to delete the file or 
folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-delete.page:66(note/p)
+msgid "If you frequently need to delete files without using the trash (for example, if you often work with 
sensitive data), you can add a <gui>Delete</gui> entry to the right-click menu for files and folders. Click 
<gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, pick <gui>Preferences</gui> and select the <gui>Behavior</gui> tab. Select 
<gui>Include a Delete command that bypasses Trash</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-delete.page:73(note/p)
+msgid "Deleted files on a <link xref=\"files#removable\">removable device </link> may not be visible on 
other operating systems, such Windows or Mac OS. The files are still there, and will be available when you 
plug the device back into your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-disc-write.page:14(info/desc)
+msgid "Put files and documents onto a blank CD or DVD using a CD/DVD burner."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-disc-write.page:18(page/title)
+msgid "Write files to a CD or DVD"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-disc-write.page:20(page/p)
+msgid "You can put files onto a blank disc by using <gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui>. The option to create a CD or 
DVD will appear in the file manager as soon as you place the CD into your CD/DVD writer. The file manager 
lets you transfer files to other computers or perform <link xref=\"backup-why\">backups</link> by putting 
files onto a blank disc. To write files to a CD or DVD:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-disc-write.page:28(item/p)
+msgid "Place an empty disc into your CD/DVD writable drive."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-disc-write.page:30(item/p)
+msgid "In the <gui>Blank CD/DVD-R Disc</gui> notification that pops up at the bottom of the screen, select 
<gui>Open with CD/DVD Creator</gui>. The <gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui> folder window will open."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-disc-write.page:33(item/p)
+msgid "(You can also click on <gui>Blank CD/DVD-R Disc</gui> under <gui>Devices</gui> in the file manager 
sidebar.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-disc-write.page:37(item/p)
+msgid "In the <gui>Disc Name</gui> field, type a name for the disc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-disc-write.page:40(item/p)
+msgid "Drag or copy the desired files into the window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-disc-write.page:43(item/p)
+msgid "Click <gui>Write to Disc</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-disc-write.page:46(item/p)
+msgid "Under <gui>Select a disc to write to</gui>, choose the blank disc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-disc-write.page:47(item/p)
+msgid "(You could choose <gui>Image file</gui> instead. This will put the files in a <em>disc image</em>, 
which will be saved on your computer. You can then burn that disc image onto a blank disc at a later date.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-disc-write.page:52(item/p)
+msgid "Click <gui>Properties</gui> if you want to adjust burning speed, the location of temporary files, and 
other options. The default options should be fine."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-disc-write.page:57(item/p)
+msgid "Click the <gui>Burn</gui> button to begin recording."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-disc-write.page:58(item/p)
+msgid "If <gui>Burn Several Copies</gui> is selected, you will be prompted for additional discs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-disc-write.page:62(item/p)
+msgid "When the disc burning is complete, it will eject automatically. Choose <gui>Make More Copies</gui> or 
<gui>Close</gui> to exit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-disc-write.page:68(section/title)
+msgid "If the disc wasn't burned properly"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-disc-write.page:69(section/p)
+msgid "Sometimes the computer doesn't record the data correctly, and you won't be able to see the files you 
put onto the disc when you insert it into a computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-disc-write.page:72(section/p)
+msgid "In this case, try burning the disc again but use a lower burning speed, e.g. 12x rather than 48x. 
Burning at slower speeds is more reliable. You can choose the speed by clicking the <gui>Properties</gui> 
button in the <gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui> window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-hidden.page:7(info/desc)
+msgid "Make a file invisible, so you can't see it in the file manager."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-hidden.page:22(page/title)
+msgid "Hide a file"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-hidden.page:24(page/p)
+msgid "The GNOME file manager gives you the ability to hide and unhide files at your discretion. When a file 
is hidden, it isn't displayed by the file manager, but it's still there in its folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-hidden.page:28(page/p)
+msgid "To hide a file, <link xref=\"files-rename\">rename it</link> with a <key>.</key> at the beginning of 
its name. For example, to hide a file named <file> example.txt</file>, you should rename it to 
<file>.example.txt</file>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-hidden.page:34(note/p)
+msgid "You can hide folders in the same way that you can hide files. Hide a folder by placing a <key>.</key> 
at the beginning of the folder's name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-hidden.page:39(section/title)
+msgid "Show all hidden files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-hidden.page:40(section/p)
+msgid "If you want to see all hidden files in a folder, go to that folder and either click the <media 
type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Show Hidden 
Files</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. You will see all hidden files, along with 
regular files that are not hidden."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-hidden.page:46(section/p)
+msgid "To hide these files again, either click the <media type=\"image\" 
src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, or 
press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq> again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-hidden.page:54(section/title)
+msgid "Unhide a file"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-hidden.page:55(section/p)
+msgid "To unhide a file, go to the folder containing the hidden file and click the <media type=\"image\" 
src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>. Then, 
find the hidden file and rename it so that it doesn't have a <key>.</key> in front of its name. For example, 
to unhide a file called <file>.example.txt</file>, you should rename it to <file>example.txt</file>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-hidden.page:62(section/p)
+msgid "Once you have renamed the file, you can either click the <media type=\"image\" 
src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, or 
press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq> to hide any other hidden files again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-hidden.page:68(note/p)
+msgid "By default, you will only see hidden files in the file manager until you close the file manager. To 
change this setting so that the file manager will always show hidden files, see <link 
xref=\"nautilus-views\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-hidden.page:73(note/p)
+msgid "Most hidden files will have a <key>.</key> at the beginning of their name, but others might have a 
<key>~</key> at the end of their name instead. These files are backup files. See <link xref=\"files-tilde\"/> 
for more information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-lost.page:10(info/desc)
+msgid "Follow these tips if you can't find a file you created or downloaded."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-lost.page:29(page/title)
+msgid "Find a lost file"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-lost.page:31(page/p)
+msgid "If you created or downloaded a file, but now you can't find it, follow these tips."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-lost.page:35(item/p)
+msgid "If you don't remember where you saved the file, but you have some idea of how you named it, you can 
search for the file by name. See <link xref=\"files-search\"/> to learn how."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-lost.page:39(item/p)
+msgid "If you just downloaded the file, your web browser might have automatically saved it to a common 
folder. Check the Desktop and Downloads folders in your home folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-lost.page:43(item/p)
+msgid "You might have accidentally deleted the file. When you delete a file, it gets moved to the trash, 
where it stays until you manually empty the trash. See <link xref=\"files-recover\"/> to learn how to recover 
a deleted file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-lost.page:48(item/p)
+msgid "You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files that start with a 
<file>.</file> or end with a <file>~</file> are hidden in the file manager. Click the <media type=\"image\" 
src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the file manager toolbar and pick <gui>Show Hidden 
Files</gui> to display them. See <link xref=\"files-hidden\"/> to learn more."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-open.page:10(info/desc)
+msgid "Open files using an application that isn't the default one for that type of file. You can change the 
default too."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-open.page:24(page/title)
+msgid "Open files with other applications"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-open.page:26(page/p)
+msgid "When you double-click a file in the file manager, it will be opened with the default application for 
that file type. You can open it in a different application, search online for applications, or set the 
default application for all files of the same type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-open.page:31(page/p)
+msgid "To open a file with an application other than the default, right-click the file and select the 
application you want from the top of the menu. If you don't see the application you want, click <gui>Open 
With Other Application</gui>. By default, the file manager only shows applications it knows can handle the 
file. To look through all the applications on your computer, click <gui>Show other applications</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-open.page:38(page/p)
+msgid "If you still can't find the application you want, you can search for more applications by clicking 
<gui>Find applications online</gui>. The file manager will search online for packages containing applications 
that are known to handle files of that type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-open.page:44(section/title)
+msgid "Change the default application"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-open.page:45(section/p)
+msgid "You can change the default application that is used to open files of a given type. This will allow 
you to open your preferred application when you double-click to open a file. For example, you might want your 
favorite music player to open when you double-click an MP3 file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-open.page:51(item/p)
+msgid "Select a file of the type whose default application you want to change. For example, to change which 
application is used to open MP3 files, select a <file>.mp3</file> file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-open.page:54(item/p)
+msgid "Right-click the file and select <gui>Properties</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-open.page:55(item/p)
+msgid "Select the <gui>Open With</gui> tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-open.page:56(item/p)
+msgid "Select the application you want and click <gui>Set as default</gui>. By default, the file manager 
only shows applications it knows can handle the file. To look through all the applications on your computer, 
click <gui>Show other applications</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-open.page:60(item/p)
+msgid "If <gui>Other Applications</gui> contains an application you sometimes want to use, but don't want to 
make the default, select that application and click <gui>Add</gui>. This will add it to <gui>Recommended 
Applications</gui>. You will then be able to use this application by right-clicking the file and selecting it 
from the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-open.page:67(section/p)
+msgid "This changes the default application not just for the selected file, but for all files with the same 
type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#.
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/files-preview.page:30(media)
+#: C/files-preview.page:32(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/view-fullscreen-16.png' md5='dc1621b9a95cfc1f1919d931d7825d06'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-preview.page:9(info/desc)
+msgid "Quickly show and hide previews for documents, images, videos, and more."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-preview.page:19(page/title)
+msgid "Preview files and folders"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-preview.page:21(page/p)
+msgid "You can quickly preview files without opening them in a full-blown application. Select any file and 
press the space bar. The file will open in a simple preview window. Press the space bar again to dismiss the 
preview."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-preview.page:25(page/p)
+msgid "The built-in preview supports most file formats for documents, images, video, and audio. In the 
preview, you can scroll through your documents or seek through your video and audio."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-preview.page:29(page/p)
+msgid "To view a preview full-screen, click the <media type=\"image\" 
src=\"figures/view-fullscreen-16.png\">fullscreen</media> button near the bottom, or press <key>f</key>. 
Click <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/view-fullscreen-16.png\">fullscreen</media> or press <key>f</key> 
again to leave full-screen, or press the space bar to exit the preview completely."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-recover.page:8(info/desc)
+msgid "Deleted files are normally sent to the Trash, but can be recovered."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-recover.page:21(page/title)
+msgid "Recover a file from the Trash"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-recover.page:22(page/p)
+msgid "If you delete a file with the file manager, the file is normally placed into the <gui>Trash</gui>, 
and should be able to be restored."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-recover.page:25(steps/title)
+msgid "To restore a file from the Trash:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-recover.page:26(item/p)
+#: C/files-search.page:41(item/p)
+msgid "Open the <app>Files</app> application from the <gui>Activities </gui> overview."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-recover.page:28(item/p)
+msgid "Click <gui>Trash</gui> in the sidebar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-recover.page:29(item/p)
+msgid "If your deleted file is there, click on it and select <gui> Restore</gui>. It will be restored to the 
folder from where it was deleted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-recover.page:34(page/p)
+msgid "If you deleted the file by pressing <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Delete </key></keyseq>, or by using 
the command line, the file has been permanently deleted. Files that have been permanently deleted can't be 
recovered from the <gui>Trash</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-recover.page:39(page/p)
+msgid "There are a number of recovery tools available that are sometimes able to recover files that were 
permanently deleted. These tools are generally not very easy to use, however. If you accidentally permanently 
deleted a file, it's probably best to ask for advice on a support forum to see if you can recover it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-removedrive.page:23(info/desc)
+msgid "Eject or unmount a USB flash drive, CD, DVD, or other device."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-removedrive.page:27(page/title)
+msgid "Safely remove an external drive"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-removedrive.page:29(page/p)
+msgid "When you use external storage devices like USB flash drives, you should safely remove them before 
unplugging them. If you just unplug a device, you run the risk of unplugging while an application is still 
using it. This could result in some of your files being lost or damaged. When you use an optical disc like a 
CD or DVD, you can use the same steps to eject the disc from your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-removedrive.page:37(steps/title)
+msgid "To eject a removable device:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-removedrive.page:38(item/p)
+msgid "From the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, open <app>Files</app>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-removedrive.page:40(item/p)
+msgid "Locate the device in the sidebar. It should have a small eject icon next to the name. Click the eject 
icon to safely remove or eject the device."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-removedrive.page:43(item/p)
+#: C/files-removedrive.page:58(item/p)
+msgid "Alternately, you can right-click the name of the device in the sidebar and select <gui>Eject</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-removedrive.page:48(section/title)
+msgid "Safely remove a device that is in use"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-removedrive.page:50(section/p)
+msgid "If any of the files on the device are open and in use by an application, you will not be able to 
safely remove the device. You will be prompted with a window telling you <gui>Volume is busy</gui>. To safely 
remove the device:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-removedrive.page:55(item/p)
+msgid "Click <gui>Cancel</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-removedrive.page:56(item/p)
+msgid "Close all the files on the device."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-removedrive.page:57(item/p)
+msgid "Click the eject icon to safely remove or eject the device."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-removedrive.page:70(note/p)
+msgid "You can also choose <gui>Eject Anyway</gui> to remove the device without closing the files. This may 
cause errors in applications that have those files open."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-rename.page:7(info/desc)
+msgid "Change file or folder name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-rename.page:30(page/title)
+msgid "Rename a file or folder"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-rename.page:32(page/p)
+msgid "As with other file managers, you can use the GNOME file manager to change the name of a file or 
folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-rename.page:35(steps/title)
+msgid "To rename a file or folder:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-rename.page:36(item/p)
+msgid "Right-click on the item and select <gui>Rename</gui>, or select the file and press <key>F2</key>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-rename.page:38(item/p)
+msgid "Type the new name and press <key>Enter</key>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-rename.page:41(page/p)
+msgid "You can also rename a file from the <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-basic\">properties</link> 
window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-rename.page:44(page/p)
+msgid "When you rename a file, only the first part of the name of the file is selected, not the file 
extension (the part after the \".\"). The extension normally denotes what type of file it is (e.g. 
<file>file.pdf</file> is a PDF document), and you usually do not want to change that. If you need to change 
the extension as well, select the entire file name and change it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-rename.page:51(note/p)
+msgid "If you renamed the wrong file, or named your file improperly, you can undo the rename. To revert the 
action, immediately click the gear button in the toolbar and select <gui>Undo</gui> to restore the former 
name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-rename.page:57(section/title)
+msgid "Valid characters for file names"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-rename.page:58(section/p)
+msgid "You can use any character except the <key>/</key> (slash) character in file names. Some devices, 
however, use a <em>file system</em> that has more restrictions on file names. Therefore, it is a best 
practice to avoid the following characters in your file names: <key>|</key>, <key>\\</key>, <key>?</key>, 
<key>*</key>, <key>&lt;</key>, <key>\"</key>, <key>:</key>, <key>&gt;</key>, <key>/</key>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-rename.page:66(note/p)
+msgid "If you name a file with a <key>.</key> as the first character, the file will be <link 
xref=\"files-hidden\">hidden</link> when you attempt to view it in the file manager."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-rename.page:73(section/title)
+#: C/hardware.page:39(section/title)
+#: C/mouse.page:35(section/title)
+msgid "Common problems"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-rename.page:76(item/title)
+msgid "The file name is already in use"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-rename.page:77(item/p)
+msgid "You can't have two files or folders with the same name in the same folder. If you try to rename a 
file to a name that already exists in the folder you are working in, the file manager will not allow it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-rename.page:80(item/p)
+msgid "File and folder names are case sensitive, so the file name <file>File.txt</file> is not the same as 
<file>FILE.txt</file>. Using different file names like this is allowed, though it is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-rename.page:86(item/title)
+msgid "The file name is too long"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-rename.page:87(item/p)
+msgid "On some file systems, file names can have no more than 255 characters in their names. This 255 
character limit includes both the file name and the path to the file (e.g., 
<file>/home/wanda/Documents/work/business-proposals/… </file>), so you should avoid long file and folder 
names where possible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-rename.page:94(item/title)
+msgid "The option to rename is grayed out"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-rename.page:95(item/p)
+msgid "If <gui>Rename</gui> is grayed out, you do not have permission to rename the file. You should use 
caution with renaming such files, as renaming some protected files may cause your system to become unstable. 
See <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\"/> for more information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-search.page:10(info/desc)
+msgid "Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-search.page:29(page/p)
+msgid "You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within the file manager. You can 
even save common searches, and they will appear as special folders in your home folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-search.page:34(links/title)
+msgid "Other search applications"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-search.page:40(steps/title)
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:88(td/p)
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:89(td/p)
+msgid "Search"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-search.page:43(item/p)
+msgid "If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-search.page:45(item/p)
+msgid "Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></keyseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-search.page:47(item/p)
+msgid "Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if you name all your 
invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type <input>invoice</input>. Press <key>Enter</key>. Words are matched 
regardless of case."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-search.page:51(item/p)
+msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-search.page:53(item/p)
+msgid "Click <gui>Home</gui> to restrict the search results to your <file>Home</file> folder, or <gui>All 
Files</gui> to search everywhere."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-search.page:56(item/p)
+msgid "Click <key>+</key> and pick a <gui>File Type</gui> from the drop-down list to narrow the search 
results based on file type. Click the <key>x</key> button to remove this option and widen the search results."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-search.page:62(item/p)
+msgid "You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the search results, just as you 
would from any folder in the file manager."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-search.page:65(item/p)
+msgid "Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and return to the folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-search.page:69(page/p)
+msgid "If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them quickly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-search.page:73(steps/title)
+msgid "Save a search"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-search.page:74(item/p)
+msgid "Start a search as above."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-search.page:75(item/p)
+msgid "When you're happy with the search parameters, click the ⚙ gear button and select <gui>Save Search 
As</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-search.page:77(item/p)
+msgid "Give the search a name and click <gui>Save</gui>. If you like, select a different folder to save the 
search in. When you view that folder, you will see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a 
magnifying glass on it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-search.page:83(page/p)
+msgid "To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply <link xref=\"files-delete\">delete</link> 
the search as you would any other file. When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the 
search matched."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-select.page:14(info/desc)
+msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq> to select multiple files which have similar names."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-select.page:19(page/title)
+msgid "Select files by pattern"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-select.page:21(page/p)
+msgid "You can select files in a folder using a pattern on the file name. Press 
<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq> to bring up the <gui>Select Items Matching</gui> window. Type in 
a pattern using common parts of the file names plus wild card characters. There are two wild card characters 
available:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-select.page:28(item/p)
+msgid "<file>*</file> matches any number of any characters, even no characters at all."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-select.page:30(item/p)
+msgid "<file>?</file> matches exactly one of any character."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-select.page:33(page/p)
+msgid "For example:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-select.page:36(item/p)
+msgid "If you have an OpenDocument Text file, a PDF file, and an image that all have the same base name 
<file>Invoice</file>, select all three with the pattern"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-select.page:39(example/p)
+msgid "<file>Invoice.*</file>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-select.page:41(item/p)
+msgid "If you have some photos that are named like <file>Vacation-001.jpg</file>, 
<file>Vacation-002.jpg</file>, <file>Vacation-003.jpg</file>; select them all with the pattern"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-select.page:44(example/p)
+msgid "<file>Vacation-???.jpg</file>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-select.page:46(item/p)
+msgid "If you have photos as before, but you've edited some of them and added <file>-edited</file> to the 
end of the file name of the photos you've edited, select the edited photos with"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-select.page:49(example/p)
+msgid "<file>Vacation-???-edited.jpg</file>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-share.page:9(info/desc)
+msgid "Easily transfer files to your email contacts from the file manager."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-share.page:25(page/title)
+msgid "Share files by email"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-share.page:37(page/p)
+msgid "You can easily share files with your contacts by email directly from the file manager."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-share.page:41(note/p)
+msgid "Before you begin, make sure <app>Evolution</app> is installed on your computer, and your email 
account is configured."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-share.page:46(steps/title)
+msgid "To share a file by email:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-share.page:47(item/p)
+#: C/video-sending.page:29(item/p)
+msgid "Open the <app>Files</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-share.page:49(item/p)
+msgid "Locate the file you want to transfer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-share.page:50(item/p)
+msgid "Right-click the file and select <gui>Send To</gui>. The <gui>Compose Message</gui> window will appear 
with the file attached."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-share.page:52(item/p)
+msgid "Click <gui>To</gui> to choose a contact, or enter an email address where you want to send the file. 
Fill in the <gui>Subject</gui> and the body of the message as required and click <gui>Send</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-share.page:58(note/p)
+msgid "You can send multiple files at once. Select multiple files by holding down <key>Ctrl</key>, then 
right-click any selected file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-sort.page:7(info/desc)
+msgid "Arrange files by name, size, type, or when they were changed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-sort.page:26(page/title)
+msgid "Sort files and folders"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-sort.page:32(page/p)
+msgid "You can sort files in different ways in a folder, for example by sorting them in order of date or 
file size. See <link xref=\"#ways\"/> below for a list of common ways to sort files. See <link 
xref=\"nautilus-views\"/> for information on how to change the default sort order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-sort.page:37(page/p)
+msgid "The way that you can sort files depends on the <em>folder view</em> that you are using. You can 
change the current view using the list or icon buttons in the toolbar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-sort.page:42(section/title)
+msgid "Icon view"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-sort.page:43(section/p)
+msgid "To sort files in a different order, click the <media type=\"image\" 
src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and choose <gui>By Name</gui>, <gui>By 
Size</gui>, <gui>By Type</gui> or <gui>By Modification Date</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-sort.page:47(section/p)
+msgid "As an example, if you select <gui>By Name</gui>, the files will be sorted by their names, in 
alphabetical order. See <link xref=\"#ways\"/> for other options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-sort.page:49(section/p)
+msgid "You can sort in the reverse order by selecting <gui>Reversed Order</gui> from the pull-down menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-sort.page:54(section/title)
+msgid "List view"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-sort.page:55(section/p)
+msgid "To sort files in a different order, click one of the column headings in the file manager. For 
example, click <gui>Type</gui> to sort by file type. Click the column heading again to sort in the reverse 
order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-sort.page:58(section/p)
+msgid "In list view, you can show columns with more attributes and sort on those columns. Click the <media 
type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar, pick <gui>Visible 
Columns</gui> and select the columns that you want to be visible. You will then be able to sort by those 
columns. See <link xref=\"nautilus-list\"/> for descriptions of available columns."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-sort.page:76(section/title)
+msgid "Ways of sorting files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-sort.page:79(item/title)
+msgid "By Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-sort.page:80(item/p)
+msgid "Sorts alphabetically by the name of the file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-sort.page:83(item/title)
+msgid "By Size"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-sort.page:84(item/p)
+msgid "Sorts by the size of the file (how much disk space it takes up). Sorts from smallest to largest by 
default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-sort.page:88(item/title)
+msgid "By Type"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-sort.page:89(item/p)
+msgid "Sorts alphabetically by the file type. Files of the same type are grouped together, then sorted by 
name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-sort.page:93(item/title)
+msgid "By Modification Date"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-sort.page:94(item/p)
+msgid "Sorts by the date and time that a file was last changed. Sorts from oldest to newest by default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-templates.page:7(info/desc)
+msgid "Quickly create new documents from custom file templates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-templates.page:12(credit/name)
+#: C/printing-inklevel.page:13(credit/name)
+msgid "Anita Reitere"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-templates.page:22(page/title)
+msgid "Templates for commonly-used document types"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-templates.page:24(page/p)
+msgid "If you often create documents based on the same content, you might benefit from using file templates. 
A file template can be a document of any type with the formatting or content you would like to reuse. For 
example, you could create a template document with your letterhead."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-templates.page:30(steps/title)
+msgid "Make a new template"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-templates.page:31(item/p)
+msgid "Create a document that you are going to use as a template. For example, you could make your 
letterhead in a word processing application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-templates.page:34(item/p)
+msgid "Save the file with the template content in the <file>Templates </file> folder in your 
<file>Home</file> folder. If the <file>Templates </file> folder doesn't exist, you will need to create it 
first."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-templates.page:40(steps/title)
+msgid "Use a template to create a document"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-templates.page:41(item/p)
+msgid "Open the folder where you want to place the new document."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-templates.page:42(item/p)
+msgid "Right-click anywhere in the empty space in the folder, then choose <gui style=\"menuitem\">New 
Document</gui>. The names of available templates will be listed in the submenu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-templates.page:45(item/p)
+msgid "Choose your desired template from the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-templates.page:46(item/p)
+msgid "Enter a filename for the newly-created document."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-templates.page:47(item/p)
+msgid "Double-click the file to open it and start editing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-tilde.page:8(info/desc)
+msgid "These are backup files. They are hidden by default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-tilde.page:23(page/title)
+msgid "What is a file with a \"~\" at the end of its name?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-tilde.page:25(page/p)
+msgid "Files with a \"~\" at the end of their names (for example, <file>example.txt~</file>) are 
automatically created backup copies of documents edited in the <app>gedit</app> text editor or other 
applications. It is safe to delete them, but there's no harm to leave them on your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-tilde.page:30(page/p)
+msgid "These files are hidden by default. If you are seeing them, that is because you either selected 
<gui>Show Hidden Files</gui> (in the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> menu of 
the <app>Files</app> toolbar) or pressed <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. You can hide them 
again by repeating either of these steps."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files-tilde.page:37(page/p)
+msgid "These files are treated in the same way as normal hidden files. See <link xref=\"files-hidden\"/> for 
advice on dealing with hidden files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/files.page:30(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/nautilus.png' md5='1da3cb1c367a98bac7a33ed14e27374d'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files.page:14(info/title)
+msgctxt "link:trail"
+msgid "Files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files.page:18(info/desc)
+msgid "<link xref=\"files-search\">Searching</link>, <link xref=\"files-delete\">delete files</link>, <link 
xref=\"files#backup\">backups</link>, <link xref=\"files#removable\">removable drives</link>…"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files.page:27(page/title)
+msgid "Files, folders &amp; search"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files.page:31(media/p)
+msgid "<app>Nautilus</app> file manager"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files.page:35(links/title)
+msgid "Common tasks"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files.page:39(links/title)
+#: C/hardware.page:31(links/title)
+msgid "More topics"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files.page:48(section/title)
+msgid "Removable drives and external disks"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files.page:53(section/title)
+msgid "Backing up"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/files.page:58(section/title)
+msgid "Tips and questions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/get-involved.page:7(info/desc)
+msgid "How and where to report problems with these help topics."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/get-involved.page:17(page/title)
+msgid "Participate to improve this guide"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/get-involved.page:20(section/title)
+msgid "Report a bug or an improvement"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/get-involved.page:21(section/p)
+msgid "This help documentation is created by a volunteer community. You are welcome to participate. If you 
notice a problem with these help pages (like typos, incorrect instructions or topics that should be covered 
but aren't), you can file a <em>bug report</em>. To file a bug, go to <link 
href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/\";>bugzilla.gnome.org</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/get-involved.page:23(section/p)
+msgid "You need to register so you can file a bug and receive updates by e-mail about its status. If you 
don't already have an account, click the <gui>New Account</gui> link to create one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/get-involved.page:26(section/p)
+msgid "Once you have an account, log in, click on <guiseq><gui>File a 
Bug</gui><gui>Core</gui><gui>gnome-user-docs</gui></guiseq>. Before reporting a bug, please read the <link 
href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/page.cgi?id=bug-writing.html\";>bug writing guidelines</link>, and please 
<link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/browse.cgi?product=gnome-user-docs\";>browse</link> for the bug to see 
if something similar already exists."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/get-involved.page:30(section/p)
+msgid "To file your bug, choose the component in the <gui>Component</gui> menu. If you are filing a bug 
against this documentation you should choose the <gui>gnome-help</gui> component. If you are not sure which 
component your bug pertains to, choose <gui>general</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/get-involved.page:33(section/p)
+msgid "If you are requesting help about a topic that you feel is not covered, choose <gui>enhancement</gui> 
in the <gui>Severity</gui> menu. Fill in the Summary and Description sections and click <gui>Commit</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/get-involved.page:37(section/p)
+msgid "Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it is being dealt with. 
Thanks for helping make the GNOME Help better!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/get-involved.page:43(section/title)
+msgid "Contact us"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/get-involved.page:44(section/p)
+msgid "You can send an <link href=\"mailto:gnome-doc-list gnome org\">email</link> to the GNOME docs mailing 
list to learn more about how to get involved with the documentation team."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:11(info/desc)
+msgid "Consider switching to GNOME Classic if you prefer a more traditional desktop experience."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:18(credit/name)
+msgid "Petr Kovar"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:25(page/title)
+msgid "What is GNOME Classic?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:27(page/p)
+msgid "<em>GNOME Classic</em> is a feature for users who prefer a more traditional desktop experience. While 
<em>GNOME Classic</em> is based on <em>GNOME 3</em> technologies, it provides a number of changes to the user 
interface, such as the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Applications</gui> and <gui 
xref=\"shell-terminology\">Places</gui> menus on the top bar, and a window list at the bottom of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:34(page/p)
+msgid "You can use the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Applications</gui> menu on the top bar to launch 
applications. The <em xref=\"shell-terminology\">activities overview</em> is available by selecting the 
<gui>Activities Overview</gui> item from the menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:39(page/p)
+msgid "To access the <em xref=\"shell-terminology\">activities overview</em>, you can also press the <key 
xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:43(section/title)
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:126(item/title)
+msgid "Window list"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:45(section/p)
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:281(when/p)
+msgid "The window list at the bottom of the screen provides access to all your open windows and applications 
and lets you quickly minimize and restore them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:48(section/p)
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:285(when/p)
+msgid "At the right-hand side of the window list, GNOME displays a short identifier for the current 
worskpace, such as <gui>1</gui> for the first (top) workspace. In addition, the identifier also displays the 
total number of available workspaces. To switch to a different workspace, you can click the identifier and 
select the workspace you want to use from the menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:54(section/p)
+msgid "If an application or a system component wants to get your attention, it will display a blue icon at 
the right-hand side of the window list. Clicking the blue icon shows the <link 
xref=\"shell-notifications\">message tray</link>, which lets you access all your notifications."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:62(section/title)
+msgid "Switch to and from GNOME Classic"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:65(note/p)
+msgid "GNOME Classic is only available on systems with certain GNOME Shell extensions installed. Some Linux 
distributions may not have these extensions available or installed by default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:71(steps/title)
+msgid "To switch from <em>GNOME</em> to <em>GNOME Classic</em>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:73(item/p)
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:98(item/p)
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:70(item/p)
+msgid "Save any open work, and then log out. Select your name in the upper right-hand corner and then select 
<gui>Log Out</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:77(item/p)
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:102(item/p)
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:74(item/p)
+msgid "A confirmation message will appear. Select <gui>Log Out</gui> to confirm. The login screen appears."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:81(item/p)
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:106(item/p)
+msgid "At the login screen, select your name from the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:84(item/p)
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:109(item/p)
+msgid "Enter your password in the password entry box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:87(item/p)
+msgid "Click <gui>Session</gui> below the password entry box and choose <gui>GNOME Classic</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:91(item/p)
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:116(item/p)
+msgid "Click <gui>Sign In</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:96(steps/title)
+msgid "To switch from <em>GNOME Classic</em> to <em>GNOME</em>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:112(item/p)
+msgid "Click <gui>Session</gui> below the password entry box and choose <gui>GNOME</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/hardware-auth.page:13(info/desc)
+msgid "<link xref=\"session-fingerprint\">Fingerprint readers</link>, smart cards…"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/hardware-auth.page:24(page/title)
+msgid "Fingerprints &amp; smart cards"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:10(info/desc)
+msgid "Troubleshoot media card readers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:20(page/title)
+msgid "Media card reader problems"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:22(page/p)
+msgid "Many computers contain readers for SD, MMC, SM, MS, CF, and other storage media cards. These should 
be automatically detected and <link xref=\"disk-partitions\">mounted</link>. Here are some troubleshooting 
steps if they are not:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:28(item/p)
+msgid "Make sure that the card is put in correctly. Many cards look as though they are upside down when 
correctly inserted. Also make sure that the card is firmly seated in the slot; some cards, especially CF, 
require a small amount of force to insert correctly. (Be careful not to push too hard! If you come up against 
something solid, do not force it.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:36(item/p)
+msgid "Open <app>Files</app> by using the <gui>Activities</gui> menu. Does the inserted card appear in the 
<gui>Devices</gui> list in the left sidebar? Sometimes the card appears in this list but is not mounted; 
click it once to mount. (If the sidebar is not visible, press <key>F9</key> or click 
<guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui> Sidebar</gui><gui> Show Sidebar</gui></guiseq>.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:43(item/p)
+msgid "If your card does not show up in the sidebar, click 
<guiseq><gui>Go</gui><gui>Computer</gui></guiseq>. If your card reader is correctly configured, the reader 
should come up as a drive when no card is present, and the card itself when the card has been mounted (see 
the picture below)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:49(item/p)
+msgid "If you see the card reader but not the card, the problem may be with the card itself. Try a different 
card or check the card on a different reader if possible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:54(page/p)
+msgid "If no cards or drives are available in the <gui>Computer</gui> folder, it is possible that your card 
reader does not work with Linux due to driver issues. If your card reader is internal (inside the computer 
instead of sitting outside) this is more likely. The best solution is to directly connect your device 
(camera, cell phone, etc.) to a USB port on the computer. USB external card readers are also available, and 
are far better supported by Linux."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/hardware-driver.page:8(info/desc)
+msgid "A hardware/device driver allows your computer to use devices that are attached to it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/hardware-driver.page:18(page/title)
+msgid "What is a driver?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/hardware-driver.page:20(page/p)
+msgid "Devices are the physical \"parts\" of your computer. They may be <em>external</em> like printers and 
monitor or <em>internal</em> like graphics and audio cards."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/hardware-driver.page:22(page/p)
+msgid "In order for your computer to be able to use these devices, it needs to know how to communicate with 
them. This is done by a piece of software called a <em>device driver</em>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/hardware-driver.page:24(page/p)
+msgid "When you attach a device to your computer, you must have the correct driver installed for that device 
to work. For example, if you plug in a printer but the correct driver isn't available, you won't be able to 
use the printer. Normally, each model of device uses a driver that is not compatible with any other model."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/hardware-driver.page:26(page/p)
+msgid "On Linux, the drivers for most devices are installed by default, so everything should work when you 
plug it in. However, the drivers may need to be installed manually or may not be available at all."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/hardware-driver.page:28(page/p)
+msgid "In addition, some existing drivers are incomplete or partially non-functional. For example, you might 
find that your printer can't do double-sided printing, but is otherwise completely functional."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:13(info/desc)
+msgid "Troubleshoot screen and graphics problems."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:19(page/title)
+msgid "Screen problems"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:21(page/p)
+msgid "Most problems with the display are caused by issues with graphics drivers or configuration. Which of 
the topics below best describes the problem you are experiencing?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/hardware.page:13(info/title)
+msgctxt "link:trail"
+msgid "Hardware"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/hardware.page:15(info/desc)
+msgid "<link xref=\"hardware#problems\">Hardware problems</link>, <link xref=\"printing\">printers</link>, 
<link xref=\"power\">power settings</link>, <link xref=\"color\">color management</link>, <link 
xref=\"bluetooth\">Bluetooth</link>, <link xref=\"disk\">disks</link>…"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/hardware.page:26(page/title)
+msgid "Hardware &amp; drivers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/hardware.page:36(info/title)
+msgctxt "link:trail"
+msgid "Problems"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/hardware.page:37(info/title)
+msgctxt "link"
+msgid "Hardware problems"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/help-irc.page:7(info/desc)
+msgid "Get live support on IRC."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/help-irc.page:18(page/title)
+msgid "IRC"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/help-irc.page:19(page/p)
+msgid "IRC stands for Internet Relay Chat. It is a real-time multi-user messaging system. You can get help 
and advice on the GNOME IRC server from other GNOME users and developers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/help-irc.page:24(page/p)
+msgid "To connect to the GNOME IRC server using <app>empathy</app> or <app>xchat</app>, or by using a web 
interface like <link href=\"http://chat.mibbit.com/\";>mibbit</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/help-irc.page:28(page/p)
+msgid "To create an IRC account in empathy, see the <link href=\"help:empathy/irc-manage\">Empathy 
documentation</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/help-irc.page:32(page/p)
+msgid "The GNOME IRC server is <sys>irc.gnome.org</sys>. You may also see it referred to as the \"GIMP 
network\". If your computer is properly configured you can click on the link <link 
href=\"irc://irc.gnome.org/gnome\"/> to access the <sys>gnome</sys> channel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/help-irc.page:37(page/p)
+msgid "While IRC being a real-time discussion, people tend to not reply immediately, so be patient."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/help-irc.page:41(note/p)
+msgid "Please note the <link href=\"https://live.gnome.org/CodeOfConduct/\";>GNOME code of conduct</link> 
applies when you chat on IRC."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/help-mailing-list.page:7(info/desc)
+msgid "Request support by e-mail."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/help-mailing-list.page:22(page/title)
+msgid "Mailing list"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/help-mailing-list.page:23(page/p)
+msgid "Mailing lists are email based discussions. You can ask for support using the GNOME mailing lists. 
Almost each GNOME application has its own mailing list. The complete list of mailing-lists are listed at 
<link href=\"http://mail.gnome.org/mailman/listinfo\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/help-mailing-list.page:30(note/p)
+msgid "You may need to register to the mailing-list before being able to send an email to it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/help-mailing-list.page:34(page/p)
+msgid "The default language used on mailing lists is English. There are user mailing lists for other 
languages. For example, <sys>gnome-de</sys> for German speakers or <sys>gnome-cl-list</sys> for all things 
related to Chile."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:10(info/desc)
+msgid "Make the insertion point blink and control how quickly it blinks."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:31(page/title)
+msgid "Make the keyboard cursor blink"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:33(page/p)
+msgid "If you find it difficult to see the keyboard cursor in a text field, you can make it blink to make it 
easier to locate."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:40(item/p)
+#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:44(item/p)
+msgid "Open <gui>Keyboard</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:42(item/p)
+msgid "Select <gui>Cursor blinks in text fields</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:44(item/p)
+msgid "Use the <gui>Speed</gui> slider to adjust how quickly the cursor blinks."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:34(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/keyboard-key-menu.svg' md5='b8f2dae361fc0d7b5e4a7ef3cd29c4e0'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:13(credit/name)
+msgid "Juanjo Marin"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:21(info/desc)
+msgid "The <key>Menu</key> key launches a context menu with the keyboard rather than with a right-click."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:24(license/p)
+#: C/translate.page:21(license/p)
+msgid "Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:27(page/title)
+msgid "What is the <key>Menu</key> key?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:29(page/p)
+msgid "The <key>Menu</key> key, also known as the <em>Application</em> key, is a key found on some 
Windows-oriented keyboards. This key is usually on the bottom-right of the keyboard, next to the 
<key>Ctrl</key> key, but it can be placed in a different location by keyboard manufacturers. Its is usually 
depicted as a cursor hovering above a menu: <media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/svg\" 
src=\"figures/keyboard-key-menu.svg\"> <key>Menu</key> key icon</media>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:43(page/p)
+msgid "The primary function of this key is to launch a context menu with the keyboard rather than by 
clicking the right mouse button: this is useful if mouse or a similar device is not available, or when the 
right mouse button is not present."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:48(page/p)
+msgid "The <key>Menu</key> key is sometimes omitted in the interest of space, particularly on portable and 
laptop keyboards. In this case, some keyboards include a <key>Menu</key> function key that can be activated 
in combination with the Function (<key>Fn</key>) key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:53(page/p)
+msgid "The <em>context menu</em> is a menu that pops up when you right-click. The menu that you see, if any, 
is dependent on the context and function of the area that you right-clicked. When you use the <key>Menu</key> 
key, the context menu is shown for the area of the screen that your cursor is over at the point when the key 
is pressed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:21(info/desc)
+msgid "The <key>Super</key> key opens the activities overview. You can usually find it next to the 
<key>Alt</key> key on your keyboard."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:25(page/title)
+msgid "What is the <key>Super</key> key?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:27(page/p)
+msgid "When you press the <key>Super</key> key, the activities overview is displayed. This key can usually 
be found on the bottom-left of your keyboard, next to the <key>Alt</key> key, and usually has a Windows logo 
on it. It is sometimes called the <em>Windows key</em> or system key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:33(note/p)
+msgid "If you have an Apple keyboard, you will have a <key>⌘</key> (Command) key instead of the Windows key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:42(page/p)
+msgid "To change which key is used to display the activities overview:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:49(item/p)
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:55(item/p)
+msgid "Click <gui>Keyboard</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:52(item/p)
+msgid "Click the <gui>Shortcuts</gui> tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:55(item/p)
+msgid "Select <gui>System</gui> on the left side of the window, and <gui>Show the activities overview</gui> 
on the right."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:59(item/p)
+msgid "Click the current shortcut definition on the far right."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:62(item/p)
+msgid "Hold down the desired key combination."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:64(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.png' md5='a7012df37a910526fe4a95f43dd19b12'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:70(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/system-run-symbolic.svg' md5='bb465bdbbbe0b10f300968cb966ad327'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:74(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/emblem-system-symbolic.svg' md5='407ee358f4926c0cd964fa323e96db49'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:101(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/input-methods-switcher.png' md5='3c55959bbc710a43fa455cb998ba5c85'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:25(credit/name)
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:20(credit/name)
+msgid "Juanjo Marín"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:31(info/desc)
+msgid "Add keyboard layouts and switch between them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:34(page/title)
+msgid "Use alternative keyboard layouts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:36(page/p)
+msgid "Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. Even for a single language, 
there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such as the Dvorak layout for English. You can make your keyboard 
behave like a keyboard with a different layout, regardless of the letters and symbols printed on the keys. 
This is useful if you often switch between multiple languages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:48(item/p)
+msgid "Open <gui>Region &amp; Language</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:51(item/p)
+msgid "Click the <key>+</key> button, select a layout, and click <gui>Add</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:62(note/p)
+msgid "You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and clicking <gui><media 
type=\"image\" src=\"figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.png\" width=\"16\" height=\"16\">preview</media></gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:67(page/p)
+msgid "Certain languages offer some extra configuration options. You can identify those languages because 
they have an icon <gui><media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/system-run-symbolic.svg\" width=\"16\" 
height=\"16\">preview</media></gui> depicted. If you want to access these extra parameters, select the 
language from the <gui>Input Source</gui> list and a new <gui style=\"button\"><media type=\"image\" 
src=\"figures/emblem-system-symbolic.svg\" width=\"16\" height=\"16\">preview</media></gui> button will give 
you access to the extra settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:77(page/p)
+msgid "When you use multiple layouts, you can choose to have all windows use the same layout or to set a 
different layout for each window. Using a different layout for each window is useful, for example, if you're 
writing an article in another language in a word processor window. Your keyboard selection will be remembered 
for each window as you switch between windows. Press the <gui style=\"button\">Options</gui> button to select 
how you want to manage multiple layouts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:85(page/p)
+msgid "The top bar will display a short identifier for the current layout, such as <gui>en</gui> for the 
standard English layout. Click the layout indicator and select the layout you want to use from the menu. If 
the selected language has any extra settings, they will be shown below the list of available layouts. This 
gives you a quick overview of your settings. You can also open an image with the current keyboard layout for 
reference."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:92(page/p)
+msgid "The fastest way to change to another layout is by using the <gui>Input Source</gui> <gui>Keyboard 
Shortcuts</gui>. These shortcuts open the <gui>Input Source</gui> chooser where you can move forward and 
backward. By default, you can switch to the next input source with <keyseq><key 
xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Space</key> </keyseq> and to the previous one with 
<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key> <key>Space</key></keyseq>. You can change these shortcuts in the 
<gui>Keyboard</gui> settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:29(info/desc)
+msgid "Use applications and the desktop without a mouse."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:32(page/title)
+msgid "Keyboard navigation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:42(page/p)
+msgid "This page details keyboard navigation for people who cannot use a mouse or other pointing device, or 
who want to use a keyboard as much as possible. For keyboard shortcuts that are useful to all users, see 
<link xref=\"shell-keyboard-shortcuts\"/> instead."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:48(note/p)
+msgid "If you cannot use a pointing device like a mouse, you can control the mouse pointer using the numeric 
keypad on your keyboard. See <link xref=\"mouse-mousekeys\"/> for details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:54(table/title)
+msgid "Navigate user interfaces"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:56(td/p)
+msgid "<key>Tab</key> and <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:58(td/p)
+msgid "Move keyboard focus between different controls. <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key> <key>Tab</key></keyseq> moves 
between groups of controls, such as from a sidebar to the main content. 
<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> can also break out of a control that uses <key>Tab</key> 
itself, such as a text area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:62(td/p)
+msgid "Hold down <key>Shift</key> to move focus in reverse order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:66(td/p)
+msgid "Arrow keys"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:68(td/p)
+msgid "Move selection between items in a single control, or among a set of related controls. Use the arrow 
keys to focus buttons in a toolbar, select items in a list or icon view, or select a radio button from a 
group."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:71(td/p)
+msgid "In a tree view, use the left and right arrow keys to collapse and expand items with children."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:76(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key>Arrow keys</keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:77(td/p)
+msgid "In a list or icon view, move the keyboard focus to another item without changing which item is 
selected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:81(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key>Arrow keys</keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:82(td/p)
+msgid "In a list or icon view, select all items from the currently selected item to the newly focused item."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:86(td/p)
+msgid "<key>Space</key>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:87(td/p)
+msgid "Activate a focused item such as a button, check box, or list item."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:90(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:91(td/p)
+msgid "In a list or icon view, select or deselect the focused item without deselecting other items."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:95(td/p)
+msgid "<key>Alt</key>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:96(td/p)
+msgid "Hold down the <key>Alt</key> key to reveal <em>accelerators</em>: underlined letters on menu items, 
buttons, and other controls. Press <key>Alt</key> plus the underlined letter to activate a control, just as 
if you had clicked on it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:102(td/p)
+msgid "<key>Esc</key>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:103(td/p)
+msgid "Exit a menu, popup, switcher, or dialog window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:106(td/p)
+msgid "<key>F10</key>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:107(td/p)
+msgid "Open the first menu on the menubar of a window. Use the arrow keys to navigate the menus."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:111(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> <key>F10</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:113(td/p)
+msgid "Open the application menu on the top bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:116(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or <key xref=\"keyboard-key-menu\">Menu</key>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:119(td/p)
+msgid "Pop up the context menu for the current selection, as if you had right-clicked."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:124(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:125(td/p)
+msgid "In the file manager, pop up the context menu for the current folder, as if you had right-clicked on 
the background and not on any item."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:129(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>PageUp</key></keyseq> and 
<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>PageDown</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:131(td/p)
+msgid "In a tabbed interface, switch to the tab to the left or right."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:136(table/title)
+msgid "Navigate the desktop"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:153(td/p)
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:151(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F6</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:154(td/p)
+msgid "Cycle through windows in the same application. Hold down the <key>Alt</key> key and press 
<key>F6</key> until the window you want is highlighted, then release <key>Alt</key>. This is similar to the 
<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>`</key></keyseq> feature."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:160(td/p)
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:147(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:161(td/p)
+msgid "Cycle through all open windows on a workspace."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:164(td/p)
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:292(td/p)
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:106(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:165(td/p)
+msgid "<link xref=\"shell-notifications#messagingtray\">Open the message tray.</link> Press <key>Esc</key> 
to close."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:171(table/title)
+msgid "Navigate windows"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:173(td/p)
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:397(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F4</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:174(td/p)
+msgid "Close the current window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:177(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F5</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:179(td/p)
+msgid "Restore a maximized window to its original size. Use <keyseq><key>Alt</key> <key>F10</key></keyseq> 
to maximize. <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> both maximizes and restores."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:184(td/p)
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:405(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:185(td/p)
+msgid "Move the current window. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq>, then use the arrow keys 
to move the window. Press <key>Enter</key> to finish moving the window, or <key>Esc</key> to return it to its 
original place."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:190(td/p)
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:409(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:191(td/p)
+msgid "Resize the current window. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></keyseq>, then use the arrow 
keys to resize the window. Press <key>Enter</key> to finish resizing the window, or <key>Esc</key> to return 
it to its original size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:199(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:202(td/p)
+msgid "<link xref=\"shell-windows-maximize\">Maximize</link> a window. Press 
<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↓</key></keyseq> to restore a 
maximized window to its original size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:208(td/p)
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:401(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>H</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:209(td/p)
+msgid "Minimize a window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:212(td/p)
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:437(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:213(td/p)
+msgid "Maximize a window vertically along the left side of the screen. Press again to restore the window to 
its previous size. Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>→</key></keyseq> to switch sides."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:219(td/p)
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:441(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:220(td/p)
+msgid "Maximize a window vertically along the right side of the screen. Press again to restore the window to 
its previous size. Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>←</key></keyseq> to switch sides."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:226(td/p)
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:373(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:227(td/p)
+msgid "Pop up the window menu, as if you had right-clicked on the titlebar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-osk.page:11(credit/name)
+#: C/power-hibernate.page:22(credit/name)
+msgid "Jeremy Bicha"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-osk.page:22(info/desc)
+msgid "Use an on-screen keyboard to enter text by clicking buttons with the mouse."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-osk.page:28(page/title)
+msgid "Use a screen keyboard"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-osk.page:30(page/p)
+msgid "If you don't have a keyboard attached to your computer or prefer not to use it, you can turn on the 
<em>screen keyboard</em> to enter text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-osk.page:38(item/p)
+msgid "Switch on <gui>On Screen Keyboard</gui> to show the screen keyboard."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-osk.page:42(page/p)
+msgid "Click the <gui>123</gui> button to enter numbers and symbols. More symbols are available if you then 
click the <gui>{#*</gui> button. To return to the alphabet keyboard, click the <gui>Abc</gui> button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-osk.page:46(page/p)
+msgid "If the screen keyboard gets in your way, click the button that looks like a keyboard (next to the 
<gui>tray</gui> button) to hide the keyboard. To make the keyboard show again, open the <link 
xref=\"shell-notifications\">messaging tray</link> (by moving your mouse to the bottom right of the screen), 
and click the keyboard tray item."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:26(info/desc)
+msgid "Make the keyboard not repeat letters when you hold down a key, or change the delay and speed of 
repeat keys."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:31(page/title)
+msgid "Turn off repeated key presses"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:33(page/p)
+msgid "By default, when you hold down a key on your keyboard, the letter or symbol will be repeated until 
you release the key. If you have difficulty picking your finger back up quickly enough, you can disable this 
feature, or change how long it takes before key presses start repeating."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:47(item/p)
+msgid "Turn off <gui>Key presses repeat when key is held down</gui> to disable repeated keys entirely."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:49(item/p)
+msgid "Alternatively, adjust the <gui>Delay</gui> slider to control how long you have to hold a key down to 
begin repeating it, and adjust the <gui>Speed</gui> slider to control how quickly key presses repeat."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:23(info/desc)
+msgid "Define or change keyboard shortcuts in <gui>Keyboard</gui> settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:26(page/title)
+msgid "Set keyboard shortcuts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:41(page/p)
+msgid "To change the key or keys to be pressed for a keyboard shortcut:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:46(item/p)
+msgid "Open <gui>Keyboard</gui> and select the <gui>Shortcuts</gui> tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:49(item/p)
+msgid "Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on the right. The current 
shortcut definition will change to <gui>New accelerator…</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:54(item/p)
+msgid "Hold down the desired key combination, or press <key>Backspace</key> to clear."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:61(section/title)
+msgid "Pre-defined shortcuts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:62(section/p)
+msgid "There are a number of pre-configured shortcuts that can be changed, grouped into these categories:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:66(table/title)
+msgid "Launchers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:68(td/p)
+msgid "Launch help browser"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:69(td/p)
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:97(td/p)
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:101(td/p)
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:105(td/p)
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:109(td/p)
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:135(td/p)
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:139(td/p)
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:159(td/p)
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:163(td/p)
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:167(td/p)
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:171(td/p)
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:175(td/p)
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:317(td/p)
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:321(td/p)
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:325(td/p)
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:329(td/p)
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:349(td/p)
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:353(td/p)
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:357(td/p)
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:361(td/p)
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:365(td/p)
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:377(td/p)
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:393(td/p)
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:413(td/p)
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:417(td/p)
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:421(td/p)
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:425(td/p)
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:429(td/p)
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:433(td/p)
+#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:140(title/gui)
+msgid "Disabled"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:72(td/p)
+msgid "Launch calculator"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:73(td/p)
+msgid "Calculator"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:76(td/p)
+msgid "Launch email client"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:77(td/p)
+msgid "Mail"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:80(td/p)
+msgid "Launch web browser"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:81(td/p)
+msgid "WWW"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:84(td/p)
+msgid "Home folder"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:85(td/p)
+msgid "Explorer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:94(table/title)
+msgid "Navigation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:96(td/p)
+msgid "Move window to workspace 1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:100(td/p)
+msgid "Move window to workspace 2"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:104(td/p)
+msgid "Move window to workspace 3"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:108(td/p)
+msgid "Move window to workspace 4"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:112(td/p)
+msgid "Move window one workspace to the left"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:113(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:116(td/p)
+msgid "Move window one workspace to the right"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:117(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:120(td/p)
+msgid "Move window one workspace up"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:121(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> <key>Page Up</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:125(td/p)
+msgid "Move window one workspace down"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:126(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:130(td/p)
+msgid "Switch applications"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:131(td/p)
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:51(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:134(td/p)
+msgid "Switch windows"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:138(td/p)
+msgid "Switch windows of an application"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:142(td/p)
+msgid "Switch system controls"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:143(td/p)
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:67(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:146(td/p)
+msgid "Switch windows directly"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:150(td/p)
+msgid "Switch windows of an app directly"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:154(td/p)
+msgid "Switch system controls directly"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:155(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:158(td/p)
+msgid "Hide all normal windows"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:162(td/p)
+msgid "Switch to workspace 1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:166(td/p)
+msgid "Switch to workspace 2"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:170(td/p)
+msgid "Switch to workspace 3"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:174(td/p)
+msgid "Switch to workspace 4"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:178(td/p)
+msgid "Move to workspace left"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:179(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:182(td/p)
+msgid "Move to workspace right"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:183(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:186(td/p)
+msgid "Move to workspace above"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:187(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:190(td/p)
+msgid "Move to workspace below"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:191(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:196(table/title)
+msgid "Screenshots"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:198(td/p)
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:39(section/title)
+msgid "Take a screenshot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:199(td/p)
+msgid "<key>Print</key>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:202(td/p)
+msgid "Take a screenshot of a window"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:203(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:206(td/p)
+msgid "Take a screenshot of an area"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:207(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:210(td/p)
+msgid "Copy a screenshot to clipboard"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:211(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:214(td/p)
+msgid "Copy a screenshot of a window to clipboard"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:215(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:218(td/p)
+msgid "Copy a screenshot of an area to clipboard"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:219(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:222(td/p)
+msgid "Record a screencast"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:223(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>R</key> </keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:229(table/title)
+msgid "Sound and Media"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:231(td/p)
+msgid "Volume mute"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:232(td/p)
+msgid "Audio mute"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:235(td/p)
+msgid "Volume down"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:236(td/p)
+msgid "Audio lower volume"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:239(td/p)
+msgid "Volume up"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:240(td/p)
+msgid "Audio raise volume"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:243(td/p)
+msgid "Launch media player"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:244(td/p)
+msgid "Audio media"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:247(td/p)
+msgid "Play (or play/pause)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:248(td/p)
+msgid "Audio play"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:251(td/p)
+msgid "Pause playback"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:252(td/p)
+msgid "Audio pause"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:255(td/p)
+msgid "Stop playback"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:256(td/p)
+msgid "Audio stop"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:259(td/p)
+msgid "Previous track"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:260(td/p)
+msgid "Audio previous"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:263(td/p)
+msgid "Next track"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:264(td/p)
+msgid "Audio next"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:267(td/p)
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:268(td/p)
+msgid "Eject"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:273(table/title)
+msgid "System"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:275(td/p)
+msgid "Show the run command prompt"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:276(td/p)
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:47(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:279(td/p)
+msgid "Show the activities overview"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:280(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:283(td/p)
+msgid "Log out"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:284(td/p)
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:96(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:287(td/p)
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:70(item/title)
+msgid "Lock screen"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:288(td/p)
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:102(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>L</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:291(td/p)
+msgid "Show the message tray"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:295(td/p)
+msgid "Focus the active notification"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:296(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>N</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:299(td/p)
+msgid "Show all applications"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:300(td/p)
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:80(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:303(td/p)
+msgid "Open the application menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:304(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:309(table/title)
+msgid "Typing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:311(td/p)
+msgid "Switch to next input source"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:312(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:316(td/p)
+msgid "Switch to previous input source"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:320(td/p)
+msgid "Modifiers-only switch to next source"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:324(td/p)
+msgid "Compose Key"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:328(td/p)
+msgid "Alternative Characters Key"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:334(table/title)
+msgid "Universal Access"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:336(td/p)
+msgid "Turn zoom on or off"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:337(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>8</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:340(td/p)
+msgid "Zoom in"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:341(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>=</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:344(td/p)
+msgid "Zoom out"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:345(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>-</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:348(td/p)
+msgid "Turn screen reader on or off"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:352(td/p)
+msgid "Turn on-screen keyboard on or off"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:356(td/p)
+msgid "Increase text size"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:360(td/p)
+msgid "Decrease text size"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:364(td/p)
+msgid "High contrast on or off"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:370(table/title)
+msgid "Windows"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:372(td/p)
+msgid "Activate the window menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:376(td/p)
+msgid "Toggle fullscreen mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:380(td/p)
+msgid "Toggle maximization state"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:381(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:384(td/p)
+msgid "Maximize window"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:385(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:388(td/p)
+msgid "Restore window"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:389(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:392(td/p)
+msgid "Toggle shaded state"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:396(td/p)
+msgid "Close window"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:400(td/p)
+msgid "Hide window"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:404(td/p)
+msgid "Move window"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:408(td/p)
+msgid "Resize window"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:412(td/p)
+msgid "Toggle window on all workspaces or one"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:416(td/p)
+msgid "Raise window if covered, otherwise lower it"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:420(td/p)
+msgid "Raise window above other windows"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:424(td/p)
+msgid "Lower window below other windows"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:428(td/p)
+msgid "Maximize window vertically"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:432(td/p)
+msgid "Maximize window horizontally"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:436(td/p)
+msgid "View split on left"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:440(td/p)
+msgid "View split on right"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:448(section/title)
+msgid "Change keyboard shortcuts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:449(section/p)
+msgid "This section shows how to change keyboard shortcuts for an application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:453(item/p)
+msgid "Open the Terminal application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:455(item/p)
+msgid "Run the <cmd>gsettings set org.gnome.desktop.interface can-change-accels true</cmd> command."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:458(item/p)
+msgid "Start the application for which you want to change the keyboard shortcut."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:461(item/p)
+msgid "Find the menu item for which you want to change the keyboard shortcut."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:464(item/p)
+msgid "Type the shortcut that you want on the keyboard."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:469(note/p)
+msgid "Note that this setting is desktop-wide. You can disable it after you make changes by running the 
<cmd>gsettings set org.gnome.desktop.interface can-change-accels false</cmd> command. You can also use the 
<app>dconf-editor</app> utility to do this."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:477(section/title)
+msgid "Custom shortcuts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:479(section/p)
+msgid "To create your own keyboard shortcut:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:483(item/p)
+msgid "Select <gui>Custom Shortcuts</gui> in the left pane, and click the <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> 
button (or click the <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> button in any category). The <gui>Custom Shortcut</gui> 
window will appear."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:489(item/p)
+msgid "Type a <gui>Name</gui> to identify the shortcut, and a <gui>Command</gui> to run an application, then 
click <gui>Apply</gui>. For example, if you wanted the shortcut to open Rhythmbox, you could name it 
<input>Music</input> and use the <input>rhythmbox</input> command."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:495(item/p)
+msgid "Click <gui>Disabled</gui> in the row that was just added. When it changes to <gui>New 
accelerator…</gui>, hold down the desired shortcut key combination."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:500(section/p)
+msgid "The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can check that the command works 
by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. The command that opens an application cannot have the same name 
as the application itself."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:505(section/p)
+msgid "If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard shortcut, double-click 
the <em>name</em> of the shortcut. The <gui>Custom Shortcut</gui> window will appear, and you can edit the 
command."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard.page:11(info/desc)
+msgid "<link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">Keyboard layouts</link>, <link xref=\"keyboard-cursor-blink\">cursor 
blinking</link>, <link xref=\"a11y#mobility\">keyboard accessibility</link>…"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard.page:32(page/title)
+msgid "Keyboard"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/keyboard.page:35(links/title)
+#: C/prefs-language.page:26(page/title)
+msgid "Region &amp; Language"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/look-background.page:11(info/desc)
+msgid "Set an image, color, or gradient as your desktop background."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/look-background.page:18(credit/name)
+msgid "April Gonzales"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/look-background.page:40(page/title)
+msgid "Change the desktop background"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/look-background.page:42(page/p)
+msgid "You can change the image used for your desktop background, or set it to a simple color or gradient."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/look-background.page:47(item/p)
+msgid "Open <gui>Background</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/look-background.page:48(item/p)
+msgid "Click the image of your current wallpaper in the center."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/look-background.page:49(item/p)
+msgid "There are three choices displayed on top:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/look-background.page:51(item/p)
+msgid "Select <gui>Wallpapers</gui> to use one of the many professional background images that ship with 
GNOME. Some wallpapers are partially transparent and allow a background color to show through. For these 
wallpapers, there will be a color selector button in the bottom-right corner."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/look-background.page:56(item/p)
+msgid "Select <gui>Pictures</gui> to use one of your own photos from your Pictures folder. Most photo 
management applications store photos there. If you would like to use an image that is not in your Pictures 
folder, either use <app>Files</app> by right-clicking on the image file and selecting <gui>Set as 
Wallpaper</gui>, or <app>Image Viewer</app> by opening the image file and selecting 
<guiseq><gui>Image</gui><gui>Set as Desktop Background</gui></guiseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/look-background.page:64(item/p)
+msgid "Select <gui>Colors</gui> to just use a flat color or a linear gradient."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/look-background.page:68(item/p)
+msgid "The settings are applied immediately."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/look-background.page:69(item/p)
+msgid "<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Switch to an empty workspace</link> to view your entire 
desktop."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:8(info/desc)
+msgid "The screen resolution may be set incorrectly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:31(page/title)
+msgid "Why do things look fuzzy/pixelated on my screen?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:33(page/p)
+msgid "This can happen because the display resolution that you have set it is not the right one for your 
screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:35(page/p)
+msgid "To solve this, click your name on the top bar and go to <gui>Settings</gui>. In the Hardware section, 
choose <gui>Displays</gui>. Try some of the <gui>Resolution</gui> options and set the one that makes the 
screen look better."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:45(section/title)
+msgid "When multiple displays are connected"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:47(section/p)
+msgid "If you have two displays connected to the computer (for example, a normal monitor and a projector), 
the displays might have different resolutions. However, the computer's graphics card can only display the 
screen in one resolution at a time, so at least one of the displays might look fuzzy."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:49(section/p)
+msgid "You can set it so that the two displays have different resolutions, but you won't be able to display 
the same thing on both screens simultaneously. In effect, you will have two independent screens connected at 
the same time. You can move windows from one screen to another, but you can't show the same window on both 
screens at once."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:51(section/p)
+msgid "To set up the displays so that they each have their own resolution:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:55(item/p)
+msgid "Click your name on the top bar and click <gui>Settings</gui>. Open <gui>Displays</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:59(item/p)
+msgid "Uncheck <gui>Mirror Displays</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:63(item/p)
+msgid "Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the <gui>Displays</gui> window. Change 
the <gui>Resolution</gui> until that display looks right."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/look-resolution.page:10(info/desc)
+msgid "Change the resolution of the screen and its orientation (rotation)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/look-resolution.page:26(page/title)
+msgid "Change the size or rotation of the screen"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/look-resolution.page:28(page/p)
+msgid "You can change how big (or how detailed) things appear on the screen by changing the <em>screen 
resolution</em>. You can change which way up things appear (for example, if you have a rotating display) by 
changing the <em>rotation</em>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/look-resolution.page:38(item/p)
+msgid "If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have different settings on each 
display. Select a display in the preview area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/look-resolution.page:40(item/p)
+msgid "Select your desired resolution and rotation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/look-resolution.page:41(item/p)
+msgid "Click <gui>Apply</gui>. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds before reverting back. That 
way, if you cannot see anything with the new settings, your old settings will be automatically restored. If 
you are happy with the new settings, click <gui>Keep This Configuration</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/look-resolution.page:48(note/p)
+msgid "When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected automatically so you can change 
its settings in the same way as your usual display. If this does not happen, just click <gui>Detect 
Displays</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/look-resolution.page:52(section/title)
+msgid "Resolution"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/look-resolution.page:53(section/p)
+msgid "The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each direction that can be displayed. 
Each resolution has an <em>aspect ratio</em>, the ratio of the width to the height. Wide-screen displays use 
a 16:9 aspect ratio, while traditional displays use 4:3. If you choose a resolution that does not match the 
aspect ratio of your display, the screen will be letterboxed to avoid distortion."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/look-resolution.page:58(section/p)
+msgid "You can choose the resolution you prefer from the <gui>Resolution</gui> drop-down list. If you choose 
one that is not right for your screen it may <link xref=\"look-display-fuzzy\">look fuzzy or 
pixelated</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/look-resolution.page:64(section/title)
+msgid "Rotation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/look-resolution.page:65(section/p)
+msgid "On some laptops, you can physically rotate the screen in many directions. It is useful to be able to 
change the display rotation. You can choose the rotation you want for your display from the 
<gui>Rotation</gui> drop-down list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/media.page:13(info/desc)
+msgid "<link xref=\"media#photos\">Digital cameras</link>, <link xref=\"media#music\">iPods</link>, <link 
xref=\"media#photos\">editing photos</link>, <link xref=\"media#videos\">playing videos</link>…"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/media.page:22(page/title)
+msgid "Sound, video &amp; pictures"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/media.page:26(info/title)
+msgctxt "sort"
+msgid "Sound"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/media.page:27(info/title)
+msgctxt "link:trail"
+msgid "Sound"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/media.page:28(info/title)
+msgctxt "link:topic"
+msgid "Sound"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/media.page:29(info/desc)
+msgid "<link xref=\"sound-volume\">Volume</link>, <link xref=\"sound-usespeakers\">speakers and 
headphones</link>, <link xref=\"sound-usemic\">microphones</link>…"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/media.page:36(section/title)
+msgid "Basic sound"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/media.page:40(info/title)
+msgctxt "link"
+msgid "Music and players"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/media.page:41(section/title)
+msgid "Music and portable audio players"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/media.page:45(info/title)
+msgctxt "link"
+msgid "Photos"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/media.page:46(section/title)
+msgid "Photos and digital cameras"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/media.page:50(info/title)
+msgctxt "link"
+msgid "Videos"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/media.page:51(section/title)
+msgid "Videos and video cameras"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/more-help.page:18(info/desc)
+msgid "<link xref=\"about-this-guide\">Tips on using this guide</link>, <link xref=\"get-involved\">help 
improve this guide</link>, <link xref=\"help-mailing-list\">mailing list</link>, <link 
xref=\"help-irc\">IRC</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/more-help.page:26(page/title)
+msgid "Get more help"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:11(info/desc)
+msgid "Turn the touchpad off while typing to prevent accidental clicks."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:24(page/title)
+msgid "Disable touchpad while typing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:26(page/p)
+msgid "Touchpads on laptops are often located where you rest your wrist while typing, which can sometimes 
cause accidental clicks while you type. You can disable the touchpad while you type. It will only work again 
a short time after your last key stroke."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:33(item/p)
+#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:38(item/p)
+#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:34(item/p)
+#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:39(item/p)
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:29(item/p)
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:65(item/p)
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:99(item/p)
+msgid "Open <gui>Mouse &amp; Touchpad</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:34(item/p)
+msgid "In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Disable while typing</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:38(note/p)
+#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:60(note/p)
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:32(note/p)
+msgid "The <gui>Touchpad</gui> section only appears if your system has a touchpad."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:11(info/desc)
+msgid "Control how quickly you need to press the mouse button a second time to double-click."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:29(page/title)
+msgid "Adjust the double-click speed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:31(page/p)
+msgid "Double-clicking only happens when you press the mouse button twice quickly enough. If the second 
press is too long after the first, you'll just get two separate clicks, not a double click. If you have 
difficulty pressing the mouse button quickly, you should increase the timeout."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39(item/p)
+msgid "Under <gui>General</gui>, adjust the <gui>Double-click</gui> slider to a value you find comfortable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:41(item/p)
+msgid "Click the <gui>Test Your Settings</gui> button to test. A single click in the window will highlight 
the outer circle. A double-click will highlight the inside circle."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:46(page/p)
+msgid "If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you have increased the 
double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try plugging a different mouse into your computer and see if 
that works properly. Alternatively, plug your mouse into a different computer and see if it still has the 
same problem."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:53(note/p)
+#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:39(note/p)
+msgid "This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other pointing device."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:10(info/desc)
+msgid "Reverse the left and right mouse buttons in the mouse settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:27(page/title)
+msgid "Use your mouse left-handed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:29(page/p)
+msgid "You can swap the behavior of the left and right buttons on your mouse or touchpad to make it more 
comfortable for left-handed use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35(item/p)
+msgid "In the <gui>General</gui> section, switch <gui>Primary button</gui> to <gui>Right</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:6(info/desc)
+msgid "Use the middle mouse button to open applications, paste text, open tabs, and more."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:29(page/title)
+msgid "Middle-click"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:31(page/p)
+msgid "Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a scroll wheel, you can 
usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you 
can press the left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:37(page/p)
+msgid "On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers at once to middle-click. 
You have to <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-click\">enable tap clicking</link> in the touchpad settings for this 
to work."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:42(page/p)
+msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:45(item/p)
+msgid "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called primary selection paste.) 
Select the text you want to paste, then go to where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text 
is pasted at the mouse position."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:49(item/p)
+msgid "Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the normal clipboard. 
Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This quick method of pasting only works with the middle 
mouse button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:54(item/p)
+msgid "On scrollbars and sliders, a regular click in the empty space moves by a set amount (such as one 
page) in the direction you clicked. You can also middle-click in the empty space to move to exactly the 
location you clicked."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:59(item/p)
+msgid "In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, you can quickly open a new window for an application in its 
own new workspace with middle-click. Simply middle-click on the application's icon, either in the dash on the 
left, or in the applications overview. The applications overview is diplayed using the grid button in the 
dash."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:65(item/p)
+msgid "Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle mouse button. Just click 
any link with your middle mouse button, and it will open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the 
<app>Firefox</app> web browser, though. In <app>Firefox</app>, if you middle-click anywhere except on a link, 
it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you used middle-click to paste it to the location bar 
and pressed <key>Enter</key>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:73(item/p)
+msgid "In the file manager, middle-click serves two roles. If you middle-click a folder, it will open in a 
new tab. This mimics the behavior of popular web browsers. If you middle-click a file, it will open the file, 
just as if you had double-clicked."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:79(page/p)
+msgid "Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for other functions. Search 
your application's help for <em>middle-click</em> or <em>middle mouse button</em>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:11(info/desc)
+msgid "Enable mouse keys to control the mouse with the keypad."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:30(page/title)
+msgid "Click and move mouse pointer using the keypad"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:32(page/p)
+msgid "If you have difficulties using a mouse or other pointing device, you can control the mouse pointer 
using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. This feature is called <em>mouse keys</em>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:37(item/p)
+msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to give keyboard focus to the top 
bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:39(item/p)
+msgid "Use the right and left arrow keys to select the <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">universal access 
menu</link>, then press <key>Enter</key>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42(item/p)
+msgid "Use the up and down arrow keys to select <gui>Mouse Keys</gui> and press <key>Enter</key>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44(item/p)
+msgid "Make sure that <key>Num Lock</key> is turned off. You will now be able to move the mouse pointer 
using the keypad."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:49(note/p)
+msgid "These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only the keyboard. Select 
<gui>Universal Access Settings</gui> to see more accessibility options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:54(page/p)
+msgid "The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged into a square grid. If 
you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function 
(<key>Fn</key>) key and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this feature often on 
a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:60(page/p)
+msgid "Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing <key>8</key> will move 
the pointer upwards and pressing <key>2</key> will move it downwards. Press the <key>5</key> key to click 
once with the mouse, or quickly press it twice to double-click."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:65(page/p)
+msgid "Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click, sometimes called the <key 
xref=\"keyboard-key-menu\">Menu</key> key. Note, however, that this key responds to where your keyboard focus 
is, not where your mouse pointer is. See <link xref=\"a11y-right-click\"/> for information on how to 
right-click by holding down <key>5</key> or the left mouse button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:71(page/p)
+msgid "If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, turn <key>Num Lock</key> 
on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad when <key>Num Lock</key> is turned on, though."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:76(note/p)
+msgid "The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not control the mouse pointer. 
Only the keypad number keys can be used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:8(info/desc)
+msgid "How to check your mouse if it is not working."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:23(page/title)
+msgid "Mouse pointer is not moving"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:28(section/title)
+msgid "Check that the mouse is plugged in"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:29(section/p)
+msgid "If you have a mouse with a cable, check that it is firmly plugged in to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:33(section/p)
+msgid "If it is a USB mouse (with a rectangular connector), try plugging it in to a different USB port. If 
it is a PS/2 mouse (with a small, round connector with six pins), make sure that it is plugged in to the 
green mouse port rather than the purple keyboard port. You may need to restart the computer if it was not 
plugged in."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:43(section/title)
+msgid "Check that the mouse was recognized by your computer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:45(item/p)
+msgid "Open the <app>Terminal</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:48(item/p)
+msgid "In the terminal window, type <cmd>xsetpointer -l | grep Pointer</cmd>, exactly as it appears here, 
and press <key>Enter</key>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:55(item/p)
+msgid "A short list of mouse devices will appear. Check that at least one of the items says 
<sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys> next to it, and that one of the <sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys> items has the 
name of the mouse to the left of it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:61(item/p)
+msgid "If there is no entry that has the name of the mouse followed by <sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys>, then 
the mouse was not recognized by your computer. If the entry exists, your mouse was recognized by your 
computer. In this case you should check that the mouse is <link 
xref=\"mouse-problem-notmoving#plugged-in\">plugged in</link> and in <link 
xref=\"mouse-problem-notmoving#broken\">working condition</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:76(section/p)
+msgid "If your mouse has a serial (RS-232) connector, you may need to perform some extra steps to get it 
working. The steps might depend on the make or model of your mouse."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:82(section/p)
+msgid "It can be complicated to fix problems with mouse detection. Ask for support from your distribution or 
vendor if you think that your mouse has not been detected properly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:96(section/title)
+msgid "Check that the mouse actually works"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:97(section/p)
+msgid "Plug the mouse in to a different computer and see if it works."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:99(section/p)
+msgid "If the mouse is an optical or laser mouse, a light should be shining out of the bottom of the mouse 
if it is turned on. If there is no light, check that it is turned on. If it is and there is still no light, 
the mouse may be broken."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:106(section/title)
+msgid "Checking wireless mice"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:109(item/p)
+msgid "Make sure the mouse is turned on. There is often a switch on the bottom of the mouse to turn the 
mouse off completely, so you can move it from place to place without it constantly waking up."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:112(item/p)
+msgid "If you are using a Bluetooth mouse, make sure you have actually paired the mouse with your computer. 
See <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:115(item/p)
+msgid "Click a button and see if the mouse pointer moves now. Some wireless mice go to sleep to save power, 
so might not respond until you click a button. See <link xref=\"mouse-wakeup\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:122(item/p)
+msgid "Check that the battery of the mouse is charged."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:127(item/p)
+msgid "Make sure that the receiver (dongle) is firmly plugged in to the computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:132(item/p)
+msgid "If your mouse and receiver can operate on different radio channels, make sure that they are both set 
to the same channel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:138(item/p)
+msgid "You may need to press a button on the mouse, receiver or both to establish a connection. The 
instruction manual of your mouse should have more details if this is the case."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:146(section/p)
+msgid "Most RF (radio) wireless mice should work automatically when you plug them into your computer. If you 
have a Bluetooth or IR (infrared) wireless mouse, you may need to perform some extra steps to get it working. 
The steps might depend on the make or model of your mouse."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:10(info/desc)
+msgid "Change how quickly the pointer moves when you use your mouse or touchpad."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:32(page/title)
+msgid "Adjust speed of the mouse and touchpad"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:34(page/p)
+msgid "If your pointer moves too fast or slow when you move your mouse or use your touchpad, you can adjust 
the pointer speed for these devices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40(item/p)
+msgid "Adjust the <gui>Pointer Speed</gui> slider until the pointer motion is comfortable for you."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:54(note/p)
+msgid "You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. Sometimes the most comfortable 
settings for one type of device aren't the most comfortable for another. Just set the sliders on both the 
<gui>Mouse</gui> and <gui>Touchpad</gui> sections."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:7(info/desc)
+msgid "Click, drag, or scroll using taps and gestures on your touchpad."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:22(page/title)
+msgid "Click, drag, or scroll with the touchpad"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:24(page/p)
+msgid "You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, without separate hardware 
buttons."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30(item/p)
+msgid "In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Tap to click</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:39(item/p)
+msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40(item/p)
+msgid "To double-click, tap twice."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41(item/p)
+msgid "To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. Drag the item where you 
want it, then lift your finger to drop."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:43(item/p)
+msgid "If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two fingers at once. 
Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-click. See <link xref=\"a11y-right-click\"/> for a 
method of right-clicking without a second mouse button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47(item/p)
+msgid "If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, <link xref=\"mouse-middleclick\">middle-click</link> by 
tapping with three fingers at once."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:52(note/p)
+msgid "When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are spread far enough apart. 
If your fingers are too close, your computer may think they're a single finger."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:58(section/title)
+msgid "Two finger scroll"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:60(section/p)
+msgid "You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:66(item/p)
+msgid "In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Two finger scroll</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:79(section/p)
+msgid "When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as normal, but if you drag two 
fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will scroll instead. If you also select <gui>Enable horizontal 
scrolling</gui>, you can move your fingers left and right to scroll horizontally. Be careful to space your 
fingers a bit apart. If your fingers are too close together, they just look like one big finger to your 
touchpad."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:86(note/p)
+msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:91(section/title)
+msgid "Content sticks to fingers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:93(section/p)
+msgid "You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the touchpad."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:100(item/p)
+msgid "In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Content sticks to fingers</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:104(note/p)
+msgid "This feature is also known as <em>Natural Scrolling</em> or <em>Reverse Scrolling</em>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:10(info/desc)
+msgid "If you have to wiggle or click the mouse before it responds."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:19(page/title)
+msgid "Mouse reacts with delay before it starts working"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:21(page/p)
+msgid "Wireless and optical mice, as well as touchpads on laptops, may need to \"wake up\" before they start 
working. They automatically go to sleep when not in use to save battery power. To wake up your mouse or 
touchpad, you can click on a mouse button or wiggle the mouse."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:25(page/p)
+msgid "Laptop touchpads sometimes react with delay after you stop typing before they start working. This is 
to prevent you from accidentally touching the touchpad with your palm while typing. See <link 
xref=\"mouse-disabletouchpad\"/> for details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse.page:7(info/desc)
+msgid "<link xref=\"mouse-lefthanded\">Left-handed</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-sensitivity\">speed and 
sensitivity</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-click\">touchpad clicking and scrolling</link>…"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse.page:21(page/title)
+msgid "Mouse"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse.page:32(info/title)
+msgctxt "link"
+msgid "Common mouse problems"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse.page:33(info/title)
+msgctxt "link:trail"
+msgid "Common problems"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse.page:40(info/title)
+msgctxt "link"
+msgid "Mouse tips"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse.page:41(info/title)
+msgctxt "link:trail"
+msgid "Tips"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/mouse.page:43(section/title)
+msgid "Tips"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:13(info/desc)
+msgid "Support for that file format might not be installed or the songs could be \"copy protected\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:17(page/title)
+msgid "I can't play the songs I bought from an online music store"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:19(page/p)
+msgid "If you downloaded some music from an online store you may find that it won't play on your computer, 
especially if you bought it on a Windows or Mac OS computer and then copied it over."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:21(page/p)
+msgid "This could be because the music is in a format that is not recognized by your computer. To be able to 
play a song you need to have support for the right audio formats installed - for example, if you want to play 
MP3 files, you need MP3 support installed. If you don't have support for a given audio format, you should see 
a message telling you so when you try to play a song. The message should also provide instructions for how to 
install support for that format so that you can play it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:23(page/p)
+msgid "If you do have support installed for the song's audio format but still can't play it, the song might 
be <em>copy protected</em> (also known as being <em>DRM restricted</em>). DRM is a way of restricting who can 
play a song and on what devices they can play it. The company that sold the song to you is in control of 
this, not you. If a music file has DRM restrictions, you will probably not be able to play it - you generally 
need special software from the vendor to play DRM restricted files, but this software is often not supported 
on Linux."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:25(page/p)
+msgid "You can learn more about DRM from the <link href=\"http://www.eff.org/issues/drm\";>Electronic 
Frontier Foundation</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:13(info/desc)
+msgid "Use a media player to copy the songs and safely remove the iPod afterward."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:17(page/title)
+msgid "Songs don't appear on my iPod when I copy them onto it"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:19(page/p)
+msgid "When you plug an iPod into your computer, it will appear in your music player application and also in 
the file manager (the <app>Files</app> application in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview). You must copy 
songs onto the iPod using the music player - if you copy them across using the file manager, it won't work 
because the songs won't be put into the right location. iPods have a special location for storing songs which 
music player applications know how to get to but the file manager does not."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:21(page/p)
+msgid "You also need to wait for the songs to finish copying to the iPod before you unplug it. Before 
unplugging the iPod, make sure you choose to <link xref=\"files-removedrive\">safely remove it</link>. This 
will make sure that all of the songs have been copied across properly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:23(page/p)
+msgid "A further reason why songs might not be appearing on your iPod is that the music player application 
you're using does not support converting the songs from one audio format to another. If you copy a song which 
is saved in an audio format that is not supported by your iPod (for example, an Ogg Vorbis (.oga) file), the 
music player will try to convert it to a format that the iPod does understand, such as MP3. If the 
appropriate conversion software (also called a codec or encoder) is not installed, the music player will not 
be able to do the conversion and so will not copy the song. Look in the software installer for an appropriate 
codec."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/music-player-newipod.page:13(info/desc)
+msgid "Brand-new iPods need to be set-up using the iTunes software before you can use them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/music-player-newipod.page:17(page/title)
+msgid "My new iPod won't work"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/music-player-newipod.page:19(page/p)
+msgid "If you have a new iPod that has never been connected to a computer before, it won't be recognized 
properly when you connect it to a Linux computer. This is because iPods need to be set up and updated using 
the <app>iTunes</app> software, which only runs on Windows and Mac OS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/music-player-newipod.page:21(page/p)
+msgid "To set up your iPod, install iTunes on a Windows or Mac computer and plug it in. You will be led 
through a few steps to set it up. If asked for the <gui>Volume Format</gui>, choose <gui>MS-DOS (FAT)</gui>, 
<gui>Windows</gui> or similar. The other format (HFS/Mac) does not work as well with Linux."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/music-player-newipod.page:23(page/p)
+msgid "Once you have finished setup, the iPod should work normally when you plug it into a Linux computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:14(info/desc)
+msgid "Add a <input>.is_audio_player</input> file to tell your computer that it's an audio player."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:18(page/title)
+msgid "Why isn't my audio player recognized when I plug it in?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:20(page/p)
+msgid "If your audio player (MP3 player etc.) is plugged in to the computer but you can't see it in your 
music organizer application, it may not have been properly recognized as an audio player."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:22(page/p)
+msgid "Try unplugging the player and then plugging it in again. If that doesn't help, open the File Manager. 
You should see the player listed under <gui>Devices</gui> in the sidebar - click it to open the folder for 
the audio player. Now, click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>New Document</gui><gui>Empty 
Document</gui></guiseq>, type <input>.is_audio_player</input> and press <key>Enter</key> (the period and 
underscores are important, and it should be all lower-case). This file tells your computer to recognize the 
device as an audio player."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:24(page/p)
+msgid "Now, find the audio player in the File Manager sidebar and eject it (right-click and click 
<gui>Eject</gui>). Unplug it, then plug it back in. This time it should have been recognized as an audio 
player by your music organizer. If not, try closing the music organizer and then re-opening it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:27(note/p)
+msgid "These instructions won't work for iPods and some other audio players. They should work if your player 
is a <em>USB Mass Storage</em> device, though; it should say in its manual if it is."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:31(note/p)
+msgid "When you look in the audio player folder again, you won't see the <input>.is_audio_player</input> 
file. This is because the period in the file's name tells the File Manager to hide the file. You can check 
that it is still there by clicking <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</gui></guiseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:8(info/desc)
+msgid "Single-click to open files, run or view executable text files, and specify trash behavior."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:26(credit/name)
+msgid "Sindhu S"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:32(page/title)
+msgid "File manager behavior preferences"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:33(page/p)
+msgid "You can control whether you single-click or double-click files, how executable text files are 
handled, and the trash behavior. Click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, pick <gui>Preferences</gui> and 
select the <gui>Behavior</gui> tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:38(section/title)
+msgid "Behavior"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:41(item/title)
+msgid "<gui>Single click to open items</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:42(item/title)
+msgid "<gui>Double click to open items</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:43(item/p)
+msgid "By default, clicking selects files and double-clicking opens them. You can instead choose to have 
files and folders open when you click on them once. When you use single-click mode, you can hold down the 
<key>Ctrl</key> key while clicking to select one or more files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:52(section/title)
+msgid "Executable text files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:53(section/p)
+msgid "An executable text file is a file that contains a program that you can run (execute). The <link 
xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\">file permissions</link> must also allow for the file to run as 
a program. The most common are <sys>Shell</sys>, <sys>Python</sys> and <sys>Perl</sys> scripts. These have 
extensions <file>.sh</file>, <file>.py</file> and <file>.pl</file>, respectively."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:60(section/p)
+msgid "When you open an executable text file, you can select from:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:64(item/p)
+msgid "<gui>Run executable text files when they are opened</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:67(item/p)
+msgid "<gui>View executable text files when they are opened</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:70(item/p)
+msgid "<gui>Ask each time</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:74(section/p)
+msgid "If <gui>Ask each time</gui> is selected, a dialog will pop up asking if you wish to run or view the 
selected text file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:77(section/p)
+msgid "Executable text files are also called scripts. All scripts in 
<file>~/.local/share/nautilus/scripts</file> folder will appear in the context menu for a file under the <gui 
style=\"menuitem\">Scripts</gui> submenu. When a script is executed from a local folder, all selected files 
will be pasted to the script as parameters. To execute a script on a file:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:85(item/p)
+msgid "Navigate to the desired folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:88(item/p)
+msgid "Select the desired file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:91(item/p)
+msgid "Right click on the file to open the context menu and select the desired script to execute from the 
<gui style=\"menuitem\">Scripts</gui> menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:97(note/p)
+msgid "A script will not be passed any parameters when executed from a remote folder such as a folder 
showing web or <sys>ftp</sys> content."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:105(info/title)
+msgctxt "link"
+msgid "File manager trash preferences"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:107(section/title)
+msgid "Trash"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:111(item/title)
+msgid "<gui>Ask before emptying the Trash or deleting files</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:112(item/p)
+msgid "This option is selected by default. When emptying the trash, a message will be displayed confirming 
that you would like to empty the trash or delete files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:115(item/title)
+msgid "<gui>Include a Delete command that bypasses Trash</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:116(item/p)
+msgid "Selecting this option will add a <gui>Delete</gui> item to the menu that pops up when you right-click 
on an item in the <app>Files</app> application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:119(note/p)
+msgid "Deleting an item using the <gui>Delete</gui> menu option bypasses the Trash altogether. The item is 
removed from the system completely. There is no way to recover the deleted item."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:10(info/desc)
+msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:23(page/title)
+msgid "Edit folder bookmarks"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:24(page/p)
+msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:27(steps/title)
+msgid "Add a bookmark:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28(item/p)
+msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29(item/p)
+msgid "Click the gear button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Bookmark this Location</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:34(steps/title)
+msgid "Delete a bookmark:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35(item/p)
+#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:43(item/p)
+msgid "Click on <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar and pick <gui>Bookmarks</gui> from the app menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37(item/p)
+msgid "In the <gui>Bookmarks</gui> window, select the bookmark you wish to delete and click the <key>-</key> 
button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:42(steps/title)
+msgid "Rename a bookmark:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:45(item/p)
+msgid "In the <gui>Bookmarks</gui> window, select the bookmark you wish to rename."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:47(item/p)
+msgid "In the <gui>Name</gui> text box, type the new name for the bookmark."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:49(note/p)
+msgid "Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two different folders in two 
different locations, but which each have the same name, the bookmarks will have the same name, and you won't 
be able to tell them apart. In these cases, it is useful to give a bookmark a name other than the name of the 
folder it points to."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:11(info/desc)
+msgid "View and edit files on another computer over FTP, SSH, Windows shares, or WebDAV."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:25(page/title)
+msgid "Browse files on a server or network share"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:27(page/p)
+msgid "You can connect to a server or network share to browse and view files on that server, exactly as if 
they were on your own computer. This is a convenient way to download or upload files on the internet, or to 
share files with other people on your local network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:33(page/p)
+msgid "To browse files over the network, open the <app>Files</app> application from the 
<gui>Activities</gui> overview, and click <gui>Browse Network</gui> in the sidebar. The file manager will 
find any computers on your local area network that advertise their ability to serve files. If you want to 
connect to a server on the internet, or if you do not see the computer you're looking for, you can manually 
connect to a server by typing in its internet/network address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:43(steps/title)
+msgid "Connect to a file server"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:44(item/p)
+msgid "In the file manager, click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar and pick <gui>Connect to Server</gui> from 
the app menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:46(item/p)
+msgid "Enter the address of the server, in the form of a <link xref=\"#urls\">URL</link>. Details on 
supported URLs are <link xref=\"#types\">listed below</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:50(note/p)
+msgid "If you have connected to the server before, you can click on it in the <gui>Recent Servers</gui> 
list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:54(item/p)
+msgid "Click <gui>Connect</gui>. A new window will open showing you the files on the server. You can browse 
the files just as you would for those on your own computer. The server will also be added to the sidebar so 
you can access it quickly in the future"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:62(section/title)
+msgid "Writing URLs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:64(section/p)
+msgid "A <em>URL</em>, or <em>uniform resource locator</em>, is a form of address that refers to a location 
or file on a network. The address is formatted like this:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:67(example/p)
+msgid "<sys>scheme://servername.example.com/folder</sys>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:69(section/p)
+msgid "The <em>scheme</em> specifies the protocol or type of server. The <em>example.com</em> portion of the 
address is called the <em>domain name</em>. If a username is required, it is inserted before the server name:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:73(example/p)
+msgid "<sys>scheme://username servername example com/folder</sys>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:75(section/p)
+msgid "Some schemes require the port number to be specified. Insert it after the domain name:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:77(example/p)
+msgid "<sys>scheme://servername.example.com:port/folder</sys>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:79(section/p)
+msgid "Below are specific examples for the various server types that are supported."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:83(section/title)
+msgid "Types of servers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:85(section/p)
+msgid "You can connect to different types of servers. Some servers are public, and allow anybody to connect. 
Other servers require you to log in with a username and password."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:88(section/p)
+msgid "You may not have permissions to perform certain actions on files on a server. For example, on public 
FTP sites, you will probably not be able to delete files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:91(section/p)
+msgid "The URL you enter depends on the protocol that the server uses to export its file shares."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:95(item/title)
+msgid "SSH"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:96(item/p)
+msgid "If you have a <em>secure shell</em> account on a server, you can connect using this method. Many web 
hosts provide SSH accounts to members so they can securely upload files. SSH servers always require you to 
log in."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:100(item/p)
+msgid "A typical SSH URL looks like this:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:102(example/p)
+msgid "<sys>ssh://username servername example com/folder</sys>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:109(item/p)
+msgid "When using SSH, all the data you send (including your password) is encrypted so that other users on 
your network can't see it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:113(item/title)
+msgid "FTP (with login)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:114(item/p)
+msgid "FTP is a popular way to exchange files on the Internet. Because data is not encrypted over FTP, many 
servers now provide access through SSH. Some servers, however, still allow or require you to use FTP to 
upload or download files. FTP sites with logins will usually allow you to delete and upload files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:119(item/p)
+msgid "A typical FTP URL looks like this:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:121(example/p)
+msgid "<sys>ftp://username ftp example com/path/</sys>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:125(item/title)
+msgid "Public FTP"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:126(item/p)
+msgid "Sites that allow you to download files will sometimes provide public or anonymous FTP access. These 
servers do not require a username and password, and will usually not allow you to delete or upload files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:130(item/p)
+msgid "A typical anonymous FTP URL looks like this:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:132(example/p)
+msgid "<sys>ftp://ftp.example.com/path/</sys>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:134(item/p)
+msgid "Some anonymous FTP sites require you to log in with a public username and password, or with a public 
username using your email address as the password. For these servers, use the <gui>FTP (with login)</gui> 
method, and use the credentials specified by the FTP site."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:141(item/title)
+msgid "Windows share"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:142(item/p)
+msgid "Windows computers use a proprietary protocol to share files over a local area network. Computers on a 
Windows network are sometimes grouped into <em>domains</em> for organization and to better control access. If 
you have the right permissions on the remote computer, you can connect to a Windows share from the file 
manager."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:147(item/p)
+msgid "A typical Windows share URL looks like this:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:149(example/p)
+msgid "<sys>smb://servername/Share</sys>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:153(item/title)
+msgid "WebDAV and Secure WebDAV"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:154(item/p)
+msgid "Based on the HTTP protocol used on the web, WebDAV is sometimes used to share files on a local 
network and to store files on the internet. If the server you're connecting to supports secure connections, 
you should choose this option. Secure WebDAV uses strong SSL encryption, so that other users can't see your 
password."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:159(item/p)
+msgid "A typical WebDAV URL looks like this:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:161(example/p)
+msgid "<sys>http://example.hostname.com/path</sys>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/nautilus-display.page:35(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/nautilus-icons.png' md5='c23665786e41e7bcb87fa0f8d355d74e'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-display.page:8(info/desc)
+msgid "Control icon captions used in the file manager."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-display.page:26(page/title)
+msgid "File manager display preferences"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-display.page:28(page/p)
+msgid "You can control how the file manager displays captions under icons. Click <gui>Files</gui> in the top 
bar, pick <gui>Preferences</gui> and select the <gui>Display</gui> tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-display.page:33(section/title)
+msgid "Icon captions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-display.page:36(media/p)
+msgid "File manager icons with captions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-display.page:38(section/p)
+msgid "When you use icon view, you can choose to have extra information about files and folders displayed in 
a caption under each icon. This is useful, for example, if you often need to see who owns a file or when it 
was last modified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-display.page:42(section/p)
+msgid "You can zoom in a folder by clicking the <media type=\"image\" 
src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and choosing one of the <gui>Zoom</gui> 
options. As you zoom in, the file manager will display more and more information in captions. You can choose 
up to three things to show in captions. The first will be displayed at most zoom levels. The last will only 
be shown at very large sizes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-display.page:48(section/p)
+msgid "The information you can show in icon captions is the same as the columns you can use in list view. 
See <link xref=\"nautilus-list\"/> for more information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-display.page:51(note/p)
+msgid "If you have a file manager window open, you may have to reload for icon caption changes to take 
effect. Click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Reload</gui></guiseq> or press 
<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>R</key></keyseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:8(info/desc)
+msgid "View basic file information, set permissions, and choose default applications."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:26(page/title)
+msgid "File properties"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:28(page/p)
+msgid "To view information about a file or folder, right-click it and select <gui>Properties</gui>. You can 
also select the file and press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Enter</key></keyseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:32(page/p)
+msgid "The file properties window shows you information like the type of file, the size of the file, and 
when you last modified it. If you need this information often, you can have it displayed in <link 
xref=\"nautilus-list\">list view columns</link> or <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-captions\">icon 
captions</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:38(page/p)
+msgid "The information given on the <gui>Basic</gui> tab is explained below. There are also <gui><link 
xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\">Permissions</link></gui> and <gui><link 
xref=\"files-open#default\">Open With</link></gui> tabs. For certain types of files, such as images and 
videos, there will be an extra tab that provides information like the dimensions, duration, and codec."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:46(section/title)
+msgid "Basic properties"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:49(title/gui)
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:36(title/gui)
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:29(td/p)
+msgid "Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:50(item/p)
+msgid "You can rename the file by changing this field. You can also rename a file outside the properties 
window. See <link xref=\"files-rename\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:55(title/gui)
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:45(title/gui)
+msgid "Type"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:56(item/p)
+msgid "This helps you identify the type of the file, such as PDF document, OpenDocument Text, or JPEG image. 
The file type determines which applications can open the file, among other things. For example, you can't 
open a picture with a music player. See <link xref=\"files-open\"/> for more information on this."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:61(item/p)
+msgid "The <em>MIME type</em> of the file is shown in parentheses; MIME type is a standard way that 
computers use to refer to the file type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:66(item/title)
+msgid "Contents"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:67(item/p)
+msgid "This field is displayed if you are looking at the properties of a folder rather than a file. It helps 
you see the number of items in the folder. If the folder includes other folders, each inner folder is counted 
as one item, even if it contains further items. Each file is also counted as one item. If the folder is 
empty, the contents will display <gui>nothing</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:71(item/title)
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:40(title/gui)
+msgid "Size"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:72(item/p)
+msgid "This field is displayed if you are looking at a file (not a folder). The size of a file tells you how 
much disk space it takes up. This is also an indicator of how long it will take to download a file or send it 
in an email (big files take longer to send/receive)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:73(item/p)
+msgid "Sizes may be given in bytes, KB, MB, or GB; in the case of the last three, the size in bytes will 
also be given in parentheses. Technically, 1 KB is 1024 bytes, 1 MB is 1024 KB and so on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:77(item/title)
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:94(title/gui)
+msgid "Location"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78(item/p)
+msgid "The location of each file on your computer is given by its <em>absolute path</em>. This is a unique 
\"address\" of the file on your computer, made up of a list of the folders that you would need to go into to 
find the file. For example, if Jim had a file called <file>Resume.pdf</file> in his Home folder, its location 
would be <file>/home/jim/Resume.pdf</file>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:82(item/title)
+msgid "Volume"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:83(item/p)
+msgid "The file system or device that the file is stored on. This shows you where the file is physically 
stored, for example if it is on the hard disk or on a CD, or a <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">network share 
or file server</link>. Hard disks can be split up into several <link xref=\"disk-partitions\">disk 
partitions</link>; the partition will be displayed under <gui>Volume</gui> too."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:93(item/title)
+msgid "Free Space"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:94(item/p)
+msgid "This is only displayed for folders. It gives the amount of disk space which is available on the disk 
that the folder is on. This is useful for checking if the hard disk is full."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:101(item/title)
+msgid "Accessed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:102(item/p)
+msgid "The date and time when the file was last opened."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:106(item/title)
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:49(title/gui)
+msgid "Modified"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:107(item/p)
+msgid "The date and time when the file was last changed and saved."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:9(info/desc)
+msgid "Control who can view and edit your files and folders."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:30(page/title)
+msgid "Set file permissions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:32(page/p)
+msgid "You can use file permissions to control who can view and edit files that you own. To view and set the 
permissions for a file, right click it and select <gui>Properties</gui>, then select the 
<gui>Permissions</gui> tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:36(page/p)
+msgid "See <link xref=\"#files\"/> and <link xref=\"#folders\"/> below for details on the types of 
permissions you can set."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:40(section/title)
+#: C/nautilus-preview.page:35(title/gui)
+msgid "Files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:42(section/p)
+msgid "You can set the permissions for the file owner, the group owner, and all other users of the system. 
For your files, you are the owner, and you can give yourself read-only or read-and-write permission. Set a 
file to read-only if you don't want to accidentally change it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:47(section/p)
+msgid "Every user on your computer belongs to a group. On home computers, it is common for each user to have 
their own group, and group permissions are not often used. In corporate environments, groups are sometimes 
used for departments or projects. As well as having an owner, each file belongs to a group. You can set the 
file's group and control the permissions for all users in that group. You can only set the file's group to a 
group you belong to."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:55(section/p)
+msgid "You can also set the permissions for users other than the owner and those in the file's group."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:58(section/p)
+msgid "If the file is a program, such as a script, you must select <gui>Allow executing file as 
program</gui> to run it. Even with this option selected, the file manager may still open the file in an 
application or ask you what to do. See <link xref=\"nautilus-behavior#executable\"/> for more information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:66(section/title)
+#: C/nautilus-preview.page:47(title/gui)
+msgid "Folders"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:67(section/p)
+msgid "You can set permissions on folders for the owner, group, and other users. See the details of file 
permissions above for an explanation of owners, groups, and other users."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:70(section/p)
+msgid "The permissions you can set for a folder are different from those you can set for a file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:74(title/gui)
+#: C/net-proxy.page:58(item/title)
+msgid "None"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75(item/p)
+msgid "The user will not even be able to see what files are in the folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:79(title/gui)
+msgid "List files only"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:80(item/p)
+msgid "The user will be able to see what files are in the folder, but will not be able to open, create, or 
delete files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:84(title/gui)
+msgid "Access files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:85(item/p)
+msgid "The user will be able to open files in the folder (provided they have permission to do so on the 
particular file), but will not be able to create new files or delete files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:90(title/gui)
+msgid "Create and delete files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:91(item/p)
+msgid "The user will have full access to the folder, including opening, creating, and deleting files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:96(section/p)
+msgid "You can also quickly set the file permissions for all the files in the folder by clicking <gui>Change 
Permissions for Enclosed Files</gui>. Use the drop-down lists to adjust the permissions of contained files or 
folders, and click <gui>Change</gui>. Permissions are applied to files and folders in subfolders as well, to 
any depth."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:7(info/desc)
+msgid "Control what information is displayed in columns in list view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:25(page/title)
+msgid "File manager list columns preferences"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:27(page/p)
+msgid "There are nine columns of information that you can display in the file manager's list view. Click 
<gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, pick <gui>Preferences</gui> and choose the <gui>List Columns</gui> tab to 
select which columns will be visible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:30(note/p)
+msgid "Use the <gui>Move Up</gui> and <gui>Move Down</gui> buttons to choose the order in which the selected 
columns will appear."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:37(item/p)
+msgid "The name of folders and files in the folder being viewed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:41(item/p)
+msgid "The size of a folder is given as the number of items contained in the folder. The size of a file is 
given as bytes, KB, or MB."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:46(item/p)
+msgid "Displayed as folder, or file type such as PDF document, JPEG image, MP3 audio, and more."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:50(item/p)
+msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:53(title/gui)
+msgid "Owner"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:54(item/p)
+msgid "The name of the user the folder or file is owned by."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:57(title/gui)
+msgid "Group"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:58(item/p)
+msgid "The group the file is owned by. On my home computers, each user is in their own group. Groups are 
sometimes used in corporate environments, where users might be in groups according to department or project."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:63(title/gui)
+msgid "Permissions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:64(item/p)
+msgid "Displays the file access permissions e.g. <gui>drwxrw-r--</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:67(item/p)
+msgid "The first character <gui>-</gui> is the file type. <gui>-</gui> means regular file and <gui>d</gui> 
means directory (folder)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:70(item/p)
+msgid "The next three characters <gui>rwx</gui> specify permissions for the user who owns the file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:73(item/p)
+msgid "The next three <gui>rw-</gui> specify permissions for all members of the group that owns the file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:76(item/p)
+msgid "The last three characters in the column <gui>r--</gui> specify permissions for all other users on the 
system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:79(item/p)
+msgid "Each character has the following meanings:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:83(item/p)
+msgid "r : Read permission."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:84(item/p)
+msgid "w : Write permission."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:85(item/p)
+msgid "x : Execute permission."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:86(item/p)
+msgid "- : No permission."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:90(title/gui)
+msgid "MIME Type"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:91(item/p)
+msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:95(item/p)
+msgid "The path to the location of the file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-prefs.page:15(page/title)
+msgid "File manager preferences"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-preview.page:8(info/desc)
+msgid "Control when thumbnails are used for files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-preview.page:26(page/title)
+msgid "File manager preview preferences"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-preview.page:28(page/p)
+msgid "The file manager creates thumbnails to preview image, video, and text files. Thumbnail previews can 
be slow for large files or over networks, so you can control when previews are made. Click <gui>Files</gui> 
in the top bar, pick <gui>Preferences</gui> and select the <gui>Preview</gui> tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-preview.page:36(item/p)
+msgid "By default, all previews are done for <gui>Local Files Only</gui>, those on your computer or 
connected external drives. You can set this feature to <gui>Always</gui> or <gui>Never</gui>. The file 
manager can <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">browse files on other computers</link> over a local area network 
or the internet. If you often browse files over a local area network, and the network has high bandwidth, you 
may want to set the preview option to <gui>Always</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-preview.page:43(item/p)
+msgid "In addition, you can use the <gui>Only for files smaller than</gui> setting to limit the size of 
files previewed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-preview.page:48(item/p)
+msgid "If you show file sizes in <link xref=\"nautilus-list\">list view columns</link> or <link 
xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-captions\">icon captions</link>, folders will be shown with a count of how many 
files and folders they contain. Counting items in a folder can be slow, especially for very large folders, or 
over a network. You can turn this feature on or off, or turn it on only for files on your computer and local 
external drives."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-views.page:9(info/desc)
+msgid "Specify the default view, sort order, and zoom levels for the file manager."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-views.page:35(page/title)
+msgid "Views preferences in <app>Files</app>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-views.page:37(page/p)
+msgid "You can change the default view for new folders, how files and folders are sorted by default, the 
zoom level for the icon and compact views, and whether files are displayed in the tree sidebar. Select 
<guiseq><gui style=\"menu\">Files</gui> <gui style=\"menuitem\">Preferences</gui></guiseq> in the top bar 
while <app>Files</app> is open and select the <gui style=\"tab\">Views</gui> tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-views.page:45(section/title)
+msgid "Default view"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-views.page:48(title/gui)
+msgid "View new folders using"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-views.page:49(item/p)
+msgid "By default, new folders are shown in icon view. If you prefer the list view, you can set it here as 
the default. Alternatively, you can select a different view for each folder as you browse by clicking the 
<gui style=\"button\">View items as a list</gui> or <gui style=\"button\">View items as a grid of icons</gui> 
button in the toolbar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-views.page:56(title/gui)
+msgid "Arrange items"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-views.page:57(item/p)
+msgid "You can change the default sort order that is used in folders using the <gui>Arrange items</gui> 
drop-down list in the preferences to sort by name, file size, file type, when they were last modified, when 
they were last accessed or when they were trashed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the downwards
+#. pointing arrow button that opens the preferences menu in the main
+#. window for 'View options'
+#: C/nautilus-views.page:63(item/p)
+msgid "You can change how <link xref=\"files-sort\">files are sorted</link> in an individual folder by 
clicking the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">View options</media> button in the toolbar and 
choosing <gui>By Name</gui>, <gui>By Size</gui>, <gui>By Type</gui> or <gui>By Modification Date</gui>, or by 
clicking the list column headers in list view. This menu only affects the current folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-views.page:71(title/gui)
+msgid "Sort folders before files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-views.page:72(item/p)
+msgid "By default, the file manager no longer shows all folders before files. To see all folders listed 
before files, enable this option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-views.page:76(title/gui)
+msgid "Show hidden and backup files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-views.page:77(item/p)
+msgid "The file manager does not display <link xref=\"files-hidden\">hidden files</link> and folders by 
default. You can always show hidden files by selecting this option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the downwards
+#. pointing arrow button that opens the preferences menu in the main
+#. window for 'View options'
+#: C/nautilus-views.page:82(item/p)
+msgid "You can also show hidden files in an individual window by selecting <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, 
from the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">View options</media> menu in the toolbar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-views.page:91(section/title)
+msgid "Icon view defaults"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-views.page:94(title/gui)
+#: C/nautilus-views.page:115(title/gui)
+msgid "Default zoom level"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the downwards
+#. pointing arrow button that opens the preferences menu in the main
+#. window for 'View options'
+#: C/nautilus-views.page:97(item/p)
+msgid "You can make the icons and text larger or smaller by default in icon view using this option. You can 
also change this setting in an individual folder by clicking the <media type=\"image\" 
src=\"figures/go-down.png\">View options</media> button in the toolbar and selecting <gui>Zoom In</gui>, 
<gui>Zoom Out</gui> or <gui>Normal Size</gui>. If you frequently use a larger or smaller zoom level, you can 
set the default with this option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-views.page:104(item/p)
+msgid "In icon view, more or fewer <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-captions\">captions</link> are shown 
based on your zoom level."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/nautilus-views.page:112(section/title)
+msgid "List view defaults"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the downwards
+#. pointing arrow button that opens the preferences menu in the main
+#. window for 'View options'
+#: C/nautilus-views.page:118(item/p)
+msgid "You can make the icons and text larger or smaller in list view using this option. You can also do 
this in an individual folder by clicking the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">View 
options</media> button in the toolbar and selecting <gui>Zoom In</gui>, <gui>Zoom Out</gui> or <gui>Normal 
Size</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-antivirus.page:10(info/desc)
+msgid "There are few Linux viruses, so you probably don't need anti-virus software."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-antivirus.page:20(page/title)
+msgid "Do I need anti-virus software?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-antivirus.page:22(page/p)
+msgid "If you are used to Windows or Mac OS, you are probably also used to having anti-virus software 
running all of the time. Anti-virus software runs in the background, constantly checking for computer viruses 
that might find their way onto your computer and cause problems."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-antivirus.page:24(page/p)
+msgid "Anti-virus software does exist for Linux, but you probably don't need to use it. Viruses that affect 
Linux are still very rare. Some argue that this is because Linux is not as widely used as other operating 
systems, so no-one writes viruses for it. Others argue that Linux is intrinsically more secure, and security 
problems that viruses could make use of are fixed very quickly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-antivirus.page:26(page/p)
+msgid "Whatever the reason, Linux viruses are so rare that you don't really need to worry about them at the 
moment."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-antivirus.page:28(page/p)
+msgid "If you want to be extra-safe, or if you want to check for viruses in files that you are passing 
between yourself and people using Windows and Mac OS, you can still install anti-virus software. Check in the 
software installer or search online; a number of applications are available."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-browser.page:10(info/desc)
+msgid "<link xref=\"net-default-browser\">Change the default browser</link>, <link 
xref=\"net-install-flash\">install Flash</link>, <link xref=\"net-install-moonlight\">Silverlight 
support</link>…"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-browser.page:17(credit/name)
+#: C/net-email.page:15(credit/name)
+#: C/net-general.page:18(credit/name)
+#: C/net-problem.page:16(credit/name)
+#: C/net-security.page:16(credit/name)
+#: C/net-wired.page:16(credit/name)
+#: C/net-wireless.page:20(credit/name)
+msgid "The Ubuntu Documentation Team"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-browser.page:22(page/title)
+msgid "Web Browsers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-default-browser.page:18(info/desc)
+msgid "Change the default web browser by going to <gui>Details</gui> in <gui>Settings</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-default-browser.page:22(page/title)
+msgid "Change which web browser websites are opened in"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-default-browser.page:24(page/p)
+msgid "When you click a link to a web page in any application, a web browser will automatically open up to 
that page. If you have more than one browser installed, however, the page may not open up in the browser you 
wanted it to open in. To fix this, change the default web browser:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-default-browser.page:32(item/p)
+#: C/net-default-email.page:32(item/p)
+msgid "Open <gui>Details</gui> and choose <gui>Default Applications</gui> from the list on the left side of 
the window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-default-browser.page:36(item/p)
+msgid "Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing the <gui>Web</gui> option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-default-browser.page:40(page/p)
+msgid "When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not the default browser any 
more. If this happens, click the <gui>Cancel</gui> button (or similar) so that it doesn't try to set itself 
as the default browser again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-default-email.page:18(info/desc)
+msgid "Change the default email client by going to <gui>Details</gui> in <gui>Settings</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-default-email.page:22(page/title)
+msgid "Change which mail application is used to write emails"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-default-email.page:24(page/p)
+msgid "When you click a button or link to send a new email (for example, in your word processing 
application), your default mail application will open up with a blank message, ready for you to write. If you 
have more than one mail application installed, however, the wrong mail application might open up. You can fix 
this by changing which one is the default email application:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-default-email.page:36(item/p)
+msgid "Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing the <gui>Mail</gui> 
option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-email-virus.page:16(info/desc)
+msgid "Viruses are unlikely to infect your computer, but could infect the computers of people you email."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-email-virus.page:20(page/title)
+msgid "Do I need to scan my emails for viruses?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-email-virus.page:22(page/p)
+msgid "Viruses are programs that cause problems if they manage to find their way onto your computer. A 
common way of them getting onto your computer is through email messages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-email-virus.page:24(page/p)
+msgid "Viruses that can affect computers running Linux are quite rare, so you are <link 
xref=\"net-antivirus\">unlikely to get a virus through email or otherwise</link>. If you receive an email 
with a virus hidden in it, it will probably have no effect on your computer. As such, you probably don't need 
to scan your email for viruses."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-email-virus.page:26(page/p)
+msgid "You may, however, wish to scan your email for viruses in case you happen to forward a virus from one 
person to another. For example, if one of your friends has a Windows computer with a virus and sends you a 
virus-infected email, and you then forward that email to another friend with a Windows computer, then the 
second friend might get the virus too. You could install an anti-virus application to scan your emails to 
prevent this, but it's unlikely to happen and most people using Windows and Mac OS have anti-virus software 
of their own anyway."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-email.page:10(info/desc)
+msgid "<link xref=\"net-default-email\">Default email apps</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-email.page:19(credit/name)
+#: C/net-general.page:22(credit/name)
+msgid "The GNOME Documentation Project"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-email.page:23(page/title)
+msgid "Email &amp; email software"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-findip.page:23(info/desc)
+msgid "Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot network problems."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-findip.page:27(page/title)
+msgid "Find your IP address"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-findip.page:29(page/p)
+msgid "Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot problems with your internet connection. You may be 
surprised to learn that you have <em>two</em> IP addresses: an IP address for your computer on the internal 
network and an IP address for your computer on the internet."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-findip.page:32(steps/title)
+msgid "Find your internal (network) IP address"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-findip.page:34(item/p)
+msgid "Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> from the list on the left, 
depending on which network connection you want to find the IP address for."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-findip.page:35(item/p)
+msgid "Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-findip.page:39(steps/title)
+msgid "Find your external (internet) IP address"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-findip.page:40(item/p)
+msgid "Visit <link href=\"http://whatismyipaddress.com/\";>whatismyipaddress.com</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-findip.page:41(item/p)
+msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-findip.page:44(page/p)
+msgid "Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may be the same."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:7(info/desc)
+msgid "You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep your computer secure."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:17(page/title)
+msgid "Enable or block firewall access"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:25(page/p)
+msgid "Your system should be equipped with a <em>firewall</em> that allows it to block programs from being 
accessed by other people on the internet or your network. This helps to keep your computer secure."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:26(page/p)
+msgid "Many applications can use your network connection. For instance, you can share files or let someone 
view your desktop remotely when connected to a network. Depending on how your computer is set up, you may 
need to adjust the firewall to allow these services to work as intended."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:27(page/p)
+msgid "Each program that provides network services uses a specific <em>network port</em>. To enable other 
computers on the network to access a service, you may need to \"open\" its assigned port on the firewall:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:31(item/p)
+msgid "Go to <gui>Activities</gui> in the top left corner of the screen and start your firewall application. 
You may need to install a firewall manager yourself if you can't find one (for example, Firestarter or GUFW)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:34(item/p)
+msgid "Open or disable the port for your network service, depending on whether you want people to be able to 
access it or not. Which port you need to change will <link xref=\"net-firewall-ports\">depend on the 
service</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:37(item/p)
+msgid "Save or apply the changes, following any additional instructions given by the firewall tool."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:10(info/desc)
+msgid "You need to specify the right network port to enable/disable network access for a program with your 
firewall."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:19(page/title)
+msgid "Commonly-used network ports"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:20(page/p)
+msgid "This is a list of network ports commonly used by applications that provide network services, like 
file sharing or remote desktop viewing. You can change your system's firewall to <link 
xref=\"net-firewall-on-off\">block or allow access</link> to these applications. There are thousands of ports 
in use, so this table isn't complete."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:26(td/p)
+msgid "Port"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:32(td/p)
+msgid "Description"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:39(td/p)
+msgid "5353/udp"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:42(td/p)
+msgid "mDNS, Avahi"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:45(td/p)
+msgid "Allows systems to find each other, and describe which services they offer, without you having to 
specify the details manually."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:50(td/p)
+msgid "631/udp"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:53(td/p)
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:64(td/p)
+#: C/printing.page:27(page/title)
+msgid "Printing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:56(td/p)
+msgid "Allows you to send print jobs to a printer over the network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:61(td/p)
+msgid "631/tcp"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:67(td/p)
+msgid "Allows you to share your printer with other people over the network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:72(td/p)
+msgid "5298/tcp"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:75(td/p)
+msgid "Presence"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:78(td/p)
+msgid "Allows you to advertise your instant messaging status to other people on the network, such as 
\"online\" or \"busy\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:83(td/p)
+msgid "5900/tcp"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:86(td/p)
+msgid "Remote desktop"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:89(td/p)
+msgid "Allows you to share your desktop so other people can view it or provide remote assistance."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:94(td/p)
+msgid "3689/tcp"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:97(td/p)
+msgid "Music sharing (DAAP)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:100(td/p)
+msgid "Allows you to share your music library with others on your network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:15(info/desc)
+msgid "Using a static IP address can make it easier to provide some network services from your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:19(page/title)
+msgid "Create a connection with a fixed IP address"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:21(page/p)
+msgid "Most networks will automatically assign an <link xref=\"net-what-is-ip-address\">IP address</link> 
and other details to your computer when you connect to the network. These details can change periodically, 
but you might want to have a fixed IP address for the computer so you always know what its address is (for 
example, if it is a file server)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:22(page/p)
+msgid "To give your computer a fixed (static) IP address:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:25(item/p)
+msgid "Click the <gui>network icon</gui> on the <gui>top bar</gui> and select <gui>Network Settings</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:26(item/p)
+msgid "Select the network connection from the list (<gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui>) and click 
<gui>Configure</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:27(item/p)
+msgid "Click on the <gui>IPv4 Settings</gui> tab and change the <gui>Method</gui> to <em>Manual</em>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:28(item/p)
+msgid "If no connection information is listed in the <gui>Addresses</gui> list, or if you want to set up a 
new connection, click <gui>Add</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:29(item/p)
+msgid "Enter the <em>IP Address</em>, <em>Netmask</em>, and <em>Gateway</em> information into the 
appropriate boxes. How you choose these will depend on your network setup; there are specific rules governing 
which IP addresses and netmasks are valid for a given network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:30(item/p)
+msgid "If necessary, enter a <em>Domain Name Server</em> address into the <gui>DNS servers</gui> box. This 
is the IP address of a server which looks up domain names; most corporate networks and internet providers 
have dedicated DNS servers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:31(item/p)
+msgid "Click <gui>Save</gui>. The network connection should now have a fixed IP address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-general.page:10(info/desc)
+msgid "<link xref=\"net-findip\">Find your IP address</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">WEP &amp; 
WPA security</link>, <link xref=\"net-macaddress\">MAC addresses</link>, <link 
xref=\"net-proxy\">proxies</link>…"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-general.page:28(page/title)
+msgid "Networking terms &amp; tips"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-install-flash.page:14(info/desc)
+msgid "You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, which display videos and 
interactive web pages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-install-flash.page:18(page/title)
+msgid "Install the Flash plug-in"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-install-flash.page:20(page/p)
+msgid "<app>Flash</app> is a <em>plug-in</em> for your web browser that allows you to watch videos and use 
interactive web pages on some websites. Some websites won't work without Flash."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-install-flash.page:27(page/p)
+msgid "If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling you so when you visit a 
website that needs it. Flash is available as a free (but not open-source) download for most web browsers. 
Most Linux distributions have a version of Flash that you can install through their software installer 
(package manager) too."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-install-flash.page:30(steps/title)
+msgid "If Flash is available from the software installer:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-install-flash.page:32(item/p)
+msgid "Open the software installer application and search for <input>flash</input>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-install-flash.page:35(item/p)
+msgid "Look for the <gui>Adobe Flash plug-in</gui>, <gui>Adobe Flash Player</gui> or similar and click to 
install it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-install-flash.page:38(item/p)
+msgid "If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. The web browser should 
realize that Flash is installed when you open it again and you should now be able to view websites using 
Flash."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-install-flash.page:43(steps/title)
+msgid "If Flash <em>is not</em> available from the software installer:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-install-flash.page:45(item/p)
+msgid "Go to the <link href=\"http://get.adobe.com/flashplayer\";>Flash Player download website</link>. Your 
browser and operating system should be automatically detected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-install-flash.page:48(item/p)
+msgid "Click where it says <gui>Select version to download</gui> and choose the type of software installer 
that works for your Linux distribution. If you don't know which to use, choose the <file>.tar.gz</file> 
option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-install-flash.page:51(item/p)
+msgid "Look at the <link href=\"http://kb2.adobe.com/cps/153/tn_15380.html\";>installation instructions for 
Flash</link> to learn how to install it for your web browser."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-install-flash.page:56(section/title)
+msgid "Open-source alternatives to Flash"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-install-flash.page:57(section/p)
+msgid "A handful of free, open-source alternatives to Flash are available. These tend to work better than 
the Flash plug-in in some ways (for example, by handling sound playback better), but worse in others (for 
example, by not being able to display some of the more complicated Flash pages on the web)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-install-flash.page:58(section/p)
+msgid "You might like to try one of these if you are dissatisfied with the Flash player, or if you would 
like to use as much open-source software as possible on your computer. Here are a few of the options:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-install-flash.page:60(item/p)
+msgid "LightSpark"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-install-flash.page:61(item/p)
+msgid "Gnash"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:14(info/desc)
+msgid "Some websites use Silverlight to display web pages. The Moonlight plug-in lets you view these pages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:18(page/title)
+msgid "Install the Silverlight plug-in"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:25(page/p)
+msgid "<app>Silverlight</app> is a <em>plug-in</em> for your web browser which allows you to watch videos 
and use interactive web pages on some websites. Some websites won't work without Silverlight."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:27(page/p)
+msgid "If you view a Silverlight-enabled website but don't have the plug-in installed, you will probably see 
a message telling you so. This message should have instructions telling you how to get the plug-in, but these 
instructions might not be suitable for your web browser or version of Linux."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:29(page/p)
+msgid "If you want to view Silverlight-enabled websites, you should install the <em>Moonlight</em> plug-in 
instead. This is a free, open-source version of Silverlight which runs on Linux."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:31(page/p)
+msgid "Some Linux distributions have a copy of Moonlight that you can install using their software 
installer; just open the installer and search for <input>Silverlight</input> or <input>Moonlight</input>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:33(page/p)
+msgid "If your distribution doesn't have a Moonlight software package, see the <link 
href=\"http://www.go-mono.com/moonlight/\";>Moonlight website</link> for more information and installation 
instructions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-macaddress.page:22(info/desc)
+msgid "The unique identifier assigned to network hardware."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-macaddress.page:26(page/title)
+msgid "What is a MAC address?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-macaddress.page:28(page/p)
+msgid "A <em>MAC address</em> is the unique identifier that is assigned by the manufacturer to a piece of 
network hardware (like a wireless card or an ethernet card). MAC stands for <em>Media Access Control</em>, 
and each identifier is intended to be unique to a particular device."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-macaddress.page:30(page/p)
+msgid "A MAC address consists of six sets of two characters, each separated by a colon. 
<code>00:1B:44:11:3A:B7</code> is an example of a MAC address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-macaddress.page:32(page/p)
+msgid "To identify the MAC address of your own network hardware:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-macaddress.page:35(item/p)
+msgid "Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> from the list on the left 
(depending on which device you want to check)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-macaddress.page:36(item/p)
+msgid "Your MAC address will be displayed as the <gui>Hardware Address</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-macaddress.page:39(page/p)
+msgid "In practice, you may need to <link xref=\"net-editcon\">modify or \"spoof\" a MAC address</link>. For 
example, some internet service providers may require that a specific MAC address be used to access their 
service. If the network card stops working, and you need to swap a new card in, the service won't work 
anymore. In such cases, you would need to spoof the MAC address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-manual.page:15(info/desc)
+msgid "If network settings don't get assigned automatically, you may have to enter them yourself."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-manual.page:19(page/title)
+msgid "Manually set network settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-manual.page:21(page/p)
+msgid "If your network doesn't automatically assign network settings to your computer, you may have to 
manually enter the settings yourself. This topic assumes that you already know the correct settings to use. 
If not, you may need to ask your network administrator or look at the settings of your router or network 
switch."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-manual.page:24(steps/title)
+msgid "To manually set your network settings:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-manual.page:26(item/p)
+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:33(item/p)
+#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:42(item/p)
+#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:24(item/p)
+#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:25(item/p)
+msgid "Click the network icon on the top bar and select <gui>Network Settings</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-manual.page:30(item/p)
+msgid "Select the network connection that you want to set up manually and click <gui>Configure</gui>. For 
example, if you plug in to the network with a cable, look at <gui>Wired</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-manual.page:31(item/p)
+msgid "Make sure that your wireless card is turned on or a network cable is plugged in. Otherwise, you won't 
be able to click <gui>Configure</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-manual.page:35(item/p)
+msgid "Go to the <gui>IPv4 Settings</gui> tab and change the <gui>Method</gui> to <gui>Manual</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-manual.page:39(item/p)
+msgid "Click <gui>Add</gui> and type the <em>IP address</em>, <em>network mask</em> and <em>default gateway 
IP address</em> into the corresponding columns of the <gui>Addresses</gui> list. Press <key>Enter</key> or 
<key>Tab</key> after typing each address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-manual.page:40(item/p)
+msgid "These three addresses must be IP addresses; that is, they must be four numbers separated by periods 
(e.g. 123.45.6.78)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-manual.page:44(item/p)
+msgid "Type the IP addresses of the DNS servers you want to use in the corresponding field, separated by 
commas."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-manual.page:48(item/p)
+msgid "Click <gui>Save</gui>. If you are not connected to the network, click the network icon on the top bar 
and connect. Test the network settings by trying to visit a website or look at shared files on the network, 
for example."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-othersconnect.page:19(info/desc)
+msgid "You can save settings (like the password) for a network connection so that everyone who uses the 
computer will be able to connect to it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-othersconnect.page:23(page/title)
+msgid "Other users can't connect to the internet"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-othersconnect.page:31(page/p)
+msgid "If you have set up a network connection but other users on your computer can't connect to it, they 
probably aren't entering the right settings when they try to connect. For example, if you have a wireless 
connection, they may not be entering the right wireless security password."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-othersconnect.page:33(page/p)
+msgid "You can make it so that everyone can share the settings for a network connection once you have set it 
up. This means that you only need to set it up once, and everyone else on the computer will be able to 
connect to it without being asked any questions. To do this:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-othersconnect.page:41(item/p)
+msgid "Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> from the list on the left 
(depending on which network connection you want to change)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-othersconnect.page:45(item/p)
+msgid "From the <gui>Network Name</gui> drop-down list, select the connection you want everyone to be able 
to use and then click <gui>Configure</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-othersconnect.page:49(item/p)
+msgid "Check <gui>Available to all users</gui> and click <gui>Save</gui>. You will have to enter your admin 
password to save the changes. Only <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">admin users</link> can do this."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-othersconnect.page:53(item/p)
+msgid "Other users of the computer will now be able to use this connection without entering any further 
details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-othersedit.page:19(info/desc)
+msgid "You need to uncheck the <gui>Available to all users</gui> option in the network connection settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-othersedit.page:23(page/title)
+msgid "Other users can't edit the network connections"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-othersedit.page:31(page/p)
+msgid "If you can edit a network connection but other users on your computer can't, you may have set the 
connection to be <gui>available to all users</gui>. This makes it so that everyone on the computer can 
<em>connect</em> using that connection, but only users <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">with administrative 
rights</link> are allowed to change its settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-othersedit.page:33(page/p)
+msgid "The reason for this is that, since everyone is affected if the settings are changed, only 
highly-trusted (admin) users should be allowed to modify the connection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-othersedit.page:35(page/p)
+msgid "If other users really need to be able to change the connection themselves, make it so the connection 
is <em>not</em> set to be available to everyone on the computer. This way, everyone will be able to manage 
their own connection settings rather than relying on one set of shared, system-wide settings for the 
connection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-othersedit.page:38(steps/title)
+msgid "Make it so that the connection isn't shared any more"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-othersedit.page:44(item/p)
+msgid "Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> from the list on the left, 
depending on which connection you want to change."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-othersedit.page:48(item/p)
+msgid "From the <gui>Network Name</gui> drop-down list, select the connection you want everyone to be able 
to manage/edit themselves and then click <gui>Options</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-othersedit.page:52(item/p)
+msgid "You will have to enter your admin password to change the connection. Only admin users can do this."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-othersedit.page:56(item/p)
+msgid "Uncheck <gui>Available to all users</gui> and click <gui>Save</gui>. Other users of the computer will 
now be able to manage the connection themselves."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-problem.page:10(info/desc)
+msgid "<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\">Troubleshooting wireless connections</link>, <link 
xref=\"net-wireless-find\">finding your wifi network</link>…"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-problem.page:21(page/title)
+msgid "Network problems"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-proxy.page:22(info/desc)
+msgid "A proxy filters websites that you look at, usually for control or security purposes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-proxy.page:26(page/title)
+msgid "Define proxy settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-proxy.page:29(section/title)
+msgid "What is a proxy?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-proxy.page:31(section/p)
+msgid "A <em>web proxy</em> filters websites that you look at, it receipts requests from your web browser to 
fetches the web pages and their elements, and following a policy will decide to pass them you back. They are 
commonly used in businesses and at public wireless hotspots to control what websites you can look at, prevent 
you from accessing the internet without logging in, or to do security checks on websites."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-proxy.page:40(section/title)
+msgid "Change proxy method"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-proxy.page:52(item/p)
+msgid "Open <gui>Network</gui> and choose <gui>Network Proxy</gui> from the list on the left side of the 
window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-proxy.page:55(item/p)
+msgid "Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-proxy.page:59(item/p)
+msgid "The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the web."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-proxy.page:62(item/title)
+#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:130(title/gui)
+msgid "Manual"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-proxy.page:63(item/p)
+msgid "For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the protocols. The protocols 
are <gui>HTTP</gui>, <gui>HTTPS</gui>, <gui>FTP</gui> and <gui>SOCKS</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-proxy.page:67(item/title)
+msgid "Automatic"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-proxy.page:68(item/p)
+msgid "An url points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration for your system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-proxy.page:73(section/p)
+msgid "The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network connection to use the chosen 
configuration."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-security-tips.page:10(info/desc)
+msgid "General tips to keep in mind when using the internet"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-security-tips.page:15(credit/name)
+msgid "Steven Richards"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-security-tips.page:21(page/title)
+msgid "Staying safe on the internet"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-security-tips.page:23(page/p)
+msgid "A possible reason for why you are using Linux is the robust security that it is known for. One reason 
that Linux is relatively safe from malware and viruses is due to the lower number of people who use it. 
Viruses are targeted at popular operating systems like Windows, that have an extremely large user base. Linux 
is also very secure due to its open source nature, which allows experts to modify and enhance the security 
features included with each distribution."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-security-tips.page:30(page/p)
+msgid "Despite the measures taken to ensure that your installation of Linux is secure, there are always 
vulnerabilities. As an average user on the internet you can still be susceptible to:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-security-tips.page:34(item/p)
+msgid "Phishing Scams (websites and emails that try to obtain sensitive information through deception)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-security-tips.page:35(item/p)
+msgid "<link xref=\"net-email-virus\">Forwarding malicious emails</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-security-tips.page:36(item/p)
+msgid "<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">Applications with malicious intent (viruses)</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-security-tips.page:37(item/p)
+msgid "<link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">Unauthorised remote/local network access</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-security-tips.page:40(page/p)
+msgid "To stay safe online, keep in mind the following tips:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-security-tips.page:43(item/p)
+msgid "Be wary of emails, attachments, or links that were sent from people you do not know."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-security-tips.page:44(item/p)
+msgid "If a website's offer is too good to be true, or asks for sensitive information that seems 
unnecessary, then think twice about what information you are submitting and the potential consequences if 
that information is compromised by identity thieves or other criminals."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-security-tips.page:47(item/p)
+msgid "Be careful in providing any application <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">root level 
permissions</link>, especially ones that you have not used before or apps that are not well-known. Providing 
anyone/anything with root level permissions puts your computer at high risk to exploitation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-security-tips.page:50(item/p)
+msgid "Make sure you are only running necessary remote-access services. Having SSH or VNC running can be 
useful, but also leaves your computer open to intrusion if not secured properly. Consider using a <link 
xref=\"net-firewall-on-off\">firewall</link> to help protect your computer from intrusion."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-security.page:10(info/desc)
+msgid "<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">Antivirus software</link>, <link xref=\"net-firewall-on-off\">basic 
firewalls</link>…"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-security.page:21(page/title)
+msgid "Keeping safe on the internet"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-slow.page:14(info/desc)
+msgid "Other things might be downloading, you could have a poor connection, or it could be a busy time of 
day."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-slow.page:18(page/title)
+msgid "The internet seems slow"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-slow.page:20(page/p)
+msgid "If you are using the internet and it seems slow, there are a number of things that could be causing 
the slow down."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-slow.page:22(page/p)
+msgid "Try closing your web browser and then re-opening it, and disconnecting from the internet and then 
reconnecting again. (Doing this resets a lot of things that might be causing the internet to run slowly.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-slow.page:26(item/p)
+msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Busy time of day</em>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-slow.page:27(item/p)
+msgid "Internet service providers commonly setup internet connections so that they are shared between 
several households. Even though you connect separately, through your own phone line or cable connection, the 
connection to the rest of the internet at the telephone exchange might actually be shared. If this is the 
case and lots of your neighbors are using the internet at the same time as you, you might notice a slow-down. 
You're most likely to experience this at times when your neighbors are probably on the internet (in the 
evenings, for example)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-slow.page:31(item/p)
+msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Downloading lots of things at once</em>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-slow.page:32(item/p)
+msgid "If you or someone else using your internet connection are downloading several files at once, or 
watching videos, the internet connection might not be fast enough to keep up with the demand. In this case, 
it will feel slower."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-slow.page:36(item/p)
+msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Unreliable connection</em>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-slow.page:37(item/p)
+msgid "Some internet connections are just unreliable, especially temporary ones or those in high demand 
areas. If you are in a busy coffee shop or a conference center, the internet connection might be too busy or 
simply unreliable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-slow.page:41(item/p)
+msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Low wireless connection signal</em>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-slow.page:42(item/p)
+msgid "If you're connected to the internet by wireless (wifi), check the network icon on the top bar to see 
if you have good wireless signal. If not, the internet may be slow because you don't have a very strong 
signal."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-slow.page:46(item/p)
+msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Using a slower mobile internet connection</em>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-slow.page:47(item/p)
+msgid "If you have a mobile internet connection and notice that it is slow, you may have moved into an area 
where signal reception is poor. When this happens, the internet connection will automatically switch from a 
fast \"mobile broadband\" connection like 3G to a more reliable, but slower, connection like GPRS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-slow.page:51(item/p)
+msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Web browser has a problem</em>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-slow.page:52(item/p)
+msgid "Sometimes web browsers encounter a problem that makes them run slow. This could be for any number of 
reasons - you could have visited a website that the browser struggled to load, or you might have had the 
browser open for a long time, for example. Try closing all of the browser's windows and then opening the 
browser again to see if this makes a difference."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:15(info/desc)
+msgid "VPNs allow you to connect to a local network over the internet. Learn how to set up a VPN connection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:19(page/title)
+msgid "Connect to a VPN"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:21(page/p)
+msgid "A VPN (or <em>Virtual Private Network</em>) is a way of connecting to a local network over the 
internet. For example, say you want to connect to the local network at your workplace while you're on a 
business trip. You would find an internet connection somewhere (like at a hotel) and then connect to your 
workplace's VPN. It would be as if you were directly connected to the network at work, but the actual network 
connection would be through the hotel's internet connection. VPN connections are usually <em>encrypted</em> 
to prevent people from accessing the local network you're connecting to without logging in."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:23(page/p)
+msgid "There are a number of different types of VPN. You may have to install some extra software depending 
on what type of VPN you're connecting to. Find out the connection details from whoever is in charge of the 
VPN and see which <em>VPN client</em> you need to use. Then, go to the software installer application and 
search for the <app>NetworkManager</app> package which works with your VPN (if there is one) and install it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:26(note/p)
+msgid "If there isn't a NetworkManager package for your type of VPN, you will probably have to download and 
install some client software from the company that provides the VPN software. You'll probably have to follow 
some different instructions to get that working."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:29(page/p)
+msgid "Once that's done, you can set up the VPN connection:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:37(item/p)
+msgid "In the list on the left, click the <gui>+</gui> button to add a new connection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:42(item/p)
+msgid "Choose <gui>VPN</gui> in the interface list, and click <gui>Create…</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:46(item/p)
+msgid "Click <gui>Add</gui> and choose which kind of VPN connection you have."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:50(item/p)
+msgid "Click <gui>Create</gui> and follow the instructions on the screen, entering details like your 
username and password as you go."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:54(item/p)
+msgid "When you've finished setting-up the VPN, click the network icon on the top bar, go to <gui>VPN 
Connections</gui> and click on the connection you just created. It will try to establish a VPN connection - 
the network icon will change as it tries to connect."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:58(item/p)
+msgid "Hopefully, you will successfully connect to the VPN. If not, you may need to double-check the VPN 
settings you entered. You can do this by clicking the network icon, clicking <gui>Network Settings</gui> and 
going to the <gui>VPN</gui> tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:62(item/p)
+msgid "To disconnect from the VPN, click the network icon on the top bar and click <gui>Disconnect</gui> 
under the name of your VPN connection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:14(info/desc)
+msgid "An IP Address is like a phone number for your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:18(page/title)
+msgid "What is an IP address?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:20(page/p)
+msgid "\"IP address\" stands for <em>Internet Protocol address</em>, and each device that is connected to a 
network (like the internet) has one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:22(page/p)
+msgid "An IP address is similar to your phone number. Your phone number is a unique set of numbers that 
identifies your phone so that other people can call you. Similarly, an IP address is a unique set of numbers 
that identifies your computer so that it can send and receive data with other computers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:24(page/p)
+msgid "Currently, most IP addresses consist of four sets of numbers, each separated by a period. 
<code>192.168.1.42</code> is an example of an IP address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:26(note/p)
+msgid "An IP address can either be <em>dynamic</em> or <em>static</em>. Dynamic IP addresses are temporarily 
assigned each time your computer connects to a network. Static IP addresses are fixed, and do not change. 
Dynamic IP addresses are more common that static addresses - static addresses are typically only used when 
there is a special need for them, such as administering a server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wired-connect.page:14(info/desc)
+msgid "To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a network cable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wired-connect.page:18(page/title)
+msgid "Connect to a wired (Ethernet) network"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wired-connect.page:20(page/p)
+msgid "To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a network cable. The network 
icon on the top bar should spin or pulse for a few seconds and then will change to a \"socket\" icon when you 
are connected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wired-connect.page:22(page/p)
+msgid "If this does not happen, you should first of all make sure that your network cable is plugged in. One 
end of the cable should be plugged into the rectangular Ethernet (network) port on your computer, and the 
other end should be plugged into a switch, router, network wall socket or similar (depending on the network 
setup you have). Sometimes, a light beside the Ethernet port will indicate that it is plugged in and active."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wired-connect.page:25(note/p)
+msgid "You can't plug one computer directly into another one with a network cable (at least, not without 
some extra setting-up). To connect two computers, you should plug them both into a network hub, router or 
switch."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wired-connect.page:28(page/p)
+msgid "If you are still not connected, your network may not support automatic setup (DHCP). In this case you 
will have to <link xref=\"net-manual\">configure it manually</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wired.page:10(info/desc)
+msgid "<link xref=\"net-wired-connect\">Wired internet connections</link>, <link 
xref=\"net-fixed-ip-address\">Fixed IP addresses</link>…"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wired.page:21(page/title)
+msgid "Wired Networking"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:18(info/desc)
+msgid "Use an ad-hoc network to allow other devices to connect to your computer and its network connections."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:24(page/title)
+msgid "Create a wireless hotspot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:26(page/p)
+msgid "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices to connect to you without 
a separate network, and allows you to share an internet connection you've made with another interface, such 
as to a wired network or over the cellular network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:43(item/p)
+msgid "Select <gui>Wireless</gui> on the left."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44(item/p)
+msgid "Click the <gui>Use as Hotspot</gui> button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45(item/p)
+msgid "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you want to disconnect from 
that network. A single wireless adapter can only connect to or create one network at a time. Click 
<gui>Create Hotspot</gui> to confirm."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:51(page/p)
+msgid "A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The network name will be based on 
the name of your computer. Other devices will need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just 
created."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:14(info/desc)
+msgid "Open Network Settings and switch Airplane Mode to ON."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:18(page/title)
+msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20(page/p)
+msgid "If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless connections are not 
allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may also want to switch off your wireless for other 
reasons (to save battery power, for example). To do this:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:27(item/p)
+msgid "Switch <gui>Airplane Mode</gui> on. This will turn off your wireless connection until you switch off 
airplane mode again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:31(note/p)
+msgid "Using <em>Airplane Mode</em> will completely turn off both wireless and Bluetooth connections."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:17(info/desc)
+msgid "Get on the internet - wirelessly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:21(page/title)
+msgid "Connect to a wireless network"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:23(page/p)
+msgid "If you have a wireless-enabled computer, you can connect to a wireless network that is within range 
to get access to the internet, view shared files on the network, and so on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:27(item/p)
+msgid "Click on the network icon on the top bar and click the name of the network you want to connect to."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:28(item/p)
+msgid "If the name of the network isn't in the list, try clicking <gui>More</gui> to see if the network is 
further down the list. If you still don't see the network, you may be out of range or the network <link 
xref=\"net-wireless-hidden\">might be hidden</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:30(item/p)
+msgid "If the network is protected by a password (<link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">encryption key</link>), 
enter the password when prompted and click <gui>Connect</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:31(item/p)
+msgid "If you do not know the key, it may be written on the underside of the wireless router or base 
station, in its instruction manual, or you may have to ask the person who administers the wireless network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:32(item/p)
+msgid "The network icon will change appearance as the computer attempts to connect to the network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:34(item/p)
+msgid "If the connection is successful, the icon will change to a dot with several bars above it. More bars 
indicate a stronger connection to the network. If there aren't many bars, the connection is weak and might 
not be very reliable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:38(page/p)
+msgid "If the connection is not successful, you <link xref=\"net-passwordok-noconnect\">may be asked for 
your password again</link> or it might just tell you that the connection has been disconnected. There are a 
number of things that could have caused this to happen. You could have entered the wrong password, the 
wireless signal could be too weak, or your computer's wireless card might have a problem, for example. See 
<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for more help."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:40(page/p)
+msgid "A stronger connection to a wireless network does not necessarily mean that you have a faster internet 
connection, or that you will have faster download speeds. The wireless connection connects your computer to 
the <em>device which provides the internet connection</em> (like a router or modem), but the two connections 
are actually different, and so will run at different speeds."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:20(info/desc)
+msgid "You might have low signal, or the network might not be letting you connect properly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:24(page/title)
+msgid "Why does my wireless network keep disconnecting?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:26(page/p)
+msgid "You may find that you have been disconnected from a wireless network even though you wanted to stay 
connected. Your computer will normally try to reconnect to the network as soon as this happens (the network 
icon on the top bar will spin or pulse if it is trying to reconnect), but it can be annoying, especially if 
you were using the internet at the time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:29(section/title)
+msgid "Weak wireless signal"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:31(section/p)
+msgid "A common reason for being disconnected from a wireless network is that you have low signal. Wireless 
networks have a limited range, so if you are too far away from the wireless base station you may not be able 
to get a strong enough signal to maintain a connection. Walls and other objects between you and the base 
station can also weaken the signal."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:33(section/p)
+msgid "The network icon on the top bar displays how strong your wireless signal is. If the signal looks low, 
try moving closer to the wireless base station."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:38(section/title)
+msgid "Network connection not being established properly"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:40(section/p)
+msgid "Sometimes, when you connect to a wireless network, it may appear that you have successfully connected 
at first, but then you will be disconnected soon after. This normally happens because your computer was only 
partially successful in connecting to the network - it managed to establish a connection, but was unable to 
finalize the connection for some reason and so was disconnected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:42(section/p)
+msgid "A possible reason for this is that you entered the wrong wireless passphrase, or that your computer 
was not allowed on the network (because the network requires a username to log in, for example)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:47(section/title)
+msgid "Unreliable wireless hardware/drivers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:49(section/p)
+msgid "Some wireless network hardware can be a little unreliable. Wireless networks are complicated, so 
wireless cards and base stations occasionally run into minor problems and may drop connections. This is 
annoying, but it happens quite regularly with many devices. If you are disconnected from wireless connections 
from time to time, this may be the only reason. If it happens very regularly, you may want to consider 
getting some different hardware."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:54(section/title)
+msgid "Busy wireless networks"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:56(section/p)
+msgid "Wireless networks in busy places (in universities and coffee shops, for example) often have many 
computers trying to connect to them at once. Sometimes these networks get too busy and may not be able to 
handle all of the computers that are trying to connect, so some of them get disconnected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:19(info/desc)
+msgid "Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:26(page/title)
+msgid "Edit a wireless connection"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:32(page/p)
+msgid "This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a wireless network 
connection. To edit a connection, select it in the <gui>Network</gui> settings, then click 
<gui>Options</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:37(note/p)
+msgid "Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, so you probably don't 
need to change any of them. Many of the options here are provided to give you greater control over more 
advanced networks."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:41(section/title)
+msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:44(title/gui)
+msgid "Connect automatically"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:45(item/p)
+msgid "Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this wireless network whenever 
it is in range."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46(item/p)
+msgid "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the computer will connect to 
the first one shown in the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab in the <gui>Network Connections</gui> window. It won't 
disconnect from one available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:50(title/gui)
+msgid "Available to all users"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:51(item/p)
+msgid "Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access to this wireless 
network. If the network has a <link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">WEP/WPA password</link> and you have checked 
this option, you will only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your computer will be 
able to connect to the network without having to know the password themselves."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:52(item/p)
+msgid "If this is checked, you need to be an <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrator</link> to 
change any of the settings for this network. You may be asked to enter your admin password."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:58(section/title)
+msgid "Wireless"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:61(title/gui)
+msgid "SSID"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:62(item/p)
+msgid "This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise known as the <em>Service 
Set Identifier</em>. Don't change this unless you have changed the name of the wireless network (for example, 
by changing the settings of your wireless router or base station)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:66(title/gui)
+msgid "Mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67(item/p)
+msgid "Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an <gui>Infrastructure</gui> network (one where 
computers wirelessly connect to a central base station or router) or an <gui>Ad-hoc</gui> network (where 
there is no base station, and the computers in the network connect to one another). Most networks are 
infrastructure ones; you may wish to <link xref=\"net-adhoc\">set-up your own ad-hoc network</link> though."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68(item/p)
+msgid "If you choose <gui>Ad-hoc</gui>, you will see two other options, <gui>Band</gui> and 
<gui>Channel</gui>. These determine which wireless frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate 
on. Some computers are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only <gui>A</gui> or only 
<gui>B/G</gui>), so you might want to pick a band that all of the computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In 
busy places, there might be several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down your 
connection, so you can change which channel you are using too."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:72(title/gui)
+msgid "BSSID"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:73(item/p)
+msgid "This is the <em>Basic Service Set Identifier</em>. The SSID (see above) is the name of the network 
which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a name which the computer understands (it's a string of 
letters and numbers that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a <link 
xref=\"net-wireless-hidden\">network is hidden</link>, it will not have an SSID but it will have a BSSID."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:77(title/gui)
+msgid "Device MAC address"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:78(item/p)
+msgid "A <link xref=\"net-macaddress\">MAC address</link> is a code which identifies a piece of network 
hardware (for example, a wireless card, an Ethernet network card or a router). Every device that you can 
connect to a network has a unique MAC address which was given to it in the factory."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:79(item/p)
+msgid "This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:83(title/gui)
+msgid "Cloned MAC address"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:84(item/p)
+msgid "Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC address. This is useful if 
you have a device or service which will only communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable 
broadband modem). If you put that MAC address into the <gui>cloned MAC address</gui> box, the device/service 
will think that your computer has the cloned MAC address rather than its real one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:88(title/gui)
+msgid "MTU"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:89(item/p)
+msgid "This setting changes the <em>Maximum Transmission Unit</em>, which is the maximum size of a chunk of 
data that can be sent over the network. When files are sent over a network, data is broken up into small 
chunks (or packets). The optimal MTU for your network will depend on how likely it is for packets to be lost 
(due to a noisy connection) and how fast the connection is. In general, you should not need to change this 
setting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:96(section/title)
+msgid "Wireless Security"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:99(title/gui)
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:75(section/title)
+msgid "Security"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:100(item/p)
+msgid "This defines what sort of <em>encryption</em> your wireless network uses. Encrypted connections help 
protect your wireless connection from being intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what 
websites you're visiting and so on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:101(item/p)
+msgid "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported by older wireless 
networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a password for the connection; more sophisticated types of 
security may also require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See <link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\"/> 
for more information on popular types of wireless encryption."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:107(section/title)
+msgid "IPv4 Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:116(section/p)
+msgid "Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and which DNS servers it 
should use. Change the <gui>Method</gui> to see different ways of getting/setting that information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:117(section/p)
+msgid "The following methods are available:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:120(title/gui)
+msgid "Automatic (DHCP)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121(item/p)
+msgid "Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a <em>DHCP server</em>. A DHCP server 
is a computer (or other device, like a router) connected to the network which decides which network settings 
your computer should have - when you first connect to the network, you will automatically be assigned the 
correct settings. Most networks use DHCP."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:125(title/gui)
+msgid "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:126(item/p)
+msgid "If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a DHCP server, but you will 
have to manually define other details (like which DNS server to use)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131(item/p)
+msgid "Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings yourself, including which 
IP address the computer should use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:135(title/gui)
+msgid "Link-Local Only"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:136(item/p)
+msgid "<em>Link-Local</em> is a way of connecting computers together on a network without requiring a DHCP 
server or manually defining IP addresses and other information. If you connect to a Link-Local network, the 
computers on the network will decide amongst themselves which IP addresses to use and so on. This is useful 
if you want to temporarily connect a few computers together so they communicate with each other."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:141(item/p)
+msgid "This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from connecting to it. Note that 
<gui>IPv4</gui> and <gui>IPv6</gui> are treated as separate connections even though they are for the same 
network card. If you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:148(section/title)
+msgid "IPv6 Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:153(section/p)
+msgid "This is similar to the <gui>IPv4</gui> tab except it deals with the newer IPv6 standard. Very modern 
networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular at the moment."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-find.page:16(info/desc)
+msgid "The wireless could be turned off or broken, there might be too many wireless networks nearby, or you 
might be out of range."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-find.page:20(page/title)
+msgid "I can't see my wireless network in the list"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-find.page:22(page/p)
+msgid "There are a number of reasons why you might not be able to see your wireless network on the list of 
networks which appears when you click the network icon on the top bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-find.page:26(item/p)
+msgid "If no networks are shown in the list, your wireless hardware could be turned off, or it <link 
xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\">may not be working properly</link>. Make sure it is turned on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-find.page:30(item/p)
+msgid "If there are lots of wireless networks nearby, the network you are looking for might not be on the 
first page of the list. If this is the case, look at the bottom of the list for an arrow pointing towards the 
right and hover your mouse over it to display the rest of the wireless networks."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-find.page:34(item/p)
+msgid "You could be out of range of the network. Try moving closer to the wireless base station/router and 
see if the network appears in the list after a while."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-find.page:38(item/p)
+msgid "The list of wireless networks takes time to update. If you have just turned on your computer or moved 
to a different location, wait for a minute or so and then check if the network has appeared in the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-find.page:42(item/p)
+msgid "The network could be hidden. You need to <link xref=\"net-wireless-hidden\">connect in a different 
way</link> if it is a hidden network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:15(info/desc)
+msgid "Open <gui>Network Settings</gui> and connect to an <gui>Other</gui> wireless network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:19(page/title)
+msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:21(page/p)
+msgid "It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden.\" Hidden networks won't show up 
in the list of networks that are displayed when you click the network icon on the top bar (or the list of 
wireless networks on any other computer). To connect to a hidden wireless network:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:28(item/p)
+msgid "Select <gui>Wireless</gui> from the list on the left."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:31(item/p)
+msgid "Select <gui>Other</gui> from the <gui>Network Name</gui> drop-down list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:34(item/p)
+msgid "In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of wireless security, and click 
<gui>Connect</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:38(page/p)
+msgid "You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to see what the network 
name is. It is sometimes called the <em>BSSID</em> (Basic Service Set Identifier), and looks something like 
this: <gui>02:00:01:02:03:04</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40(page/p)
+msgid "You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look for terms like WEP and WPA."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:43(note/p)
+msgid "You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by preventing people who don't 
know about it from connecting. In practice, this is not the case; the network is slightly harder to find but 
it is still detectable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:14(info/desc)
+msgid "Double-check the password, try using the pass key instead of the password, turn the wireless card off 
and on again…"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:18(page/title)
+msgid "I've entered the correct password, but I still can't connect"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:20(page/p)
+msgid "If you're sure that you entered the correct <link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">wireless 
password</link> but you still can't successfully connect to a wireless network, try some of the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:24(item/p)
+msgid "Double-check that you have the right password"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:25(item/p)
+msgid "Passwords are case-sensitive (it matters whether they have capital or lower-case letters), so check 
that you didn't get the case of one of the letters wrong."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:29(item/p)
+msgid "Try the hex or ASCII pass key"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:30(item/p)
+msgid "The password you enter can also be represented in a different way - as a string of characters in 
hexadecimal (numbers 0-9 and letters a-f) called a pass key. Each password has an equivalent pass key. If you 
have access to the pass key as well as the password/passphrase, try typing the pass key instead. Make sure 
you select the correct <gui>wireless security</gui> option when asked for your password (for example, select 
<gui>WEP 40/128-bit Key</gui> if you're typing the 40-character pass key for a WEP-encrypted connection)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:34(item/p)
+msgid "Try turning your wireless card off and then on again"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:35(item/p)
+msgid "Sometimes wireless cards get stuck or experience a minor problem that means they won't connect. Try 
turning the card off and then on again to reset it - see <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for 
more information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:39(item/p)
+msgid "Check that you're using the right type of wireless security"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:40(item/p)
+msgid "When prompted for your wireless security password, you can choose which type of wireless security to 
use. Make sure you choose the one that is used by the router or wireless base station. This should be 
selected by default, but sometimes it will not be for some reason. If you don't know which one it is, use 
trial and error to go through the different options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:44(item/p)
+msgid "Check that your wireless card is properly supported"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:45(item/p)
+msgid "Some wireless cards aren't supported very well. They show up as a wireless connection, but they can't 
connect to a network because their drivers lack the ability to do this. See if you can get an alternative 
wireless driver, or if you need to perform some extra set-up (like installing a different <em>firmware</em>). 
See <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for more information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:9(credit/name)
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:10(credit/name)
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:11(credit/name)
+msgid "Contributors to the Ubuntu documentation wiki"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:17(info/desc)
+msgid "Some device drivers don't work very well with certain wireless adapters, so you may need to find a 
better one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:21(page/title)
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:22(page/title)
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:22(page/title)
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:23(page/title)
+msgid "Wireless network troubleshooter"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:22(page/subtitle)
+msgid "Make sure that working device drivers are installed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:26(page/p)
+msgid "In this step you can check to see if you can get working device drivers for your wireless adapter. A 
<em>device driver</em> is a piece of software which tells the computer how to make a hardware device work 
properly. Even though the wireless adapter has been recognized by the computer, it may not have drivers which 
work very well. You may be able to find different drivers for the wireless adapter which do work. Try some of 
the options below:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:30(item/p)
+msgid "Check to see if your wireless adapter is on a list of supported devices"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:31(item/p)
+msgid "Most Linux distributions keep a list of wireless devices that they have support for. Sometimes, these 
lists provide extra information on how to get the drivers for certain adapters working properly. Go to the 
list for your distribution (for example, <link 
href=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/WifiDocs/WirelessCardsSupported\";>Ubuntu</link>, <link 
href=\"http://linuxwireless.org/en/users/Drivers\";>Fedora</link> or <link 
href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/HCL:Network_(Wireless)\">openSuSE</link>) and see if your make and model of 
wireless adapter is listed. You may be able to use some of the information there to get your wireless drivers 
working."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:35(item/p)
+msgid "Look for restricted (binary) drivers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:36(item/p)
+msgid "Many Linux distributions only come with device drivers which are <em>free</em> and <em>open 
source</em>. This is because they cannot distribute drivers which are proprietary, or closed-source. If the 
correct driver for your wireless adapter is only available in a non-free, or \"binary-only\" version, it may 
not be installed by default. If this is the case, look on the wireless adapter manufacturer's website to see 
if they have any Linux drivers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:37(item/p)
+msgid "Some Linux distributions have a tool that can download restricted drivers for you. If your 
distribution has one of these, use it to see if it can find any wireless drivers for you."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:41(item/p)
+msgid "Use the Windows drivers for your adapter"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:42(item/p)
+msgid "In general, you cannot use a device driver designed for one operating system (like Windows) on 
another operating system (like Linux). This is because they have different ways of handling devices. For 
wireless adapters, however, you can install a compatibility layer called <em>NDISwrapper</em> which lets you 
use some Windows wireless drivers on Linux. This is useful because wireless adapters almost always have 
Windows drivers available for them, whereas Linux drivers are sometimes not available. You can learn more 
about how to use NDISwrapper <link 
href=\"http://sourceforge.net/apps/mediawiki/ndiswrapper/index.php?title=Main_Page\";>here</link>. Note that 
not all wireless drivers can be used through NDISwrapper."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:46(page/p)
+msgid "If none of these options work, you may want to try a different wireless adapter to see if you can get 
that working. USB wireless adapters are often quite cheap, and will plug into any computer. You should check 
that the adapter is compatible with your Linux distribution before buying it, though."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:18(info/desc)
+msgid "Even though your wireless adapter is connected, it may not have been recognized properly by the 
computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:22(page/title)
+msgid "Wireless connection troubleshooter"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:23(page/subtitle)
+msgid "Check that the wireless adapter was recognized"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:25(page/p)
+msgid "Even though the wireless adapter is connected to the computer, it may not have been recognized as a 
network device by the computer. In this step, you will check whether the device was recognized properly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:29(item/p)
+msgid "Open a Terminal window, type <cmd>lshw -C network</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>. If this gives an 
error message, you may need to install the <app>lshw</app> program on your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:32(item/p)
+msgid "Look through the information that appeared and find the <em>Wireless interface</em> section. If your 
wireless adapter was detected properly, you should see something similar (but not identical) to this:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:33(item/code)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"*-network\n"
+"       description: Wireless interface\n"
+"       product: PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network Connection\n"
+"       vendor: Intel Corporation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:39(item/p)
+msgid "If a wireless device is listed, continue on to the <link 
xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers step</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:40(item/p)
+msgid "If a wireless device is <em>not</em> listed, the next steps you take will depend on the type of 
device that you use. Refer to the section below that is relevant to the type of wireless adapter that your 
computer has (<link xref=\"#pci\">internal PCI</link>, <link xref=\"#usb\">USB</link>, or <link 
xref=\"#pcmcia\">PCMCIA</link>)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:45(section/title)
+msgid "PCI (internal) wireless adapter"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:46(section/p)
+msgid "Internal PCI adapters are the most common, and are found in most laptops made within the past few 
years. To check if your PCI wireless adapter was recognized:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:48(item/p)
+msgid "Open a Terminal, type <cmd>lspci</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:50(item/p)
+msgid "Look through the list of devices that is shown and find any that are marked <code>Network 
controller</code> or <code>Ethernet controller</code>. Several devices may be marked in this way; the one 
corresponding to your wireless adapter might include words like <code>wireless</code>, <code>WLAN</code>, 
<code>wifi</code> or <code>802.11</code>. Here is an example of what the entry might look like:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:51(item/code)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"Network controller: Intel Corporation PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network Connection"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:53(item/p)
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:66(item/p)
+msgid "If you found your wireless adapter in the list, proceed to the <link 
xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers step</link>. If you didn't find anything 
related to your wireless adapter, see <link xref=\"#not-recognized\">the instructions below</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:58(section/title)
+msgid "USB wireless adapter"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:59(section/p)
+msgid "Wireless adapters that plug into a USB port on your computer are less common. They can plug directly 
into a USB port, or may be connected by a USB cable. 3G/mobile broadband adapters look quite similar to 
wireless (wifi) adapters, so if you think you have a USB wireless adapter, double-check that it is not 
actually a 3G adapter. To check if your USB wireless adapter was recognized:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:61(item/p)
+msgid "Open a Terminal, type <cmd>lsusb</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:63(item/p)
+msgid "Look through the list of devices that is shown and find any that seem to refer to a wireless or 
network device. The one corresponding to your wireless adapter might include words like 
<code>wireless</code>, <code>WLAN</code>, <code>wifi</code> or <code>802.11</code>. Here is an example of 
what the entry might look like:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:64(item/code)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"Bus 005 Device 009: ID 12d1:140b Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. EC1260 Wireless Data Modem HSD USB Card"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:71(section/title)
+msgid "Checking for a PCMCIA device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:72(section/p)
+msgid "PCMCIA wireless adapters are typically rectangular cards which slot into the side of your laptop. 
They are more commonly found in older computers. To check if your PCMCIA adapter was recognized:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:74(item/p)
+msgid "Start your computer <em>without</em> the wireless adapter plugged in."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:76(item/p)
+msgid "Open a Terminal and type the following, then press <key>Enter</key>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:77(item/code)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"tail -f /var/log/messages"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:78(item/p)
+msgid "This will display a list of messages related to your computer's hardware, and will automatically 
update if anything to do with your hardware changes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:80(item/p)
+msgid "Insert your wireless adapter into the PCMCIA slot and see what changes in the Terminal window. The 
changes should include some information about your wireless adapter. Look through them and see if you can 
identify it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:81(item/p)
+msgid "To stop the command from running in the Terminal, press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>. 
After you have done that, you can close the Terminal if you like."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:82(item/p)
+msgid "If you found any information about your wireless adapter, proceed to the <link 
xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers step</link>. If you didn't find anything 
related to your wireless adapter, see <link xref=\"#not-recognized\">the instructions below</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:87(section/title)
+msgid "Wireless adapter was not recognized"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:88(section/p)
+msgid "If your wireless adapter was not recognized, it might not be working properly or the correct drivers 
may not be installed for it. How you check to see if there are any drivers you can install will depend on 
which Linux distribution you are using (like Ubuntu, Fedora or openSuSE)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:89(section/p)
+msgid "To get specific help, look at the support options on your distribution's website. These might include 
mailing lists and web chats where you can ask about your wireless adapter, for example."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:18(info/desc)
+msgid "You may need details such as the model number of your wireless adapter in subsequent troubleshooting 
steps."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:23(page/subtitle)
+msgid "Gather information about your network hardware"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:25(page/p)
+msgid "In this step, you will collect information about your wireless network device. The way you fix many 
wireless problems depends on the make and model number of the wireless adapter, so you will need to make a 
note of these details. It can also be helpful to have some of the items that came with your computer too, 
like device driver installation discs. Look for the following items, if you still have them:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:29(item/p)
+msgid "The packaging and instructions for your wireless devices (especially the user guide for your router)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:32(item/p)
+msgid "The disc containing drivers for your wireless adapter (even if it only contains Windows drivers)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:35(item/p)
+msgid "The manufacturers and model numbers of your computer, wireless adapter and router. This information 
can usually be found on the underside/reverse of the device."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:38(item/p)
+msgid "Any version/revision numbers that may be printed on your wireless network devices or their packaging. 
These can be especially helpful, so look carefully."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:41(item/p)
+msgid "Anything on the driver disc that identifies either the device itself, its \"firmware\" version, or 
the components (chipset) it uses."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:45(page/p)
+msgid "If possible, try to get access to an alternative working internet connection so that you can download 
software and drivers if necessary. (Plugging your computer directly into the router with an Ethernet network 
cable is one way of providing this, but only plug it in when you need to.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:47(page/p)
+msgid "Once you have as many of these items as possible, click <gui>Next</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:18(info/desc)
+msgid "Make sure that simple network settings are correct and prepare for the next few troubleshooting 
steps."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:23(page/subtitle)
+msgid "Perform an initial connection check"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:25(page/p)
+msgid "In this step you will check some basic information about your wireless network connection. This is to 
make sure that your networking problem isn't caused by a relatively simple issue, like the wireless 
connection being turned off, and to prepare for the next few troubleshooting steps."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:29(item/p)
+msgid "Make sure that your laptop is not connected to a <em>wired</em> internet connection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:32(item/p)
+msgid "If you have an external wireless adapter (such as a USB adapter, or a PCMCIA card that plugs into 
your laptop), make sure that it is firmly inserted into the proper slot on your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:35(item/p)
+msgid "If your wireless card is <em>inside</em> your computer, make sure that the wireless switch is turned 
on (if it has one). Laptops often have wireless switches that you can toggle by pressing a combination of 
keyboard keys."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:38(item/p)
+msgid "Click the network icon and make sure that <gui>Wireless</gui> is set to ON. You should also check 
that <link xref=\"net-wireless-airplane\">Airplane Mode is not switched on</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:41(item/p)
+msgid "Open the Terminal, type <cmd>nm-tool</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:42(item/p)
+msgid "This will display information about your network hardware and connection status. Look down the list 
of information and see if there is a section related to the wireless network adapter. The information for 
each network device is separated by a row of dashes. If you find the line <code>State: Connected</code> in 
the section for your wireless adapter, it means that it is working and connected to your wireless router."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:46(page/p)
+msgid "If you are connected to your wireless router, but you still cannot access the internet, your router 
may not be set up correctly, or your Internet Service Provider (ISP) maybe experiencing some technical 
problems. Review your router and ISP setup guides to make sure the settings are correct, or contact your ISP 
for support."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:48(page/p)
+msgid "If the information from <cmd>nm-tool</cmd> did not indicate that you were connected to the network, 
click <gui>Next</gui> to proceed to the next portion of the troubleshooting guide."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:19(info/desc)
+msgid "Identify and fix problems with wireless connections"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:25(page/p)
+msgid "This is a step-by step troubleshooting guide to help you identify and fix wireless problems. If you 
cannot connect to a wireless network for some reason, try following the instructions here."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:27(page/p)
+msgid "We will proceed through the following steps to get your computer connected to the internet:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:29(item/p)
+msgid "Performing an initial check"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:30(item/p)
+msgid "Gathering information about your hardware"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:31(item/p)
+msgid "Checking your hardware"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:32(item/p)
+msgid "Attempting to create a connection to your wireless router"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:33(item/p)
+msgid "Performing a check of your modem and router"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:35(page/p)
+msgid "To get started, click on the <em>Next</em> link at the top right of the page. This link, and others 
like it on following pages, will take you through each step in the guide."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:38(note/title)
+msgid "Using the command line"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:39(note/p)
+msgid "Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the <em>command line</em> 
(Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40(note/p)
+msgid "If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide will direct you at each 
step. All you need to remember is that commands are case-sensitive (so you must type them <em>exactly</em> as 
they appear here), and to press <key>Enter</key> after typing each command to run it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:14(info/desc)
+msgid "WEP and WPA are ways of encrypting data on wireless networks."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:18(page/title)
+msgid "What do WEP and WPA mean?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:20(page/p)
+msgid "WEP and WPA (along with WPA2) are names for different encryption tools used to secure your wireless 
connection. Encryption scrambles the network connection so that no one can \"listen in\" to it and look at 
which web pages you are viewing, for example. WEP stands for <em>Wired Equivalent Privacy</em>, and WPA 
stands for <em>Wireless Protected Access</em>. WPA2 is the second version of the WPA standard."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:22(page/p)
+msgid "Using <em>some</em> encryption is always better than using none, but WEP is the least secure of these 
standards, and you should not use it if you can avoid it. WPA2 is the most secure of the three. If your 
wireless card and router support WPA2, that is what you should use when setting up your wireless network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless.page:12(info/desc)
+msgid "<link xref=\"net-wireless-connect\">Connect to wifi</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-hidden\">Hidden 
networks</link>, <link xref=\"net-editcon\">Edit connection settings</link>, <link 
xref=\"net-wireless-disconnecting\">Disconnecting</link>…"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net-wireless.page:25(page/title)
+msgid "Wireless Networking"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net.page:16(info/desc)
+msgid "<link xref=\"net-wireless\">Wireless</link>, <link xref=\"net-wired\">wired</link>, <link 
xref=\"net-problem\">connection problems</link>, <link xref=\"net-browser\">web browsing</link>, <link 
xref=\"net-email\">email accounts</link>…"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/net.page:41(page/title)
+msgid "Networking, web, email &amp; chat"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:10(info/desc)
+msgid "The battery life displayed when you click on the <gui>battery icon</gui> is an estimate."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:28(page/title)
+msgid "The estimated battery life is wrong"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:30(page/p)
+msgid "When you check the remaining battery life, you may find that the time remaining that it reports is 
different to how long the battery actually lasts. This is because the amount of remaining battery life can 
only be estimated. Normally, the estimates improve over time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:35(page/p)
+msgid "In order to estimate the remaining battery life, a number of factors must be taken into account. One 
is the amount of power currently being used by the computer: power consumption varies depending on how many 
programs you have open, which devices are plugged in, and whether you are running any intensive tasks (like 
watching a DVD or converting music files, for example). This changes from moment to moment, and is difficult 
to predict."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:42(page/p)
+msgid "Another factor is how the battery discharges. Some batteries lose charge faster the emptier they get. 
Without precise knowledge of how the battery discharges, only a rough estimate of remaining battery life can 
be made."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:46(page/p)
+msgid "As the battery discharges, the power manager will figure out its discharge properties and will learn 
how to make better estimates of battery life. They will never be completely accurate, though."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:51(note/p)
+msgid "If you get a completely ridiculous battery life estimate (say, hundreds of days), the power manager 
is probably missing some of the data it needs to make a sensible estimate."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:54(note/p)
+msgid "If you unplug the power and run the laptop on battery for a while, then plug it in and let it 
recharge again, the power manager should be able to get the data it needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-batterylife.page:12(info/desc)
+msgid "Tips to reduce the power consumption of your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-batterylife.page:34(page/title)
+msgid "Use less power and improve battery life"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-batterylife.page:36(page/p)
+msgid "Computers can use a lot of power. By using some simple energy-saving strategies, you can reduce your 
energy bill and help the environment."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-batterylife.page:41(section/title)
+msgid "General tips"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-batterylife.page:44(item/p)
+msgid "<link xref=\"shell-exit#suspend\">Suspend your computer</link> when you are not using it. This 
significantly reduces the amount of power it uses, and it can be woken up very quickly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-batterylife.page:49(item/p)
+msgid "<link xref=\"shell-exit#shutdown\">Turn off</link> the computer when you will not be using it for 
longer periods. Some people worry that turning off a computer regularly may cause it to wear out faster, but 
this is not the case."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-batterylife.page:55(item/p)
+msgid "Use the <gui>Power</gui> preferences in <app>Settings</app> to change your power settings. There are 
a number of options that will help to save power: you can automatically dim the display after a certain time; 
reduce the display brightness (for laptops); and have the computer <link xref=\"power-suspend\">automatically 
suspend</link> if you have not used it for a certain period of time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-batterylife.page:67(item/p)
+msgid "Turn off any external devices (like printers and scanners) when you are not using them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-batterylife.page:74(section/title)
+msgid "Laptops, netbooks, and other devices with batteries"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-batterylife.page:78(item/p)
+msgid "Reduce the screen brightness; powering the screen accounts for a significant fraction of a laptop 
power consumption."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-batterylife.page:82(item/p)
+msgid "Most laptops have buttons on the keyboard (or a keyboard shortcut) that you can use to reduce the 
brightness."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-batterylife.page:86(item/p)
+msgid "If you do not need an Internet connection for a little while, turn off the wireless/Bluetooth card. 
These devices work by broadcasting radio waves, which takes quite a bit of power."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-batterylife.page:89(item/p)
+msgid "Some computers have a physical switch that can be used to turn it off, whereas others have a keyboard 
shortcut that you can use instead. You can turn it on again when you need it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-batterylife.page:97(section/title)
+msgid "More advanced tips"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-batterylife.page:101(item/p)
+msgid "Reduce the number of tasks that are running in the background. Computers use more power when they 
have more work to do."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-batterylife.page:103(item/p)
+msgid "Most of your running applications do very little when you are not actively using them. However, 
applications that frequently grab data from the internet, play music or movies can impact your power 
consumption."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:10(info/desc)
+msgid "Tips such as \"Do not let the battery charge get too low\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:28(page/title)
+msgid "Get the most out of your laptop battery"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:30(page/p)
+msgid "As laptop batteries age, they get worse at storing charge and their capacity gradually decreases. 
There are a few techniques that you can use to prolong their useful lifetime, although you should not expect 
a big difference."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:36(item/p)
+msgid "Do not let the battery run all the way down. Always recharge <em>before</em> the battery gets very 
low, although most batteries have built-in safeguards to prevent the battery running too low. Recharging when 
it is only partially discharged is more efficient, but recharging when it is only slightly discharged is 
worse for the battery."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:43(item/p)
+msgid "Heat has a detrimental effect on the charging efficiency of the battery. Do not let the battery get 
any warmer than it has to."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:47(item/p)
+msgid "Batteries age even if you leave them in storage. There is little advantage in buying a replacement 
battery at the same time as you get the original battery - always buy replacements when you need them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:54(note/p)
+msgid "This advice applies specifically to Lithium-Ion (Li-Ion) batteries, which are the most common type. 
Other types of battery may benefit from different treatment."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-batteryslow.page:7(info/desc)
+msgid "Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-batteryslow.page:19(page/title)
+msgid "Why is my laptop slow when it is on battery?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-batteryslow.page:21(page/p)
+msgid "Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery in order to conserve power. The 
processor (CPU) in the laptop switches to a slower speed, and processors use less power when running slower, 
so the battery should last longer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-batteryslow.page:26(page/p)
+msgid "This feature is called <em>CPU frequency scaling</em>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-batterywindows.page:11(info/desc)
+msgid "Tweaks from the manufacturer and differing battery life estimates may be the cause of this problem."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-batterywindows.page:24(page/title)
+msgid "Why do I have less battery life than I did on Windows/Mac OS?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-batterywindows.page:26(page/p)
+msgid "Some computers appear to have a shorter battery life when running on Linux than they do when running 
Windows or Mac OS. One reason for this is that computer vendors install special software for Windows/Mac OS 
that optimizes various hardware/software settings for a given model of computer. These tweaks are often 
highly specific, and may not be documented, so including them in Linux is difficult."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-batterywindows.page:33(page/p)
+msgid "Unfortunately, there is not an easy way of applying these tweaks yourself without knowing exactly 
what they are. You may find that using some <link xref=\"power-batterylife\">power-saving methods</link> 
helps, though. If your computer has a <link xref=\"power-batteryslow\">variable-speed processor</link>, you 
might find that changing its settings is also useful."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-batterywindows.page:39(page/p)
+msgid "Another possible reason for the discrepancy is that the method of estimating battery life is 
different on Windows/Mac OS than on Linux. The actual battery life could be exactly the same, but the 
different methods give different estimates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-closelid.page:23(info/desc)
+msgid "Laptops go to sleep when you close the lid, in order to save power."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-closelid.page:26(page/title)
+msgid "Why does my computer turn off when I close the lid?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-closelid.page:28(page/p)
+msgid "When you close the lid of your laptop, your computer will <link 
xref=\"power-suspend\"><em>suspend</em></link> in order to save power. This means that the computer is not 
actually turned off - it has just gone to sleep. You can resume it by opening the lid. If it does not resume, 
try clicking the mouse or pressing a key. If that still does not work, press the power button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-closelid.page:34(page/p)
+msgid "Some computers are unable to suspend properly, normally because their hardware is not completely 
supported by the operating system (for example, the Linux drivers are incomplete). In this case, you may find 
that you are unable to resume your computer after you have closed the lid. You can try to <link 
xref=\"power-suspendfail\">fix the problem with suspend</link>, or you can prevent the computer from trying 
to suspend when you close the lid."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-constantfan.page:9(info/desc)
+msgid "Some fan-control software could be missing, or your laptop may be running hot."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-constantfan.page:19(page/title)
+msgid "The laptop fan is always running"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-constantfan.page:21(page/p)
+msgid "If cooling fan in your laptop is always running, it could be that the hardware that controls the 
cooling system in the laptop is not very well supported in Linux. Some laptops need extra software to control 
their cooling fans efficiently, but this software may not be installed (or available for Linux at all) and so 
the fans just run at full speed all of the time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-constantfan.page:27(page/p)
+msgid "If this is the case, you may be able to change some settings or install extra software that allows 
full control of the fan. For example, <link href=\"http://vaio-utils.org/fan/\";>vaiofand</link> can be 
installed to control the fans of some Sony VAIO laptops. Installing this software is quite a technical 
process which is highly dependent on the make and model of your laptop, so you may wish to seek specific 
advice on how to do it for your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-constantfan.page:35(page/p)
+msgid "It is also possible that your laptop just produces a lot of heat. This does not necessarily mean that 
it is overheating; it might just need the fan to run at full speed all of the time to allow it to stay cool 
enough. If this is the case, you have little option but to let the fan run at full speed all of the time. You 
can sometimes buy additional cooling accessories for your laptop which may help."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-hibernate.page:10(info/desc)
+msgid "Hibernate is disabled by default since it's not well supported."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-hibernate.page:29(page/title)
+msgid "How do I hibernate my computer?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-hibernate.page:31(page/p)
+msgid "When the computer <em>hibernates</em>, all of your applications and documents are stored and the 
computer completely switches off so it does not use any power, but the applications and documents will still 
be open when you switch on the computer again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-hibernate.page:36(page/p)
+msgid "Unfortunately, hibernate <link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">doesn't work</link> in many cases, which 
can cause you to lose data if you expect your documents and applications to re-open when you switch your 
computer back on. Therefore, hibernate is disabled by default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-hibernate.page:42(section/title)
+msgid "Test if hibernate works"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-hibernate.page:45(note/title)
+msgid "Always save your work before hibernating"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-hibernate.page:46(note/p)
+msgid "You should save all of your work before hibernating the computer, just in case something goes wrong 
and your open applications and documents cannot be recovered when you switch on the computer again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-hibernate.page:51(section/p)
+msgid "You can use the command line to test if hibernate works on your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-hibernate.page:57(when/p)
+msgid "Open the <app>Terminal</app> by pressing <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key> <key>Alt</key><key>t</key></keyseq> 
or by searching for <input>terminal</input> in the <gui>dash</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-hibernate.page:61(choose/p)
+msgid "Open the <app>Terminal</app> by searching for <input>terminal</input> in the <gui>Activities 
overview</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-hibernate.page:66(item/p)
+msgid "As root, type <cmd>pm-hibernate</cmd> into the terminal and press <key>Enter</key>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-hibernate.page:67(item/p)
+msgid "Enter your password when prompted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-hibernate.page:70(item/p)
+msgid "After you computer turns off, switch it back on. Did your open applications re-open?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-hibernate.page:72(item/p)
+msgid "If hibernate doesn't work, check if your swap partition is at least as large as your available RAM."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-hibernate.page:80(section/title)
+msgid "Enable hibernate"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-hibernate.page:82(section/p)
+msgid "If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the <cmd>pm-hibernate</cmd> command when you 
want to hibernate."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-hibernate.page:85(section/p)
+msgid "You can also enable the hibernate option in the menus. To do that, use your favorite text editor to 
create <file>/etc/polkit-1/localauthority/50-local.d/org.gnome.enable-hibernate.pkla</file>. Add the 
following to the file and save:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:10(info/desc)
+msgid "Computers usually get warm, but if they get too hot they can overheat, which can be damaging."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:20(page/title)
+msgid "My computer gets really hot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:22(page/p)
+msgid "Most computers get warm after a while, and some can get quite hot. This is normal: it is simply part 
of the way that the computer cools itself. However, if your computer gets very warm it could be a sign that 
it is overheating, which can potentially cause damage."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:27(page/p)
+msgid "Most laptops get reasonably warm once you have been using them for a while. It is generally nothing 
to worry about - computers produce a lot of heat and laptops are very compact, so they need to remove their 
heat rapidly and their outer casing warms up as a result. Some laptops do get too hot, however, and may be 
uncomfortable to use. This is normally the result of a poorly-designed cooling system. You can sometimes get 
additional cooling accessories which fit to the bottom of the laptop and provide more efficient cooling."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:35(page/p)
+msgid "If you have a desktop computer which feels hot to the touch, it may have insufficient cooling. If 
this concerns you, you can buy extra cooling fans or check that the cooling fans and vents are free from dust 
and other blockages. You might want to consider putting the computer in a better-ventilated area too - if 
kept in confined spaces (e.g. in a cupboard), the cooling system in the computer may not be able to remove 
heat and circulate cool air fast enough."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:48(page/p)
+msgid "Some people are concerned about the health risks of using hot laptops. There are suggestions that 
prolonged use of a hot laptop on your lap might possibly reduce (male) fertility, and there are reports of 
minor burns being suffered too (in extreme cases). If you are concerned about these potential problems, you 
may wish to consult a medical practitioner for advice. Of course, you can simply choose not to rest the 
laptop on your lap."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:55(page/p)
+msgid "Most modern computers will shut themselves down if they get too hot, to prevent themselves from 
becoming damaged. If your computer keeps shutting down, this might be the reason. If your computer is 
overheating, you will probably need to get it repaired."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-lowpower.page:9(info/desc)
+msgid "Allowing the battery to completely discharge is bad for it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-lowpower.page:22(page/title)
+msgid "Why did my computer turn off/hibernate when the battery got to 10%?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-lowpower.page:24(page/p)
+msgid "When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will automatically <link 
xref=\"power-hibernate\">hibernate</link>. It does this to make sure that the battery does not completely 
discharge, since this is bad for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer would not have time 
to shut down properly either."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-lowpower.page:30(page/p)
+msgid "You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low by opening <app>Power</app> from the 
<gui>Activities</gui> overview. Look at the <gui>When power is critically low</gui> setting. You can choose 
for the computer to hibernate or shut down. If you choose shut down, your applications and documents <em>will 
not</em> be saved before the computer turns off."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-lowpower.page:36(page/p)
+msgid "Some computers have problems hibernating, and may not be able to recover the applications and 
documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. In this case, it is possible that you could lose 
some of your work if you did not save it before the computer hibernated. You may be able to <link 
xref=\"power-suspendfail\">fix problems with hibernation</link> though."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-nowireless.page:11(info/desc)
+msgid "Some wireless devices have problems handling when your computer is suspended and does not resume 
properly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-nowireless.page:28(page/title)
+msgid "I have no wireless network when I wake up my computer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-nowireless.page:30(page/p)
+msgid "If you have suspended your computer, or it has hibernated, you may find that your wireless internet 
connection does not work when you resume it again. This happens when the <link 
xref=\"hardware-driver\">driver</link> for the wireless device does not fully support certain power saving 
features. Typically, the wireless connection fails to turn on properly when the computer is resumed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-nowireless.page:36(page/p)
+msgid "If this happens, try switching your wireless off and then back on again:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-nowireless.page:39(item/p)
+msgid "Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Settings</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-nowireless.page:42(item/p)
+msgid "Open <gui>Network</gui> and select the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-nowireless.page:45(item/p)
+msgid "Switch the wireless off and then on again"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-nowireless.page:48(item/p)
+msgid "If the wireless still does not work, switch on <gui>Airplane Mode</gui> and then switch it off again"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-nowireless.page:52(page/p)
+msgid "If this does not work, restarting your computer should make the wireless work again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-othercountry.page:7(info/desc)
+msgid "Your computer will work, but you might need a different power cable or a travel adapter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-othercountry.page:23(page/title)
+msgid "Will my computer work with a power supply in another country?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-othercountry.page:25(page/p)
+msgid "Different countries use power supplies at different voltages (usually 110V or 220-240V) and AC 
frequencies (usually 50 Hz or 60 Hz). Your computer should work with a power supply in a different country as 
long as you have an appropriate power adapter. You may also need to flip a switch."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-othercountry.page:30(page/p)
+msgid "If you have a laptop, all you should need to do is get the right plug for your power adapter. Some 
laptops come packaged with more than one plug for their adapter, so you may already have the right one. If 
not, plugging your existing one into a standard travel adapter will suffice."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-othercountry.page:35(page/p)
+msgid "If you have a desktop computer, you can also get a cable with a different plug, or use a travel 
adapter. In this case, however, you may need to change the voltage switch on the computer's power supply, if 
there is one. Many computers do not have a switch like this, and will happily work with either voltage. Look 
at the back of the computer and find the socket that the power cable plugs into. Somewhere nearby, there may 
be a small switch marked \"110V\" or \"230V\" (for example). Switch it if you need to."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-othercountry.page:44(note/p)
+msgid "Be careful when changing power cables or using travel adapters. Switch everything off first if you 
can."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-suspendfail.page:10(info/desc)
+msgid "Some computer hardware causes problems with suspend or hibernate."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-suspendfail.page:24(page/title)
+msgid "Why does my computer not turn back on after I suspended it?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-suspendfail.page:26(page/p)
+msgid "If you <link xref=\"power-suspend\">suspend</link> or <link xref=\"power-hibernate\">hibernate</link> 
your computer, then try to resume it or turn it back on, you may find that it does not work as you expected. 
This could be because suspend and hibernate are not supported properly by your hardware."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-suspendfail.page:33(section/title)
+msgid "My computer is suspended and is not resuming"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-suspendfail.page:34(section/p)
+msgid "If you suspend your computer and then press a key or click the mouse, it should wake up and display a 
screen asking for your password. If this does not happen, try pressing the power button (do not hold it in, 
just press it once)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-suspendfail.page:38(section/p)
+msgid "If this still does not help, make sure that your computer's monitor is switched on and try pressing a 
key on the keyboard again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-suspendfail.page:40(section/p)
+msgid "As a last resort, turn off the computer by holding in the power button for 5-10 seconds, although you 
will lose any unsaved work by doing this. You should then be able to turn on the computer again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-suspendfail.page:43(section/p)
+msgid "If this happens every time you suspend your computer, the suspend feature may not work with your 
hardware."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-suspendfail.page:46(note/p)
+msgid "If your computer loses power and does not have an alternative power supply (such as a working 
battery), it will switch off."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-suspendfail.page:52(section/title)
+msgid "None of my applications/documents are open when I turn on the computer again"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-suspendfail.page:54(section/p)
+msgid "If you hibernated your computer and switched it on again, but none of your documents or applications 
are open, it probably failed to hibernate properly. Sometimes this happens because of a minor problem, and 
the computer will be able to hibernate properly the next time you do it. It might also happen because you had 
installed a software update which required the computer to be restarted; in this case, the computer may have 
shut down instead of hibernating."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-suspendfail.page:61(section/p)
+msgid "It is also possible that the computer is not capable of hibernating because the hardware does not 
support it properly. This might be because of a problem with Linux drivers for your hardware, for example. 
You can test this by hibernating again and seeing if it works the second time. If it does not, it is probably 
a problem with drivers on your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-suspendfail.page:69(section/title)
+msgid "My wireless connection (or other hardware) does not work when I wake up my computer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-suspendfail.page:71(section/p)
+msgid "If you suspend or hibernate your computer and then resume it again, you may find that your internet 
connection, mouse, or some other device does not work properly. This could be because the driver for the 
device does not properly support suspend or hibernate. This is a <link xref=\"hardware-driver\">problem with 
the driver</link> and not the device itself."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-suspendfail.page:77(section/p)
+msgid "If the device has a power switch, try turning it off and then on again. In most cases, the device 
will start working again. If it connects via a USB cable or similar, unplug the device and then plug it in 
again and see if it works."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-suspendfail.page:81(section/p)
+msgid "If you cannot turn off/unplug the device, or if this does not work, you may need to restart your 
computer for the device to start working again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-suspend.page:8(info/desc)
+msgid "Suspend sends your computer to sleep so it uses less power."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-suspend.page:23(page/title)
+msgid "What happens when I suspend my computer?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-suspend.page:31(page/p)
+msgid "When you <em>suspend</em> the computer, you send it to sleep. All of your applications and documents 
remain open, but the screen and other parts of the computer switch off to save power. The computer is still 
switched on though, and it will still be using a small amount of power. You can wake it up by pressing a key 
or clicking the mouse. If that does not work, try pressing the power button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-suspend.page:38(page/p)
+msgid "Some computers have problems with hardware support which mean that they <link 
xref=\"power-suspendfail\">may not be able to suspend or hibernate properly</link>. It is a good idea to test 
suspend on your computer to see if it does work before relying on it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-suspend.page:44(note/title)
+msgid "Always save your work before suspending"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-suspend.page:45(note/p)
+msgid "You should save all of your work before suspending the computer, just in case something goes wrong 
and your open applications and documents cannot be recovered when you resume the computer again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-whydim.page:10(info/desc)
+msgid "When your laptop is running on battery, the screen will dim when the computer is idle in order to 
save power."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-whydim.page:23(page/title)
+msgid "Why does my screen go dim after a while?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-whydim.page:29(page/p)
+msgid "When your laptop computer is running on battery, the screen will dim when the computer is idle in 
order to save power. When you start using the computer again, the screen will brighten."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-whydim.page:31(page/p)
+msgid "You can stop the screen from dimming itself:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-whydim.page:38(item/p)
+msgid "Open <gui>Brightness &amp; Lock</gui> and uncheck <gui>Dim screen to save power</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:10(info/desc)
+msgid "Loose cables and hardware problems are possible reasons."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:19(page/title)
+msgid "My computer will not turn on"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:21(page/p)
+msgid "There are a number of reasons why your computer will not turn on. This topic gives a brief overview 
of some of the possible reasons."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:32(section/title)
+msgid "Computer not plugged in, empty battery, or loose cable"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:33(section/p)
+msgid "Make sure that the power cables of the computer are firmly plugged in and the power outlets are 
switched on. Make sure that the monitor is plugged in and switched on too. If you have a laptop, connect the 
charging cable (in case it has run out of battery). You may also want to check that the battery is correctly 
fitted in place (check the underside of the laptop) if it is removable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:42(section/title)
+msgid "Problem with the computer hardware"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:43(section/p)
+msgid "A component of your computer may be broken or malfunctioning. If this is the case, you will need to 
get your computer repaired. Common faults include a broken power supply unit, incorrectly-fitted components 
(such as the memory/RAM) and a faulty motherboard."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:50(section/title)
+msgid "The computer beeps and then switches off"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:51(section/p)
+msgid "If the computer beeps several times when you turn it on and then turns off (or fails to start), it 
may be indicating that it has detected a problem. These beeps are sometimes referred to as <em>beep 
codes</em>, and the pattern of beeps is intended to tell you what the problem with the computer is. Different 
manufacturers use different beep codes, so you will have to consult the manual for your computer's 
motherboard, or take your computer in for repairs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:61(section/title)
+msgid "The computer fans are spinning but nothing is on the screen"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:62(section/p)
+msgid "The first thing to check is that your monitor is plugged in and turned on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:64(section/p)
+msgid "This problem could also be due to a hardware fault. The fans might turn on when you press the power 
button, but other essential parts of the computer might fail to turn on. In this case, take your computer in 
for repairs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power.page:11(credit/name)
+msgid "Natalia Ruz"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power.page:16(info/desc)
+msgid "<link xref=\"power-suspend\">Suspend</link>, <link xref=\"shell-exit#shutdown\">power off</link>, 
<link xref=\"power-whydim\">screen dimming</link>…"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power.page:24(page/title)
+msgid "Power &amp; battery"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power.page:32(section/title)
+msgid "Battery settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power.page:37(info/title)
+msgctxt "link"
+msgid "Power problems"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/power.page:39(info/desc)
+msgid "Troubleshoot problems with power and batteries."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/prefs-display.page:13(info/desc)
+msgid "<link xref=\"look-background\">Background</link>, <link xref=\"look-resolution\">size and 
rotation</link>, brightness…"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/prefs-display.page:24(page/title)
+msgid "Display &amp; screen"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/prefs-language.page:17(info/desc)
+msgid "<link xref=\"session-language\">Language</link>, <link xref=\"session-formats\">region and 
formats</link>, <link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">keyboard layouts</link>…"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/prefs.page:7(info/title)
+msgctxt "link:trail"
+msgid "Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/prefs.page:14(info/desc)
+msgid "<link xref=\"keyboard\">Keyboard</link>, <link xref=\"mouse\">mouse</link>, <link 
xref=\"prefs-display\">display</link>, <link xref=\"prefs-language\">languages</link>, <link 
xref=\"user-accounts\">user accounts</link>…"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/prefs.page:24(page/title)
+msgid "User &amp; system settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-2sided.page:8(info/desc)
+msgid "Print on both sides of the paper, or multiple pages per sheet."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-2sided.page:23(page/title)
+msgid "Print two-sided and multi-page layouts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-2sided.page:25(page/p)
+msgid "To print on both sides of each sheet of paper:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-2sided.page:29(item/p)
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:37(item/p)
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:34(item/p)
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:75(item/p)
+#: C/printing-order.page:32(item/p)
+#: C/printing-order.page:50(item/p)
+msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print</gui></guiseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-2sided.page:32(item/p)
+msgid "Go to the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab of the Print window and choose an option from the 
<gui>Two-sided</gui> drop-down list. If the option is disabled, two-sided printing is not available for your 
printer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-2sided.page:35(item/p)
+msgid "Printers handle two-sided printing in different ways. It's a good idea to experiment with your 
printer to see how it works."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-2sided.page:39(item/p)
+msgid "You can print more than one page of the document per <em>side</em> of paper too. Use the <gui>Pages 
per side</gui> option to do this."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-2sided.page:44(note/p)
+msgid "The availability of these options may depend on the type of printer you have, as well as the 
application you are using. This option may not always be available."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:8(info/desc)
+msgid "Print folded booklets (like a book or pamphlet) using normal A4/Letter-size paper."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:20(page/title)
+msgid "Print folded booklets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:22(page/p)
+msgid "You can make folded booklets (like a small book or pamphlet) by printing pages of a document in a 
special order and changing a couple of printing options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:26(page/p)
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:22(note/p)
+msgid "These instructions are for printing a booklet from a PDF document."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:27(page/p)
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:23(note/p)
+#: C/printing-booklet.page:22(page/p)
+msgid "If you want to print a booklet from a <app>LibreOffice</app> document, first export it to a PDF by 
choosing <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Export as PDF…</gui></guiseq>. Your document needs to have a multiple of 
4 number of pages (4, 8, 12, 16,…). You may need to add up to 3 blank pages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:34(page/p)
+msgid "To print a booklet:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:40(item/p)
+msgid "Go to the <gui>General</gui> tab. Under <em>Range</em>, choose <gui>Pages</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:44(item/p)
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:41(item/p)
+msgid "Type the numbers of the pages in this order (n is the total number of pages, and a multiple of 4):"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:46(item/p)
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:44(item/p)
+msgid "n, 1, 2, n-1, n-2, 3, 4, n-3, n-4, 5, 6, n-5, n-6, 7, 8, n-7, n-8, 9, 10, n-9, n-10, 11, 12, n-11…"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:48(item/p)
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:50(note/p)
+msgid "Examples:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:50(item/p)
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:51(note/p)
+msgid "4 page booklet: Type <input>4,1,2,3</input>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:51(item/p)
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:52(note/p)
+msgid "8 page booklet: Type <input>8,1,2,7,6,3,4,5</input>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:52(item/p)
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:55(note/p)
+msgid "20 page booklet: Type <input>20,1,2,19,18,3,4,17,16,5,6,15,14,7,8,13,12,9,10,11</input>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:56(item/p)
+msgid "Now, go to the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:57(item/p)
+msgid "Under <em>Layout</em>, in the <gui>Two-sided</gui> option, select <gui>Short Edge (Flip)</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:59(item/p)
+msgid "In the <gui>Pages per side</gui> option, select <gui>2</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:60(item/p)
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:64(item/p)
+msgid "In the <gui>Page ordering</gui> menu, select <gui>Left to right</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:63(item/p)
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:68(item/p)
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:82(item/p)
+msgid "Click <gui>Print</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:19(page/title)
+msgid "Print a booklet on a single-sided printer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:31(page/p)
+msgid "To print:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:37(item/p)
+msgid "Choose the <gui>General</gui> tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:38(item/p)
+msgid "Under <em>Range</em>, choose <gui>Pages</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:46(item/p)
+msgid "…until you have typed all of the pages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:53(note/p)
+msgid "12 page booklet: Type <input>12,1,2,11,10,3,4,9,8,5,6,7</input>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:54(note/p)
+msgid "16 page booklet: Type <input>16,1,2,15,14,3,4,13,12,5,6,11,10,7,8,9</input>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:60(item/p)
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:78(item/p)
+msgid "Choose the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:61(item/p)
+msgid "Under <em>Layout</em>, in the <gui>Two-sided</gui> menu, select <gui>One Sided</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:63(item/p)
+msgid "In the <gui>Pages per side</gui> menu, select <gui>2</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:65(item/p)
+msgid "In the <gui>Only print</gui> menu, select <gui>Odd sheets</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:71(item/p)
+msgid "When all the pages have printed, flip the pages over and place them back in the printer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:79(item/p)
+msgid "In the <gui>Only print</gui> menu, select <gui>Even sheets</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-booklet.page:8(info/desc)
+msgid "How to print a folded, multi-page booklet using A4 or Letter-sized paper."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-booklet.page:19(page/title)
+msgid "Print a booklet"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-booklet.page:21(page/p)
+msgid "You can print a booklet from a PDF."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-booklet.page:27(page/p)
+msgid "If the number of pages in your PDF document is not a multiple of 4, you should add the appropriate 
number of blank pages (1,2 or 3) to make it a multiple of 4. To do so, you can:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-booklet.page:33(item/p)
+msgid "Create a <app>LibreOffice</app> document with the number (1-3) of blank pages needed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-booklet.page:37(item/p)
+msgid "Export the blank pages to a PDF by choosing <guiseq><gui>File</gui> <gui>Export as 
PDF…</gui></guiseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-booklet.page:41(item/p)
+msgid "Merge the blank pages with your PDF document using <app>PDF-Shuffler</app> or <app>PDF Mod</app>, 
placing the blank pages at the end."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-booklet.page:46(page/p)
+msgid "Select the type of printer you will be using for printing from the list below:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:9(info/desc)
+msgid "Cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:23(credit/name)
+#: C/printing-name-location.page:14(credit/name)
+#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:22(credit/name)
+#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:24(credit/name)
+msgid "Jana Svarova"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:29(page/title)
+msgid "Cancel, pause or release a print job"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:31(page/p)
+msgid "You can cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue in the printer settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:36(section/title)
+msgid "Cancel a print job"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:38(section/p)
+msgid "If you accidentally started printing a document, you can cancel the print so that you do not need to 
waste any ink or paper."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:42(steps/title)
+msgid "How to cancel a print job:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:45(item/p)
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:76(item/p)
+#: C/printing-name-location.page:38(item/p)
+#: C/printing-name-location.page:55(item/p)
+#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:43(item/p)
+#: C/printing-setup.page:69(item/p)
+msgid "Click <gui>Printers</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:46(item/p)
+msgid "Click the <gui>Show Jobs</gui> button on the right-hand side of the <gui>Printers</gui> dialog."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:48(item/p)
+msgid "Cancel the print job by clicking the stop button on the pay-pause-stop symbols."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:52(section/p)
+msgid "If this does not cancel the print job like you expected, try holding down the <gui>Cancel</gui> 
button on your printer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:55(section/p)
+msgid "As a last resort, especially if you have a big print job with a lot of pages that won't cancel, 
remove the paper from the printer's paper input tray. The printer should realize that there is no paper and 
will stop printing. You can then try canceling the print job again, or try turning the printer off and then 
on again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:62(note/p)
+msgid "Be careful that you don't damage the printer when removing the paper, though - if you would have to 
pull hard on the paper to remove it, you should probably just leave it where it is."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:69(section/title)
+msgid "Pause and release a print job"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:70(section/p)
+msgid "If you want to pause or release a print job, you can do so by going to the jobs dialog in the printer 
settings and click the appropriate button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:77(item/p)
+msgid "Click the <gui>Show Jobs</gui> button on the right-hand side of the <gui>Printers</gui> dialog and 
either pause or release the print job based on your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-differentsize.page:7(info/desc)
+msgid "Print a document on a different paper size or orientation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-differentsize.page:25(page/title)
+msgid "Change the paper size when printing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-differentsize.page:27(page/p)
+msgid "If you want to change the paper size of your document (for example, print a US Letter-sized PDF on A4 
paper), you can change the printing format for the document."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-differentsize.page:32(item/p)
+#: C/printing-select.page:24(item/p)
+msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print</gui></guiseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-differentsize.page:33(item/p)
+msgid "Select the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-differentsize.page:34(item/p)
+msgid "Under the <em>Paper</em> column, choose your <em>Paper size</em> from the drop-down list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-differentsize.page:36(item/p)
+msgid "Click <gui>Print</gui> and your document should print."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-differentsize.page:39(page/p)
+msgid "You can also use the <gui>Orientation</gui> menu to choose a different orientation:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-differentsize.page:43(p/gui)
+msgid "Portrait"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-differentsize.page:44(p/gui)
+msgid "Landscape"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-differentsize.page:45(p/gui)
+msgid "Reverse portrait"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-differentsize.page:46(p/gui)
+msgid "Reverse landscape"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-envelopes.page:8(info/desc)
+msgid "Make sure that you have the envelope/label the right way up, and have chosen the correct paper size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-envelopes.page:24(page/title)
+msgid "Print envelopes and labels"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-envelopes.page:26(page/p)
+msgid "Most printers will allow you to print directly onto an envelope or sheet of labels. This is 
especially useful if you have a lot of letters to send, for example."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-envelopes.page:31(section/title)
+msgid "Printing onto envelopes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-envelopes.page:33(section/p)
+msgid "There are two things you need to check when trying to print onto an envelope. The first is that your 
printer knows what size the envelope is. After you click <gui>Print</gui> and the Print window appears, go to 
the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab and choose the <gui>Paper type</gui> as \"Envelope\" if you can. If you can't 
do this, see if you can change the <gui>Paper size</gui> to an envelope size (e.g. \"C5\"). The pack of 
envelopes will say what size they are; most envelopes come in standard sizes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-envelopes.page:41(section/p)
+msgid "Secondly, you need to make sure that the envelopes are loaded with the right side up in the printer's 
in-tray. Check the printer's manual for this, or try to print a single envelope and check which side is 
printed on to see which way is the right way up."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-envelopes.page:47(note/p)
+msgid "Some printers are not designed to be able to print envelopes, especially some laser printers. Check 
your printer's manual to see if it accepts envelopes; otherwise, you could damage the printer by feeding an 
envelope in."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-inklevel.page:8(info/desc)
+msgid "Check the amount of ink or toner left in printer cartridges."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-inklevel.page:19(page/title)
+msgid "How can I check my printer's ink/toner levels?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-inklevel.page:21(page/p)
+msgid "How you check how much ink or toner is left in your printer depends on the model and manufacturer of 
your printer, and the drivers and applications installed on your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-inklevel.page:25(page/p)
+msgid "Some printers have a built-in screen to display ink levels and other information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-inklevel.page:28(page/p)
+msgid "The drivers and status tools for most HP printers are provided by the HP Linux Imaging and Printing 
(HPLIP) project. Other manufacturers might supply proprietary drivers with similar features."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-inklevel.page:32(page/p)
+msgid "Alternatively, you can install an application to check or monitor ink levels. <app>Inkblot</app> 
shows ink status for many HP, Epson and Canon printers. See if your printer is on the <link 
href=\"http://libinklevel.sourceforge.net./#supported\";>list of supported models</link>. Another ink levels 
application for Epson and some other printers is <app>mktink</app>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-inklevel.page:39(page/p)
+msgid "Some printers are not yet well supported on Linux, and others are not designed to report their ink 
levels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-name-location.page:9(info/desc)
+msgid "Change the name or location of a printer in the printer settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-name-location.page:20(page/title)
+msgid "Change the name or location of a printer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-name-location.page:22(page/p)
+msgid "You can change the name or location of a printer in the printer settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-name-location.page:25(note/p)
+msgid "You need administrative privileges on the system to change the name or location of a printer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-name-location.page:31(section/title)
+msgid "Change printer name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-name-location.page:32(section/p)
+msgid "If you want to change the name of a printer, take the following steps:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-name-location.page:39(item/p)
+#: C/printing-name-location.page:56(item/p)
+#: C/printing-setup.page:70(item/p)
+msgid "Click the <key>Unlock</key> button in the top-right corner and enter your password."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-name-location.page:41(item/p)
+msgid "By clicking on the name, start editing the name of the printer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-name-location.page:42(item/p)
+#: C/printing-name-location.page:59(item/p)
+msgid "Press <key>Enter</key> to save the changes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-name-location.page:49(section/title)
+msgid "Change printer location"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-name-location.page:50(section/p)
+msgid "To change the location of your printer:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-name-location.page:58(item/p)
+msgid "By clicking on the location, start editing the location."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-order.page:8(info/desc)
+msgid "Collate and reverse the print order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-order.page:23(page/title)
+msgid "Make pages print in a different order"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-order.page:26(section/title)
+msgid "Reverse"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-order.page:27(section/p)
+msgid "Printers usually print the first page first, and the last page last, so the pages end up in reverse 
order when you pick them up. If needed, you can reverse this printing order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-order.page:30(section/p)
+msgid "To reverse the order:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-order.page:33(item/p)
+msgid "In the <gui>General</gui> tab of the Print window under <em>Copies</em>, check <gui>Reverse</gui>. 
The last page will be printed first, and so on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-order.page:40(section/title)
+msgid "Collate"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-order.page:43(section/p)
+msgid "If you are printing more than one copy of the document, the print-outs will be grouped by page number 
by default (i.e. all of the copies of page one come out, then the copies of page two, and so on). 
<em>Collating</em> will make each copy come out with its pages grouped together in the right order instead."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-order.page:48(section/p)
+msgid "To Collate:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-order.page:51(item/p)
+msgid "In the <gui>General</gui> tab of the Print window under <em>Copies</em> check <gui>Collate</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-paperjam.page:8(info/desc)
+msgid "How you clear a paper jam will depend on the make and model of printer that you have."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-paperjam.page:20(page/title)
+msgid "Clearing a paper jam"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-paperjam.page:22(page/p)
+msgid "Sometimes printers incorrectly feed sheets of paper and get jammed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-paperjam.page:24(page/p)
+msgid "The manual for your printer will usually provide detailed instructions on how to clear paper jams. 
Usually, you will need to open one of the printer's panels to find the jam inside and then firmly (but 
carefully!) pull the jammed paper out of the printer's feeding mechanism."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-paperjam.page:29(page/p)
+msgid "Once the jam has been cleared you may need to press the printer's <gui>Resume</gui> button to start 
printing again. With some printers, you may even need to turn the printer off and then on again, and then 
start the print job again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/printing-select.page:35(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/printing-select.png' md5='e38a5749ed445a812346602ad58b88b4'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-select.page:7(info/desc)
+msgid "Print only specific pages, or only a range of pages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-select.page:18(page/title)
+msgid "Print only certain pages"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-select.page:20(page/p)
+msgid "To only print certain pages from the document:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-select.page:25(item/p)
+msgid "In the <gui>General</gui> tab in the <gui>Print</gui> window choose <gui>Pages</gui> from the 
<gui>Range</gui> section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-select.page:27(item/p)
+msgid "Type the numbers of the pages you want to print in the text box, separated by commas. Use a dash to 
denote a range of pages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-select.page:32(note/p)
+msgid "For example, if you enter \"1,3,5-7,9\" in the <gui>Pages</gui> text box, pages 1,3,5,6,7 and 9 will 
be printed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:9(info/desc)
+msgid "Pick the printer that you use most often."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:29(page/title)
+msgid "Set the default printer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:30(page/p)
+msgid "If you have more than one printer available, you can select which will be your default printer. You 
may want to pick the printer you use most often."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:34(note/p)
+msgid "You need administrative privileges on the system to set the default printer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:46(item/p)
+msgid "Select your desired default printer from the list of available printers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:49(item/p)
+msgid "Click the <gui>Unlock</gui> button in the top-right corner and enter your password."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:53(item/p)
+msgid "Select the <gui>Default</gui> option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:58(note/p)
+msgid "When choosing from the list of available printers, you can filter the printer search results by 
specifying a name or location of the printer (for example, <input>1st floor</input> or 
<input>entrance</input>)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:61(note/p)
+msgid "The search results filtering is available only in the dialog for addition of new printers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:64(page/p)
+msgid "When you print in an application, the default printer is automatically used, unless you choose a 
different printer for that specific output."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-setup.page:8(info/desc)
+msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-setup.page:35(page/title)
+msgid "Set up a local printer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-setup.page:36(page/p)
+msgid "Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're connected. Most printers 
are connected with a USB cable that attaches to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-setup.page:41(note/p)
+msgid "You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local printer now. They are listed 
in one window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-setup.page:51(item/p)
+msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-setup.page:53(item/p)
+msgid "Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see activity on the screen as 
the system searches for drivers, and you may be asked to authenticate to install them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-setup.page:57(item/p)
+msgid "A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. Select <gui>Print Test 
Page</gui> to print a test page, or <gui>Options</gui> to make additional changes in the printer setup."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-setup.page:63(page/p)
+msgid "If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-setup.page:73(item/p)
+msgid "Click the <key>+</key> button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-setup.page:74(item/p)
+msgid "In the pop-up window, select your new printer. Click <gui>Add</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-setup.page:78(page/p)
+msgid "If your printer does not appear in the Add Printer pop-up, you may need to install print drivers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-setup.page:86(page/p)
+msgid "After you install the printer, you may wish to <link xref=\"printing-setup-default-printer\">change 
your default printer</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-streaks.page:8(info/desc)
+msgid "If print-outs are streaky, fading, or missing colors, check your ink levels or clean the print head."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-streaks.page:21(page/title)
+msgid "Why are there streaks, lines or the wrong colors on my print-outs?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-streaks.page:29(page/p)
+msgid "If your print-outs are streaky, faded, have lines on them that shouldn't be there, or are otherwise 
poor in quality, this may be due to a problem with the printer or a low ink/toner supply."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-streaks.page:35(item/p)
+msgid "Fading text or images"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-streaks.page:36(item/p)
+msgid "You may be running out of ink or toner. Check your ink/toner supply and buy a new cartridge if 
necessary."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-streaks.page:41(item/p)
+msgid "Streaks and lines"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-streaks.page:42(item/p)
+msgid "If you have an inkjet printer, the print head may be dirty or partially blocked. Try cleaning the 
print head (see the printer's manual for instructions)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-streaks.page:48(item/p)
+msgid "Wrong colors"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-streaks.page:49(item/p)
+msgid "The printer may have run out of one color of ink or toner. Check your ink/toner supply and buy a new 
cartridge if necessary."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-streaks.page:54(item/p)
+msgid "Jagged lines, or lines aren't straight"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-streaks.page:55(item/p)
+msgid "If lines on your print-out that should be straight turn out jagged, you may need to align the print 
head. See the printer's instruction manual for details on how to do this."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-to-file.page:17(info/desc)
+msgid "Save a document as a PDF, Postscript or SVG file instead of sending it a printer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-to-file.page:20(page/title)
+#: C/printing-to-file.page:29(steps/title)
+msgid "Print to file"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-to-file.page:22(page/p)
+msgid "You can chose to print a document to a file instead of sending it to print from a printer. Printing 
to file will create a <sys>PDF</sys>, a <sys>Postscript</sys> or a <sys>SVG</sys> file that contains the 
document. This can be useful if you want to transfer the document to another machine or to share it with 
someone."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-to-file.page:31(item/p)
+msgid "Open the print dialog. This can normally be done through <gui style=\"menuitem\">Print</gui> in the 
menu or using the <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>P</key></keyseq> keyboard shortcut."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-to-file.page:36(item/p)
+msgid "Select <gui>Print to File</gui> under <gui>Printer</gui> in the <gui style=\"tab\">General</gui> tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-to-file.page:40(item/p)
+msgid "To change the default filename and where the file is saved to, click the filename below the printer 
selection. Click <gui style=\"button\">Select</gui> once you have finished choosing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-to-file.page:45(item/p)
+msgid "<sys>PDF</sys> is the default file type for the document. If you want to use a different <gui>Output 
format</gui>, select either <sys>Postscript</sys> or <sys>SVG</sys>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-to-file.page:50(item/p)
+msgid "Chose your other page preferences."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing-to-file.page:53(item/p)
+msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Print</gui> to save the file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing.page:15(info/desc)
+msgid "<link xref=\"printing-setup\">Local setup</link>, <link xref=\"printing-order\">order and 
collate</link>, <link xref=\"printing-2sided\">two-sided and multi-page</link>…"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing.page:36(info/title)
+msgctxt "link:trail"
+msgid "Setup"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing.page:38(section/title)
+msgid "Set up a printer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing.page:43(info/title)
+msgctxt "link:trail"
+msgid "Sizes and layouts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing.page:45(section/title)
+msgid "Different paper sizes and layouts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing.page:51(info/desc)
+msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/printing.page:53(section/title)
+msgid "Printer problems"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/privacy.page:8(info/desc)
+msgid "<link xref=\"privacy-screen-lock\">Screen lock</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-name-visibility\">Name 
&amp; visibility</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-history-recent-off\">Usage history</link>, <link 
xref=\"privacy-purge\">Purge trash &amp; temporary files</link>…"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/privacy.page:21(page/title)
+msgid "Privacy Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/privacy.page:23(page/p)
+msgid "The <em>Privacy Settings</em> in GNOME help you control whether or not certain parts of your desktop 
are visible to others. You can also use these settings to clear your computer usage history and clean-out 
unecessary files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:7(info/desc)
+msgid "Don't show pop-up notifications when the screen is locked"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:16(page/title)
+msgid "Hide notifications"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:18(page/p)
+msgid "By default, your computer will display message notifications even when your screen is locked. For 
example, if someone sends you an instant message while you are away from your computer, a notification will 
pop-up on your screen. The text of that person's message will appear even though your screen is locked."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:24(page/p)
+msgid "You may wish to turn this feature off to keep your messages more private."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:27(steps/title)
+msgid "To turn off notifications when your screen is locked:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:28(item/p)
+#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:21(item/p)
+msgid "Click your name in the <gui>top bar</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:29(item/p)
+msgid "Select <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui> <gui>Privacy</gui><gui>Screen Lock</gui></guiseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/privacy-hide-notifications.page:31(item/p)
+msgid "Set the <gui>Show Notifications</gui> slider to <gui>Off</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:8(info/desc)
+msgid "Stop your computer from tracking your recently-used files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:20(page/title)
+msgid "Turn off file history tracking"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:22(page/p)
+msgid "Tracking recently-used files and folders can make it easier to find items that you have been working 
on, but you may wish to keep these items private. To turn off the file history tracking features of your 
desktop:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:28(item/p)
+msgid "Click your name on the top bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:29(item/p)
+msgid "Select <guiseq><gui style=\"menu\">Settings</gui><gui style=\"menu\">Privacy</gui> <gui 
style=\"menu\">Usage &amp; History</gui></guiseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:32(item/p)
+msgid "Set the <gui>Recently Used</gui> slider to <gui>Off</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:35(page/p)
+msgid "To re-enable this feature, set the <gui>Recently Used</gui> slider to <gui>On</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:38(note/p)
+msgid "This setting will not affect how your web browser stores information about the web sites you visit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:7(info/desc)
+msgid "Display a symbol rather than your name in the top bar"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:14(page/title)
+msgid "Hide your name in the top bar"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:16(page/p)
+msgid "Your name is displayed in the <gui>top bar</gui> by default, but you can hide your name to protect 
your privacy."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:20(steps/title)
+msgid "To hide your name in the <gui>top bar</gui>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:22(item/p)
+msgid "Select <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Privacy</gui> <gui>Name &amp; Visibility</gui></guiseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:24(item/p)
+msgid "Set <gui>Stealth Mode</gui> to <gui>On</gui>, or set <gui>Display Full Name in Top Bar</gui> to 
<gui>Off</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:28(page/p)
+msgid "Setting <gui>Stealth Mode</gui> to <gui>On</gui> will also hide your full name when your screen is 
locked."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/privacy-name-visibility.page:32(note/p)
+msgid "Many help topics in the GNOME Help instruct you to \"Click your name in the <gui>top bar</gui>.\" If 
you hide your name in the <gui>top bar</gui>, you will need to click the small <gui>notification icon</gui> 
in the <gui>top bar</gui> instead."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/privacy-purge.page:7(info/desc)
+msgid "Set how often your trash and temporary files will be cleared from your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/privacy-purge.page:19(page/title)
+msgid "Purge trash &amp; temporary files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/privacy-purge.page:21(page/p)
+msgid "Clearing out your trash and temporary files removes unwanted and unneeded files from your computer, 
and also frees up more space on your hard drive. You can manually empty your trash and clear your temporary 
files, but you can also set your computer to automatically do this for you."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/privacy-purge.page:28(steps/title)
+msgid "Automatically empty your trash and clear your temporary files after a set period of time:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/privacy-purge.page:30(item/p)
+msgid "Click your name on the <gui>top bar</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/privacy-purge.page:31(item/p)
+msgid "Select <gui>Settings</gui> and click the <gui>Privacy</gui> icon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/privacy-purge.page:33(item/p)
+msgid "Select <gui>Purge Trash &amp; Temporary Files</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/privacy-purge.page:34(item/p)
+msgid "Set the <gui>Automatically Purge Trash</gui> or <gui>Automatically Purge Temporary Files</gui> 
sliders to <gui>On</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/privacy-purge.page:37(item/p)
+msgid "Set how often you would like your <em>Trash</em> and <em>Temporary Files</em> to be purged by 
changing the <gui>Purge After</gui> value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/privacy-purge.page:40(item/p)
+#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:41(item/p)
+msgid "Click <gui>Close</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/privacy-purge.page:43(note/p)
+msgid "Use the <em>Purge After: Immediately</em> setting with caution. Setting your trash to be purged 
immediately will cause any files you delete to skip your trash and be permanently deleted. Files that are 
deleted are much more difficult to recover than files that are in your trash."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/privacy-purge.page:49(note/p)
+msgid "Unless you have a specific need to immediately delete files from your trash, it is probably safer to 
set a longer <gui>Purge After</gui> value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:12(info/desc)
+msgid "Prevent other people from using your desktop when you go away from your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:30(page/title)
+msgid "Automatically lock your screen"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:32(page/p)
+msgid "When you leave your computer, you should <link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-screen\">lock the screen</link> 
to prevent other people from using your desktop and accessing your files. If you sometimes forget to lock 
your screen, you may wish to have your computer's screen lock automatically after a set period of time. This 
will help to secure your computer when you aren't using it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:39(note/p)
+msgid "When your screen is locked, your applications and system processes will continue to run, but you will 
need to enter your password to begin using them again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:44(steps/title)
+msgid "To set the length of time before your screen locks automatically:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:48(item/p)
+msgid "Select <guiseq><gui>Privacy</gui><gui>Screen Lock</gui></guiseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:50(item/p)
+msgid "Make sure <gui>Automatic Screen Lock</gui> is switched on, then select a length of time from the 
drop-down list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:54(page/p)
+msgid "When your screen is locked, and you want to unlock it, press <key>Esc</key>, or swipe up from the 
bottom of your screen with your mouse. Then enter your password, and press <key>Enter</key> or click 
<gui>Unlock</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:9(info/desc)
+msgid "Take a picture or record a video of what's happening on your screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:15(credit/years)
+#: C/translate.page:14(credit/years)
+msgid "2011"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:30(page/title)
+msgid "Screenshots and screencasts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:32(page/p)
+msgid "You can take a picture of your screen (a <em>screenshot</em>) or record a video of what's happening 
on the screen (a <em>screencast</em>). This is useful if you want to show someone how to do something on the 
computer, for example. Screenshots and screencasts are just normal picture and video files, so you can email 
them and share them on the web."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:41(item/p)
+msgid "Open <app>Screenshot</app> from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:44(item/p)
+msgid "In the <app>Take Screenshot</app> window, select whether to grab the whole screen, the current 
window, or an area of the screen. Set a delay if you need to select a window or otherwise set up your desktop 
for the screenshot. Then choose any effects you want."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:51(item/p)
+msgid "Click <gui>Take Screenshot</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:52(item/p)
+msgid "If you selected <gui>Select area to grab</gui>, the pointer changes into a crosshair. Click and drag 
the area you want for the screenshot."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:57(item/p)
+msgid "In the <gui>Save Screenshot</gui> window, enter a file name and choose a folder, then click 
<gui>Save</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:59(item/p)
+msgid "Alternatively, import the screenshot directly into an image-editing application without saving it 
first. Click <gui>Copy to Clipboard</gui> then paste the image in the other application, or drag the 
screenshot thumbnail to the application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:66(note/title)
+msgid "Keyboard shortcuts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:67(note/p)
+msgid "Quickly take a screenshot of the desktop, a window, or an area at any time using these global 
keyboard shortcuts:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:70(item/p)
+msgid "<key>Prt Scrn</key> to take a screenshot of the desktop."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:71(item/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Prt Scrn</key></keyseq> to take a screenshot of a window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:73(item/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Prt Scrn</key></keyseq> to take a screenshot of an area you select."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:76(note/p)
+msgid "When you use a keyboard shortcut, the image is automatically saved in your Pictures folder with a 
file name that begins with \"Screenshot\" and includes the date and time it was taken."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:79(note/p)
+msgid "You can also hold down <key>Ctrl</key> with any of the above shortcuts to copy the screenshot image 
to the clipboard instead of saving it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:86(section/title)
+msgid "Make a screencast"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:87(section/p)
+msgid "You can make a video recording of what is happening on your screen:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:91(item/p)
+msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></keyseq> to start recording 
what's on your screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:93(item/p)
+msgid "A red circle is displayed in the bottom right corner of the screen when the recording is in progress. 
This indicator does not show up in the video."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:98(item/p)
+msgid "Once you've finished, press 
<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></keyseq> again to stop the recording."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:104(item/p)
+msgid "The video is automatically saved in your Videos folder with a file name that starts with 
\"Screencast\" and includes the date and time it was taken."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:8(info/desc)
+msgid "You can log in to your system using a supported fingerprint scanner."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:24(page/title)
+msgid "Log in with a fingerprint"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:25(page/p)
+msgid "If your system has a supported fingerprint scanner, you can record your fingerprint and use it to log 
in. You must have administrative privileges to perform these steps."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:28(page/p)
+msgid "First, record a fingerprint the system can use to identify you."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:30(note/p)
+msgid "If your finger is too dry, you may have difficulty registering your fingerprint. If this happens, 
moisten your finger slightly, dry it with a clean, lint-free cloth, and retry."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:36(item/p)
+msgid "Click your name on the top bar, then click the picture next to your name to open the <gui>User 
Accounts</gui> window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:40(item/p)
+msgid "Unlock your account using the <gui>Unlock</gui> button in the top-right corner of the <gui>User 
Accounts</gui> tool."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:44(item/p)
+msgid "Enter your password at the prompt."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:47(item/p)
+msgid "Select the <gui>Disabled</gui> option next to <gui>Fingerprint Login</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:50(item/p)
+msgid "Select an option for the fingerprint you want to register. You may choose your right index finger, 
your left index finger, or a different finger. Then select <gui>Forward</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:55(item/p)
+msgid "Swipe the finger you selected three times at a <em>moderate speed</em> over your fingerprint reader. 
Each time the fingerprint reader recognizes your fingerprint properly, the corresponding picture of a hand 
will transform into a picture of a fingerprint with a check mark. After the third swipe, you will see the 
message <gui>Done!</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:62(item/p)
+msgid "Select <gui>Forward</gui>. You will see a confirmation message that your fingerprint was saved 
successfully. Select <gui>Close</gui> to finish."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:66(page/p)
+msgid "Now check that your new fingerprint login works. If you register a fingerprint, you still have the 
option to log in with your password."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:78(item/p)
+msgid "At the login screen, select your name from the list. The password entry form will appear."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:82(item/p)
+msgid "Within 30 seconds, select the fingerprint button above and to the right of your name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:85(note/p)
+msgid "The fingerprint button is labeled with a picture of a hand. If the timer runs out, the button will 
disappear and you will only be permitted to log in with a password. If you want to try again, select the 
<gui>Cancel</gui> button and return to the previous step."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:92(item/p)
+msgid "Swipe the finger you registered at a <em>moderate</em> speed over your fingerprint scanner. You will 
be logged in."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:96(page/p)
+msgid "If you previously created a login keyring, it is secured by your password. To unlock it, enter your 
password."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/session-formats.page:21(info/desc)
+msgid "Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/session-formats.page:27(page/title)
+msgid "Change date and measurement formats"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/session-formats.page:29(page/p)
+msgid "You can control the formats that are used for dates, times, numbers, currency, and measurement to 
match the local customs of your region."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/session-formats.page:35(item/p)
+msgid "Open <gui>Region &amp; Language</gui> and click <gui>Formats</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/session-formats.page:37(item/p)
+msgid "Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. By default, the list only 
shows regions that use the language set on the <gui>Language</gui> tab. Click the <key>...</key> button to 
select from all available regions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/session-formats.page:41(item/p)
+#: C/session-language.page:55(item/p)
+msgid "Respond to the prompt, <gui>Your session needs to be restarted for these changes to take effect</gui> 
by clicking <gui style=\"button\">Restart Now</gui>, or click <gui style=\"button\">X</gui> to restart later."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/session-formats.page:47(page/p)
+msgid "After you've selected a region, the area to the right of the list shows various examples of how dates 
and other values are shown. Although not shown in the examples, your region also controls the starting day of 
the week in calendars."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#.
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/session-language.page:50(media)
+#: C/session-language.page:86(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/view-more-symbolic.svg' md5='bdfd8600107a2463dc3991101a33e3d9'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/session-language.page:8(info/desc)
+msgid "Switch to a different language for user interface and help text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/session-language.page:32(page/title)
+msgid "Change which language you use"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/session-language.page:40(page/p)
+msgid "You can use your desktop and applications in any of dozens of languages, provided you have the proper 
language packs installed on your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/session-language.page:45(item/p)
+#: C/session-language.page:77(item/p)
+msgid "Open <gui>Region &amp; Language</gui> and select the <gui>Language</gui> tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/session-language.page:47(item/p)
+#: C/session-language.page:83(item/p)
+msgid "Select your desired language. The initial list only shows a small subset of the supported languages. 
If your language is not listed, click <media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/svg\" 
src=\"figures/view-more-symbolic.svg\"/>. Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may 
not support your language at all. Any untranslated text will appear in the language in which the software was 
originally developed, usually American English."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/session-language.page:61(page/p)
+msgid "There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can store things like music, 
pictures, and documents. These folders use standard names according to your language. When you log back in, 
you will be asked if you want to rename these folders to the standard names for your selected language. If 
you plan to use the new language all the time, you should update the folder names."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/session-language.page:69(section/title)
+msgid "Change the system language"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/session-language.page:71(section/p)
+msgid "When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you log in. You can also 
change the <em>system language</em>, the language used in places like the login screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/session-language.page:79(item/p)
+msgid "Select the <gui style=\"button\">Login Screen</gui> button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/session-language.page:80(item/p)
+msgid "<link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">Administrative privileges</link> are required. Enter your password, 
or the password for the requested administrator account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/session-screenlocks.page:10(info/desc)
+msgid "Change how long to wait before locking the screen in the <gui>Privacy</gui> settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/session-screenlocks.page:24(page/title)
+msgid "The screen locks itself too quickly"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/session-screenlocks.page:26(page/p)
+msgid "If you leave your computer for a few minutes, the screen will automatically lock itself so you have 
to enter your password to start using it again. This is done for security reasons (so no one can mess with 
your work if you leave the computer unattended), but it can be annoying if the screen locks itself too 
quickly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/session-screenlocks.page:32(page/p)
+msgid "To wait a longer period before the screen is automatically locked:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/session-screenlocks.page:36(item/p)
+msgid "Click <gui>Privacy</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37(item/p)
+msgid "Click <gui>Screen Lock</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38(item/p)
+msgid "If <gui>Automatic Screen Lock</gui> is on, you can change the value in the <gui>Lock Screen After 
Blank For</gui> drop-down list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/session-screenlocks.page:43(note/p)
+msgid "If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch <gui>Automatic Screen 
Lock</gui> off."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/settings-sharing.page:8(info/desc)
+msgid "<link xref=\"sharing-bluetooth\">Bluetooth sharing</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-desktop\">Screen 
sharing</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-media\">Media sharing</link>…"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/settings-sharing.page:21(page/title)
+msgid "Sharing Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/settings-sharing.page:23(page/p)
+msgid "The <em>Sharing Settings</em> in GNOME help you control what is shared over the local network, or 
through other technologies such as <em>Bluetooth</em>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sharing.page:8(info/desc)
+msgid "<link xref=\"sharing-desktop\">Desktop sharing</link>, <link xref=\"files-share\">Share files by 
email</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-media\">Media sharing</link>…"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sharing.page:22(page/title)
+msgid "Sharing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:15(info/desc)
+msgid "Set which folders and devices are able to share over Bluetooth."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:19(page/title)
+msgid "Control sharing over Bluetooth"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:21(page/p)
+msgid "You can allow access to your <file>Public</file> and <file>Downloads</file> folders for Bluetooth 
file sharing, and also restrict that access to only <em>trusted devices</em>. Configure <gui>Bluetooth 
Sharing</gui> to control access to the shared folders on your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:28(note/p)
+msgid "A Bluetooth device is <em>trusted</em> if you have <em>paired</em>, or connected your computer to it. 
See <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:34(steps/title)
+msgid "Share your <file>Public</file> folder over Bluetooth"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:39(item/p)
+#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:75(item/p)
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:45(item/p)
+#: C/sharing-media.page:42(item/p)
+msgid "Open <gui>Sharing</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:42(item/p)
+#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:78(item/p)
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:48(item/p)
+#: C/sharing-media.page:45(item/p)
+msgid "If <gui>Sharing</gui> is <gui>OFF</gui>, switch it to <gui>ON</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:46(item/p)
+#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:82(item/p)
+msgid "Select <gui>Bluetooth Sharing</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:49(item/p)
+msgid "Switch <gui>Share Public Folder</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:52(item/p)
+msgid "If you only want to allow trusted devices to access your <file>Public</file> folder, switch <gui>Only 
share with Trusted Devices</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:57(note/p)
+#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:94(note/p)
+msgid "This option is disabled by default. You should enable it if you want to prevent access to your shared 
files by anyone with a Bluetooth-enabled cell phone or similar device nearby."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:64(item/p)
+msgid "Click <gui style=\"button\">Close</gui>. Bluetooth-enabled devices will now be able to access files 
in your <file>Public</file> folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:70(steps/title)
+msgid "Allow files to be shared into your <file>Downloads</file> folder"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:85(item/p)
+msgid "Switch <gui>Save Received Files to Downloads Folder</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:89(item/p)
+msgid "If you only want to allow trusted devices to access your <file>Downloads</file> folder, switch 
<gui>Only Receive From Trusted Devices</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:101(item/p)
+msgid "Click <gui style=\"button\">Close</gui>. Bluetooth-enabled devices will now be able to send files to 
your <file>Downloads</file> folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:19(info/desc)
+msgid "Let other people view and interact with your desktop using VNC."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:23(page/title)
+msgid "Share your desktop"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:25(page/p)
+msgid "You can let other people view and control your desktop from another computer with a desktop viewing 
application. Configure <gui>Screen Sharing</gui> to allow others to access your desktop and set the security 
preferences."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:30(note/p)
+msgid "You must have the <app>Vino</app> package installed for <gui>Screen Sharing</gui> to be visible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:35(when/p)
+msgid "<link action=\"install:vino\" style=\"button\">Install Vino</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:52(item/p)
+msgid "Select <gui>Screen Sharing</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:55(item/p)
+msgid "To let others view your desktop, switch <gui>Remote View</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>. This means that 
other people will be able to attempt to connect to your computer and view what's on your screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:60(item/p)
+msgid "To let others interact with your desktop, switch <gui>Remote Control</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>. This may 
allow the other person to move your mouse, run applications, and browse files on your computer, depending on 
the security settings which you are currently using."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:67(note/p)
+msgid "This option is enabled by default when <gui>Remote View</gui> is <gui>ON</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:77(section/p)
+msgid "It is important that you consider the full extent of what each security option means before changing 
it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:81(item/title)
+msgid "Approve All Connections"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:82(item/p)
+msgid "If you want to be able to choose whether to allow someone to access your desktop, switch <gui>Approve 
All Connections</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>. If you disable this option, you will not be asked whether you want to 
allow someone to connect to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:87(note/p)
+msgid "This option is enabled by default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:91(item/title)
+msgid "Require Password"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:92(item/p)
+msgid "To require other people to use a password when connecting to your desktop, switch <gui>Require 
Password</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>. If you do not use this option, anyone can attempt to view your desktop."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:96(note/p)
+msgid "This option is disabled by default, but you should enable it and set a secure password."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sharing-media.page:15(info/desc)
+msgid "Share media on your local network using Rygel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sharing-media.page:19(page/title)
+msgid "Share your music, photos and videos"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sharing-media.page:21(page/p)
+msgid "You can browse, search and play the media on your computer using a <sys>UPnP</sys> or <sys>DLNA</sys> 
enabled device such as a phone, TV or game console. Configure <gui>Media Sharing</gui> to allow these devices 
to access the folders containing your music, photos and videos."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sharing-media.page:27(note/p)
+msgid "You must have the <app>Rygel</app> package installed for <gui>Media Sharing</gui> to be visible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sharing-media.page:32(when/p)
+msgid "<link action=\"install:rygel\" style=\"button\">Install Rygel</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sharing-media.page:49(item/p)
+msgid "Select <gui>Media Sharing</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sharing-media.page:52(item/p)
+msgid "Switch <gui>Share Media On This Network</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sharing-media.page:55(item/p)
+msgid "Click <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> to open the <gui>Choose a folder</gui> window. Navigate 
<em>into</em> the desired folder, <file>Music</file> in your <file>Home</file> directory for example, and 
click <gui style=\"button\">Open</gui>. Repeat for the other folders you wish to share, for example 
<file>Pictures</file> and <file>Videos</file>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sharing-media.page:63(item/p)
+msgid "Click <gui style=\"button\">Close</gui>. You will now be able to browse or play media in the folders 
you selected using the external device."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:11(info/desc)
+msgid "Add (or remove) frequently-used program icons on the dash."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:32(page/title)
+msgid "Pin your favorite apps to the dash"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:34(page/p)
+msgid "To add an application to the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">dash</link> for easy access:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:37(item/p)
+msgid "Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities overview</link> by clicking 
<gui>Activities</gui> at the top left of the screen"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:40(item/p)
+msgid "Click the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</link> at the top left of the 
screen and choose the <gui>Activities Overview</gui> item from the menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:44(item/p)
+msgid "Click the grid button in the dash and find the application you want to add."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:46(item/p)
+msgid "Right-click the application icon and select <gui>Add to Favorites</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:48(item/p)
+msgid "Alternatively, you can click-and-drag the icon into the dash."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:52(page/p)
+msgid "To remove an application icon from the dash, right-click the application icon and select <gui>Remove 
from Favorites</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:55(note/p)
+msgid "Favorite applications also appear in the <gui>Favorites</gui> section of the <link 
xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:11(info/desc)
+msgid "Launch apps from the activities overview."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:22(credit/name)
+msgid "Shobha Tyagi"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:29(page/title)
+msgid "Start applications"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:39(page/p)
+msgid "Move your mouse pointer to the <gui>Activities</gui> corner at the top left of the screen to show the 
<gui>activities overview</gui>. This is where you can find all of your applications. You can also open the 
overview by pressing the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:45(page/p)
+msgid "You can start applications from the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> 
menu</link> at the top left of the screen, or you can use the <gui>activities overview</gui> by pressing the 
<key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:50(page/p)
+msgid "There are several ways of opening an application once you're in the <gui>activities overview</gui>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:56(item/p)
+msgid "Start typing the name of an application - searching begins instantly. (If this doesn't happen, click 
the search bar at the top of the screen and start typing.) Click the application's icon to start it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:62(item/p)
+msgid "Some applications have icons in the <em>dash</em>, the vertical strip of icons on the left-hand side 
of the <gui>activities overview</gui>. Click one of these to start the corresponding application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:65(item/p)
+msgid "If you have applications that you use very frequently, you can <link 
xref=\"shell-apps-favorites\">add them to the dash</link> yourself."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:70(item/p)
+msgid "Click the grid button at the bottom of the dash. You will see the frequently used applications if the 
<gui style=\"button\">Frequent</gui> view is enabled. If you want to run a new application, press the <gui 
style=\"button\">All</gui> button at the bottom to view all the applications. Press on the application to 
start it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:78(item/p)
+msgid "You can launch an application in a separate <link xref=\"shell-workspaces\">workspace</link> by 
dragging its icon from the dash (or from the list of applications), and dropping it onto one of the 
workspaces on the right-hand side of the screen. The application will open in the chosen workspace."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:83(item/p)
+msgid "You can launch an application in a <em>new</em> workspace by middle-clicking its icon in the dash or 
in the application list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:90(note/title)
+msgid "Quickly running a command"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:91(note/p)
+msgid "Another way of launching an application is to press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>, 
enter its <em>command name</em>, and then press the <key>Enter</key> key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:94(note/p)
+msgid "For example, to launch <app>Rhythmbox</app>, press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq> and 
type 'rhythmbox' (without the single-quotes). The name of the app is the command to launch the program."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-exit.page:13(info/desc)
+msgid "Learn how to leave your user account, by logging out, switching users, and so on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-exit.page:28(credit/name)
+msgid "Alexandre Franke"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-exit.page:35(page/title)
+msgid "Log out, power off, switch users"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-exit.page:43(page/p)
+msgid "When you've finished using your computer, you can turn it off, suspend it (to save power), or leave 
it powered on and log out."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-exit.page:47(section/title)
+msgid "Log out or switch users"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-exit.page:48(section/p)
+msgid "To let other users use your computer, you can either log out, or leave yourself logged in and just 
switch users. If you switch users, all of your applications will continue running, and everything will be 
where you left it when you log back in."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-exit.page:52(section/p)
+msgid "To <gui>Log Out</gui> or <gui>Switch User</gui>, click your name on the top bar and select the 
appropriate option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-exit.page:56(note/p)
+msgid "The <gui>Log Out</gui> and <gui>Switch User</gui> entries only appear in the menu if you have more 
than one user account on your system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-exit.page:61(note/p)
+msgid "The <gui>Switch User</gui> entry only appears in the menu if you have more than one user account on 
your system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-exit.page:70(section/title)
+msgid "Lock the screen"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-exit.page:71(section/p)
+msgid "If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your screen to prevent other people 
from accessing your files or running applications. When you return, raise the <link 
xref=\"shell-lockscreen\">lock screen</link> curtain and enter your password to log back in. If you don't 
lock your screen, it will lock automatically after a certain amount of time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-exit.page:78(section/p)
+msgid "To lock your screen, click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Lock</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-exit.page:81(section/p)
+msgid "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by clicking <gui>Log in as 
another user</gui> on the password screen. You can switch back to your desktop when they are finished."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-exit.page:90(section/title)
+msgid "Suspend"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-exit.page:92(section/p)
+msgid "To save power, suspend your computer when you are not using it. If you use a laptop, GNOME suspends 
your computer automatically when you close the lid. This saves your state to your computer's memory and 
powers off most of the computer's functions. A very small amount of power is still used during suspend."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-exit.page:98(section/p)
+msgid "To suspend your computer manually, click your name on the top bar and hold down the <key>Alt</key> 
key. The <gui>Power Off</gui> option will change to <gui>Suspend</gui>. Select <gui>Suspend</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-exit.page:108(section/title)
+msgid "Power off or restart"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-exit.page:110(section/p)
+msgid "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click your name on the top bar 
and select <gui>Power Off</gui>. A dialog will open offering you to either <gui>Restart</gui> or <gui>Power 
Off</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-exit.page:114(section/p)
+msgid "If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or restart the computer, 
because this will end their sessions. If you are an administrative user, you may be asked for your password 
to power off."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-exit.page:120(note/p)
+msgid "You may want to power off your computer if you wish to move it and do not have a battery, if your 
battery is low or does not hold charge well. A powered off computer also uses <link 
xref=\"power-batterylife\">less energy</link> than one which is suspended."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:36(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/shell-top-bar.png' md5='cfca3f44e612311786ba66b0d07c3efd'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:42(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/shell-top-bar-classic.png' md5='e8ddb71686295c5c4b301a58b976ed46'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:64(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/shell-activities.png' md5='e9fd4a053aade039919675b0c6b9b3e2'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:71(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/shell-activities-classic.png' md5='3e44ebb1a8da23348a1727c60d65d013'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:93(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/shell-dash.png' md5='829fcd84aaa0651ab3a0136157661800'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:165(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/shell-exit.png' md5='7b3b7d54e96d2f563b39fccb9a99dcb3'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:172(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/shell-exit-classic.png' md5='94d9a2756facd4ea5fc267ea0a86bb22'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:223(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/shell-lock.png' md5='4ece2634b78f6bed3677635df3bf4e05'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:243(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/shell-message-tray.png' md5='2a5e016635dbaf5cf1f9242678fc03d7'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:277(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/shell-window-list-classic.png' md5='83226d03f64e23f5c87794c897c81bcf'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:10(info/desc)
+msgid "A visual introduction to your desktop, the top bar, and the activities overview."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:27(page/title)
+msgid "Introduction to GNOME"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:29(page/p)
+msgid "GNOME 3 features a completely reimagined user interface designed to stay out of your way, minimize 
distractions, and help you get things done. When you first log in, you will see an empty desktop and the top 
bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:37(media/p)
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:43(media/p)
+msgid "GNOME shell top bar"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:48(page/p)
+msgid "The top bar provides access to your windows and applications, your calendar and appointments, and 
<link xref=\"status-icons\">system properties</link> like sound, networking, and power. Under your name in 
the top bar, you can set your availability, change your profile or settings, log out or switch users, or turn 
off your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:58(section/title)
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:31(item/title)
+msgid "Activities overview"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:65(media/p)
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:72(media/p)
+msgid "Activities button"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:77(section/p)
+msgid "To access your windows and applications, click the <gui>Activities</gui> button, or just move your 
mouse pointer to the top-left hot corner. You can also press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> 
key on your keyboard. You can see your windows and applications in the overview. You can also just start 
typing to search your applications, files, and folders."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:84(section/p)
+msgid "To access your windows and applications, click the <link 
xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</link> at the top left of the screen and select the 
<gui>Activities Overview</gui> item. You can also press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key 
to see your windows and applications in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. Just start typing to search your 
applications, files, and folders."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:94(media/p)
+msgid "The dash"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:97(section/p)
+msgid "On the left of the overview, you will find the <em>dash</em>. The dash shows you your favorite and 
running applications. Click any icon in the dash to open that application; if the application is already 
running, it will be highlighted. Clicking its icon will bring up the most recently used window. You can also 
drag the icon to the overview, or onto any workspace on the right."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:104(section/p)
+msgid "Right-clicking the icon displays a menu that allows you to pick any window in a running application, 
or to open a new window. You can also click the icon while holding down <key>Ctrl</key> to open a new window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:108(section/p)
+msgid "When you enter the overview, you will initially be in the windows overview. This shows you live 
thumbnails of all the windows on the current workspace. Click any window to focus that window and exit the 
overview. You can also use the scroll wheel on your mouse to zoom in on any window thumbnail."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:113(section/p)
+msgid "Click the grid button at the bottom of the dash to display the applications overview. This shows you 
all the applications installed on your computer. Click any application to run it, or drag an application to 
the overview or onto a workspace thumbnail. You can also drag an application onto the dash to make it a 
favorite. Your favorite applications stay in the dash even when they're not running, so you can access them 
quickly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:121(item/p)
+msgid "<link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">Learn more about starting applications. </link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:123(item/p)
+msgid "<link xref=\"shell-windows\">Learn more about windows and workspaces. </link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:129(section/title)
+msgid "Clock, calendar &amp; appointments"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:147(section/p)
+msgid "Click the clock on the top bar to see the current date, a month-by-month calendar, and a list of your 
upcoming appointments. You can also access the date and time settings and open your full <app>Evolution</app> 
calendar directly from the menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:153(item/p)
+msgid "<link xref=\"clock-calendar\">Learn more about the calendar and appointments.</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:159(section/title)
+msgid "You and your computer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:166(media/p)
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:173(media/p)
+msgid "User menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:178(section/p)
+msgid "Click your name in the top-right corner to manage your profile and your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:181(section/p)
+msgid "You can quickly set your availability directly from the menu. This will set your status for your 
contacts to see in instant messaging applications such as <app>Empathy</app>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:204(section/p)
+msgid "The menu also allows you to edit your personal information and change the system settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:207(section/p)
+msgid "When you leave your computer, you can lock your screen to prevent other people from using it. You can 
quickly switch users without logging out completely to give somebody else access to the computer. Or you can 
suspend or power off the computer from the menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:213(item/p)
+msgid "<link xref=\"shell-exit\">Learn more about switching users, logging out, and turning off your 
computer.</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:219(section/title)
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:224(media/p)
+msgid "Lock Screen"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:227(section/p)
+msgid "When you lock your screen, or it locks automatically, the lock screen is displayed. In addition to 
protecting your desktop while you're away from your computer, the lock screen displays the date, time, and 
your name as the logged-in user. It also shows information about your battery and network status, and allows 
you to control media playback."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:234(item/p)
+msgid "<link xref=\"shell-lockscreen\">Learn more about the lock screen.</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:240(section/title)
+msgid "Message Tray"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:244(media/p)
+msgid "Message tray"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:247(section/p)
+msgid "The message tray can be brought into view by pushing your mouse pointer against the bottom of the 
screen or by pressing <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>. This is where your notifications are 
stored until you are ready to view them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:253(item/p)
+msgid "<link xref=\"shell-notifications\">Learn more about notifications and the message tray.</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:259(section/title)
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:278(media/p)
+msgid "Window List"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:264(when/p)
+msgid "GNOME features a different approach to switching windows than a permanently visible window list found 
in other desktop environments. This lets you focus on the task at hand without distractions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:269(item/p)
+msgid "<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Learn more about switching windows. </link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:291(when/p)
+msgid "If an application or a system component wants to get your attention, it will display a blue icon at 
the right-hand side of the window list. Clicking the blue icon shows the message tray."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:10(info/desc)
+msgid "Get around the desktop using the keyboard."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:30(page/title)
+msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:32(page/p)
+msgid "This page provides an overview of keyboard shortcuts that can help you use your desktop and 
applications more efficiently. If you cannot use a mouse or pointing device at all, see <link 
xref=\"keyboard-nav\"/> for more information on navigating user interfaces with only the keyboard."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:38(table/title)
+msgid "Getting around the desktop"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:40(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq> or the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:42(td/p)
+msgid "Switch between the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and desktop. In the overview, start typing to 
instantly search your applications, contacts, and documents."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:48(td/p)
+msgid "Pop up command window (for quickly running commands)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:52(td/p)
+msgid "<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Quickly switch between windows</link>. Hold down 
<key>Shift</key> for reverse order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:56(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>`</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:58(td/p)
+msgid "Switch between windows from the same application, or from the selected application after 
<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:60(td/p)
+msgid "This shortcut uses <key>`</key> on US keyboards, where the <key>`</key> key is above <key>Tab</key>. 
On all other keyboards, the shortcut is <key>Super</key> plus the key above <key>Tab</key>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:69(td/p)
+msgid "Give keyboard focus to the top bar. In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, switch keyboard focus 
between the top bar, dash, windows overview, applications list, and search field. Use the arrow keys to 
navigate."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:73(td/p)
+msgid "It is not currently possible to use the arrow keys to navigate the windows overview. To switch 
windows, exit the overview and use <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> and 
<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>`</key></keyseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:81(td/p)
+msgid "Show the list of applications."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:84(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> and <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page 
Down</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:86(td/p)
+msgid "<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Switch between workspaces</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:90(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> and 
<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:92(td/p)
+msgid "<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-movewindow\">Move the current window to a different workspace</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:98(td/p)
+msgid "<link xref=\"shell-exit\">Log out</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:103(td/p)
+msgid "<link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-screen\">Lock the screen.</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:107(td/p)
+msgid "Open <link xref=\"shell-notifications#messagingtray\">the message tray</link>. Press 
<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq> again or <key>Esc</key> to close."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:114(table/title)
+msgid "Common editing shortcuts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:116(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:117(td/p)
+msgid "Select all text or items in a list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:120(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:121(td/p)
+msgid "Cut (remove) selected text or items and place it on the clipboard."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:124(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:125(td/p)
+msgid "Copy selected text or items to the clipboard."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:128(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:129(td/p)
+msgid "Paste the contents of the clipboard."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:132(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Z</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:133(td/p)
+msgid "Undo the last action."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:138(table/title)
+msgid "Capturing from the screen"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:140(td/p)
+msgid "<key>Prnt Scrn</key>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:141(td/p)
+msgid "<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot.</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:144(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Prnt Scrn</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:145(td/p)
+msgid "<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot of a window.</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:149(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Prnt Scrn</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:150(td/p)
+msgid "<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot of an area of the screen.</link> The 
pointer changes to a crosshair. Click and drag to select an area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:155(td/p)
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:156(td/p)
+msgid "<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screencast\">Start and end screencast recording.</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:16(info/desc)
+msgid "The decorative and functional lock screen conveys useful information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:19(page/title)
+msgid "The Lock Screen"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:20(page/p)
+msgid "The lock screen means that you can see what is happening while your computer is locked, and it allows 
you to get a summary of what has been happening while you have been away. The lock screen curtain shows an 
attractive image on the screen while your computer is locked, and provides useful information:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:25(item/p)
+msgid "the name of the logged-in user"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:26(item/p)
+msgid "date and time, and certain notifications"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:27(item/p)
+msgid "battery and network status"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:28(item/p)
+msgid "the ability to control media playback - change the volume, skip a track or pause your music without 
having to enter a password"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:31(page/p)
+msgid "To unlock your computer, raise the lock screen curtain by dragging it upward with the cursor, or by 
pressing <key>Esc</key> or <key>Enter</key>. This will reveal the login screen, where you can enter your 
password to unlock. You can also switch users if your computer is configured for more than one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:39(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/shell-notification.png' md5='d7c8fce4285b89bd895de47edba780c7'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:44(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/notification-buttons.png' md5='de014109531ad9e32c0a2059c3b6207d'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:10(info/desc)
+msgid "Messages pop-up at the bottom of the screen telling you when certain events happen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:16(credit/name)
+msgid "Marina Zhurakhinskaya"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:27(page/title)
+msgid "Notifications and the message tray"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:30(section/title)
+msgid "What is a notification?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:31(section/p)
+msgid "If an application or a system component wants to get your attention, a notification will be shown at 
the bottom of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:33(section/p)
+msgid "For example, if you get a new chat message, plug in an external device (like a USB stick), new 
updates are available for your computer, or your computer’s battery is low, you will get a notification 
informing you."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:36(section/p)
+msgid "To minimize distraction, some notifications first appear as a single line. You can move your mouse 
over them to see their full content."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:41(section/p)
+msgid "Other notifications have selectable option buttons. To close one of these notifications without 
selecting one of its options, click the close button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:46(section/p)
+msgid "Clicking the close button on some notifications dismisses them. Others, like Rhythmbox or your chat 
application, will stay hidden in the message tray."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:54(section/title)
+msgid "The message tray"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:56(section/p)
+msgid "The message tray gives you a way to get back to your notifications when it is convenient for you. It 
appears when you move your mouse to the bottom-right corner of the screen, or press <keyseq> <key 
xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>. The message tray contains all the notifications 
that you have not acted upon or that permanently reside in it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:63(section/p)
+msgid "The message tray gives you a way to get back to your notifications when it is convenient for you. It 
appears when you move your mouse to the bottom-right corner of the screen, or press <keyseq> <key 
xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>. You can also show the message tray by clicking 
the blue number icon at the right-hand side of the window list. The message tray contains all the 
notifications that you have not acted upon or that permanently reside in it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:71(section/p)
+msgid "You can view the notifications by clicking on the message tray items. These are usually messages sent 
by applications. However, chat notifications are given special treatment, and are represented by the 
individual contacts who sent you the chat messages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:76(section/p)
+msgid "You can close the message tray by pressing <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq> again or 
<key>Esc</key>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:79(note/p)
+msgid "If the <link xref=\"keyboard-osk\">screen keyboard</link> is open, you'll need to click the <gui>tray 
button</gui> to show the message tray."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:87(section/title)
+msgid "Hiding notifications"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:89(section/p)
+msgid "If you're working on something and do not want to be bothered, you can switch off notifications. Just 
click your name on the top bar and change the <gui>Notifications</gui> toggle to <gui>OFF</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:93(section/p)
+msgid "When switched off, most notifications will not pop up at the bottom of the screen. Very important 
notifications, such as when your battery is critically low, will still pop up. Notifications will still be 
available in the messaging tray when you display it (by moving your mouse to the bottom right corner, or 
pressing <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>), and they will redisplay when you switch the toggle 
to <gui>ON</gui> again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-overview.page:9(info/title)
+msgctxt "link:trail"
+msgid "Desktop"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-overview.page:11(info/desc)
+msgid "<link xref=\"shell-introduction\">Introduction</link>, <link 
xref=\"shell-keyboard-shortcuts\">keyboard shortcuts</link>, <link xref=\"clock-calendar\">calendar</link>, 
<link xref=\"shell-notifications\">notifications</link>…"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-overview.page:28(page/title)
+msgid "Desktop, apps &amp; windows"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-overview.page:33(section/title)
+msgid "The Desktop"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-overview.page:37(section/title)
+msgid "Applications and windows"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:9(info/desc)
+msgid "An overview of terms used to describe different parts of the desktop."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:25(page/title)
+msgid "Activities, dash, top bar… What are they?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:32(item/p)
+msgid "The <em>activities overview</em> is the screen that is displayed when you click <gui>Activities</gui> 
at the top left of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:35(item/p)
+msgid "The <em>activities overview</em> is the screen that is displayed when you select <gui>Activities 
Overview</gui> in the <gui>Applications</gui> menu at the top left of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:41(item/title)
+msgid "Applications menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:42(item/p)
+msgid "You can find the <gui>Applications</gui> menu at the at the top left of the screen. It gives you 
access to applications organized into categories. The <em>activities overview</em> is available by selecting 
the <gui>Activities Overview</gui> item from the menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:49(item/title)
+msgid "Super-Tab window switcher"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:50(item/p)
+msgid "When you hold down the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key and then press 
<key>Tab</key>, a <em>window switcher</em> appears. This shows the icons of the applications you have 
currently open."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:56(item/title)
+msgid "Dash"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:57(item/p)
+msgid "The <em>dash</em> is the list of your favorite applications that is shown on the left-hand side of 
the activities overview. Applications that are currently running are also shown here. The dash is sometimes 
referred to as the <em>dock</em>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:64(item/title)
+msgid "Hot corner"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:65(item/p)
+msgid "The <em>hot corner</em> is the corner at the top left of the screen. When you move the pointer to 
this corner, the activities overview opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:71(item/p)
+msgid "The <em>lock screen</em> displays an image on the screen while your computer is locked. It provides 
useful information about what has been happening while you have been away, and allows you to control media 
playback without having to unlock."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:78(item/title)
+msgid "Notifications"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:79(item/p)
+msgid "<em>Notifications</em> are messages that pop up at the bottom of the screen, telling you that 
something just happened. For example, when someone chatting with you sends a message, a notification will pop 
up to tell you. If you don't want to deal with a message right now, it is hidden in your message tray. Move 
your mouse to the bottom-right corner (or press <keyseq><key 
xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>) to see your message tray."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:89(item/title)
+msgid "Places menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:90(item/p)
+msgid "The <em>places menu</em> is opened when you click <gui>Places</gui> on the <gui>top bar</gui>. It 
gives you quick access to important folders, for example <gui>Downloads</gui> or <gui>Pictures</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:96(item/title)
+msgid "Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:97(item/p)
+msgid "The <em>settings</em> are where you can change preferences and so on, similar to the Control Panel in 
Windows or the System Preferences in Mac OS. Click your name on the top-right of the top bar and select 
<gui>Settings</gui> to access them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:104(item/title)
+msgid "Top bar"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:105(item/p)
+msgid "The <em>top bar</em> is the bar that runs along the very top of the screen. The <gui>Activities</gui> 
link is on one end of the top bar and your username is on the other."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:108(item/p)
+msgid "The <em>top bar</em> is the bar that runs along the very top of the screen. The 
<gui>Applications</gui> menu is on one end of the top bar and your username is on the other."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:114(item/title)
+msgid "Workspace"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:115(item/p)
+msgid "You can put windows on different <em>workspaces</em>. They are a convenient way of grouping and 
separating windows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:120(item/title)
+#: C/shell-workspaces.page:27(media/p)
+msgid "Workspace selector"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:121(item/p)
+msgid "The <em>workspace selector</em> is the list of workspaces that is shown on the right-hand side of the 
<gui>Windows</gui> view in the activities overview."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:127(item/p)
+msgid "The <em>window list</em> is the bar at the very bottom of the screen, which shows buttons for all 
your open windows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:11(info/desc)
+msgid "Check the activities overview or other workspaces."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:25(page/title)
+msgid "Find a lost window"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:26(page/p)
+msgid "A window on a different workspace, or hidden behind another window, is easily found using the <link 
xref=\"shell-terminology\">activities overview</link>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:31(item/p)
+msgid "Open the <em>activities overview</em>. If the missing window is on the current <link 
xref=\"shell-windows#working-with-workspaces\">workspace</link>, it will be shown here in thumbnail. Simply 
click the thumbnail to redisplay the window, or"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:37(item/p)
+msgid "Click different workspaces in the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace selector</link> at the 
right-hand side of the screen to try to find your window, or"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:42(item/p)
+msgid "Right-click the application in the dash and its open windows will be listed. Click the window in the 
list to switch to it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:47(page/p)
+msgid "Using the window switcher:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:50(item/p)
+msgid "Press <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key> </keyseq> to display the 
<link xref=\"shell-terminology\">window switcher</link>. Continue to hold down the <key>Super</key> key and 
press <key>Tab</key> to cycle through the open windows, or <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Tab</key> </keyseq> 
to cycle backwards."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:57(item/p)
+msgid "If an application has multiple open windows, hold down <key>Super</key> and press <key>`</key> (or 
the key above <key>Tab</key>) to step through them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:11(info/desc)
+msgid "Double-click or drag a titlebar to maximize or restore a window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:23(page/title)
+msgid "Maximize and unmaximize a window"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:25(page/p)
+msgid "You can maximize a window to take up all of the space on your desktop and unmaximize a window to 
restore it to its normal size. You can also maximize windows vertically along the left and right sides of the 
screen, so you can easily look at two windows at once. See <link xref=\"shell-windows-tiled\"/> for details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:31(page/p)
+msgid "To maximize a window, grab the titlebar and drag it to the top of the screen, or just double-click 
the titlebar. To maximize a window using the keyboard, hold down the <key 
xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key and press <key>↑</key>, or press 
<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:37(page/p)
+msgid "You can also maximize a window by clicking the maximize button in the titlebar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:40(page/p)
+msgid "To restore a window to its unmaximized size, drag it away from the edges of the screen. If the window 
is fully maximized, you can double-click the titlebar to restore it. You can also use the same keyboard 
shortcuts you used to maximize the window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:46(note/p)
+#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:38(note/p)
+msgid "Hold down the <key>Alt</key> key and drag anywhere in a window to move it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-windows-states.page:10(info/desc)
+msgid "Arrange windows in a workspace to help you work more efficiently."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-windows-states.page:23(page/title)
+msgid "Move and resize windows"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-windows-states.page:25(page/p)
+msgid "You can move and resize windows to help you work more efficiently. In addition to the dragging 
behavior you might expect, GNOME features shortcuts and modifiers to help you arrange windows quickly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-windows-states.page:30(item/p)
+msgid "Move a window by dragging the titlebar, or hold down <key>Alt</key> and drag anywhere in the window. 
Hold down <key>Shift</key> while moving to snap the window to the edges of the screen and other windows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-windows-states.page:34(item/p)
+msgid "Resize a window by dragging the edges or corner of the window. Hold down <key>Shift</key> while 
resizing to snap the window to the edges of the screen and other windows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-windows-states.page:38(item/p)
+msgid "You can also resize a maximized window by clicking the maximize button in the titlebar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-windows-states.page:41(item/p)
+msgid "Move or resize a window using only the keyboard. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq> 
to move a window or <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></keyseq> to resize. Use the arrow keys to move or 
resize, then press <key>Enter</key> to finish, or press <key>Esc</key> to return to the original position and 
size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-windows-states.page:47(item/p)
+msgid "<link xref=\"shell-windows-maximize\">Maximize a window</link> by dragging it to the top of the 
screen. Drag a window to one side of the screen to maximize it along the side, allowing you to <link 
xref=\"shell-windows-tiled\">tile windows side by side</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:20(info/desc)
+msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:23(page/title)
+msgid "Switch between windows"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:29(page/p)
+msgid "Including all applications in the <gui>window switcher</gui> makes switching between tasks a 
single-step process and provides a full picture of which applications are running."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:33(page/p)
+msgid "From a workspace:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:36(item/p)
+msgid "Press <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab </key></keyseq> to bring up the 
<gui>window switcher</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:38(item/p)
+msgid "Release <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> to select the next (highlighted) window in the 
switcher."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:40(item/p)
+msgid "Otherwise, still holding down the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\"> Super</key> key, press 
<key>Tab</key> to cycle through the list of open windows, or <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> 
to cycle backwards."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:46(page/p)
+msgid "You can also use the window list on the bottom bar to access all your open windows and switch between 
them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:50(note/p)
+msgid "Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of applications with multiple 
windows pop down as you click through. Hold down <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> and press 
<key>`</key> (or the key above <key>Tab</key>) to step through the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:57(note/p)
+msgid "In the window switcher, applications from different workspaces are divided by vertical separators."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:62(item/p)
+msgid "You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with the <key>→</key> or 
<key>←</key> keys, or select one by clicking it with the mouse."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:65(item/p)
+msgid "Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the <key>↓</key> key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:69(page/p)
+msgid "From the <gui>Activities</gui> overview:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:71(item/p)
+msgid "Click on a <link xref=\"shell-windows\">window</link> to switch to it and leave the overview. If you 
have multiple <link xref=\"shell-windows#working-with-workspaces\">workspaces</link> open, you can click on 
each workspace to view the open windows on each workspace."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:10(info/desc)
+msgid "Maximize two windows side-by-side."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:23(page/title)
+msgid "Tile windows"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:25(page/p)
+msgid "You can maximize a window on only the left or right side of the screen, allowing you to place two 
windows side-by-side to quickly switch between them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:29(page/p)
+msgid "To maximize a window along a side of the screen, grab the titlebar and drag it to the left or right 
side until half of the screen is highlighted. Using the keyboard, hold down the <link 
xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super key</link> and press the <key>Left</key> or <key>Right</key> key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:34(page/p)
+msgid "To restore a window to its original size, drag it away from the side of the screen, or use the same 
keyboard shortcut you used to maximize."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-windows.page:9(info/desc)
+msgid "Move and organize your windows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-windows.page:21(page/title)
+msgid "Windows and workspaces"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-windows.page:23(page/p)
+msgid "Like other desktops, GNOME uses windows to display your running applications. Using both the 
<gui>Activities</gui> overview and the <gui>dash</gui>, you can launch new applications and control active 
windows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-windows.page:27(page/p)
+msgid "You can also group your applications together within workspaces. Visit the window and workspace help 
topics below to better learn how to use these features."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-windows.page:57(info/title)
+msgctxt "link:trail"
+msgid "Windows"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-windows.page:59(section/title)
+msgid "Working with windows"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-windows.page:64(info/title)
+msgctxt "link:trail"
+msgid "Workspaces"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-windows.page:66(section/title)
+msgid "Working with workspaces"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:26(info/desc)
+msgid "Go to the Activities overview and drag the window to a different workspace."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:30(page/title)
+msgid "Move a window to a different workspace"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:33(steps/title)
+#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:27(steps/title)
+msgid "Using the mouse:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:35(item/p)
+msgid "Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui>Activities</gui> overview</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:37(item/p)
+msgid "Open the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities Overview</gui> from the <link 
xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui style=\"menu\">Applications</gui> menu</link> at the top left of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:43(item/p)
+msgid "Click and drag the window toward the right of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:46(item/p)
+msgid "The <em xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace selector</em> will appear."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:50(item/p)
+msgid "Drop the window onto an empty workspace. This workspace now contains the window you have dropped, and 
a new empty workspace appears at the bottom of the <em>workspace selector</em>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:54(item/p)
+msgid "Drop the window onto an empty workspace. This workspace now contains the window you have dropped."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:60(steps/title)
+#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:51(list/title)
+msgid "Using the keyboard:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:62(item/p)
+msgid "Select the window that you want to move (for example, using the <keyseq><key 
xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> <em xref=\"shell-terminology\">window 
switcher</em>)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:67(item/p)
+msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> to move the window to a 
workspace which is above the current workspace on the <em>workspace selector</em>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:70(item/p)
+msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq> to move the window to a 
workspace which is below the current workspace on the <em>workspace selector</em>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:21(info/desc)
+msgid "Use the workspace selector."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:24(page/title)
+msgid "Switch between workspaces"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:29(item/p)
+msgid "Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\"> Activities overview</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:31(item/p)
+msgid "At the top left of the screen, click the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> 
menu</link> and choose <gui>Activities Overview</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:36(item/p)
+msgid "Click on a workspace in the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace selector</link> on the right 
side of the screen to view the open windows on that workspace."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:41(item/p)
+msgid "Click on any window thumbnail to activate the workspace."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:45(page/p)
+msgid "Alternatively, you can switch between workspaces by clicking the workspace identifier at the 
right-hand side of the window list on the bottom bar and selecting the workspace you want to use from the 
menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:53(item/p)
+msgid "Press <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> to move to a 
workspace which is above the current workspace in the workspace selector."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:59(item/p)
+msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq> to move to a workspace which is below the 
current workspace in the workspace selector."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/shell-workspaces.page:26(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/shell-workspaces.png' md5='7bff363fa97b90b297adcd52bd20d6ea'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-workspaces.page:10(info/desc)
+msgid "Workspaces are a way of grouping windows on your desktop."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-workspaces.page:23(page/title)
+msgid "What is a workspace, and how will it help me?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-workspaces.page:30(page/p)
+msgid "Workspaces refer to the grouping of windows on your desktop. You can create multiple workspaces, 
which act like virtual desktops. Workspaces are meant to reduce clutter and make the desktop easier to 
navigate."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-workspaces.page:35(page/p)
+msgid "Workspaces refer to the grouping of windows on your desktop. You can use multiple workspaces, which 
act like virtual desktops. Workspaces are meant to reduce clutter and make the desktop easier to navigate."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-workspaces.page:40(page/p)
+msgid "Workspaces can be used to organize your work. For example, you could have all your communication 
windows, such as e-mail and your chat program, on one workspace, and the work you are doing on a different 
workspace. Your music manager could be on a third workspace."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-workspaces.page:45(page/p)
+msgid "Using workspaces:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-workspaces.page:49(item/p)
+msgid "In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, move your cursor to the right-most side of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-workspaces.page:51(item/p)
+msgid "Press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key to open the <gui>Activities</gui> overview 
and then move your cursor to the right-most side of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-workspaces.page:57(item/p)
+msgid "A vertical panel will appear showing workspaces in use, plus an empty workspace. This is the <link 
xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace selector</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-workspaces.page:60(item/p)
+msgid "A vertical panel will appear showing available workspaces. This is the <link 
xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace selector</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-workspaces.page:65(item/p)
+msgid "To add a workspace, drag and drop a window from an existing workspace onto the empty workspace in the 
<link xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace selector</link>. This workspace now contains the window you have 
dropped, and a new empty workspace will appear below it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-workspaces.page:72(item/p)
+msgid "To remove a workspace, simply close all of its windows or move them to other workspaces."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/shell-workspaces.page:77(page/p)
+msgid "There is always at least one workspace."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-alert.page:18(info/desc)
+msgid "Choose the sound to play for messages, set the alert volume, or disable alert sounds."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-alert.page:23(page/title)
+msgid "Choose or disable the alert sound"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-alert.page:25(page/p)
+msgid "Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages and events. You can choose 
different sound clips for alerts, set the alert volume independently of your system volume, or disable alert 
sounds entirely."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-alert.page:32(item/p)
+msgid "Click <gui>Sound</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-alert.page:33(item/p)
+msgid "On the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab, select an alert sound. Each sound will play when you click on it 
so you can hear how it sounds."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-alert.page:37(page/p)
+msgid "Use the volume slider on the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab to set the volume of the alert sound. This 
won't affect the volume of your music, movies, or other sound files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-alert.page:41(page/p)
+msgid "To disable alert sounds entirely, use the <gui>On/Off</gui> switch under <gui>Alert volume</gui> on 
the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-broken.page:10(info/desc)
+msgid "Troubleshoot problems like having no sound or having poor sound quality."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-broken.page:20(page/title)
+msgid "Sound problems"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-broken.page:27(page/p)
+msgid "There are a number of ways for sound playback to break on your computer. Which of the topics below 
best describes the problem you are experiencing?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-crackle.page:8(info/desc)
+msgid "Check your audio cables and sound card drivers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-crackle.page:20(page/title)
+msgid "I hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-crackle.page:22(page/p)
+msgid "If you hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing on your computer, you may have a problem 
with the audio cables or connectors, or a problem with the drivers for the sound card."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-crackle.page:28(item/p)
+msgid "Check that the speakers are plugged in correctly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-crackle.page:29(item/p)
+msgid "If the speakers aren't fully plugged in, or if they are plugged into the wrong socket, you might hear 
a buzzing sound."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-crackle.page:34(item/p)
+msgid "Make sure the speaker/headphone cable isn't damaged."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-crackle.page:35(item/p)
+msgid "Audio cables and connectors can gradually wear with use. Try plugging the cable or headphones into 
another audio device (like an MP3 player or a CD player) to check if there is still a crackling sound. If 
there is, you may need to replace the cable or headphones."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-crackle.page:42(item/p)
+msgid "Check if the sound drivers aren't very good."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-crackle.page:43(item/p)
+msgid "Some sound cards don't work very well on Linux because they don't have very good drivers. This 
problem is more difficult to identify. Try searching for the make and model of your sound card on the 
internet, plus the search term \"Linux\", to see if other people are having the same problem."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-crackle.page:47(item/p)
+msgid "You can use the <cmd>lspci</cmd> command to get more information about your sound card."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:8(info/desc)
+msgid "Check that it's not muted, that cables are plugged in properly, and that the sound card is detected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:21(page/title)
+msgid "I can't hear any sounds on the computer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:23(page/p)
+msgid "If you can't hear any sounds on your computer, for example when you try to play music, try these 
troubleshooting steps to see if you can fix the problem."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:27(section/title)
+msgid "Make sure that the sound is not muted"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:28(section/p)
+msgid "Click the sound icon on the top bar (it looks like a speaker) and make sure that the sound is not 
muted or turned right down."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:30(section/p)
+msgid "Some laptops have mute switches or keys on their keyboards—try pressing that key to see if it unmutes 
the sound."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:32(section/p)
+msgid "You should also check that you haven't muted the application that you're using to play sound (e.g. 
your music player or movie player). The application may have a mute or volume button in its main window, so 
check that. Also, click the sound icon on the top bar and choose <gui>Sound Settings</gui>. When the 
<gui>Sound</gui> window appears, go to the <gui>Applications</gui> tab and check that your application is not 
muted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:41(section/title)
+msgid "Check that the speakers are turned on and connected properly"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:42(section/p)
+msgid "If your computer has external speakers, make sure that they are turned on and that the volume is 
turned up. Make sure that the speaker cable is securely plugged into the \"output\" audio socket on the back 
of the computer. This socket is usually light green in color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:47(section/p)
+msgid "Some sound cards are able to switch which socket they use for output (to the speakers) and input 
(from a microphone, for instance). The output socket may be different when running Linux than on Windows or 
Mac OS. Try connecting the speaker cable to the different audio sockets on the computer in turn to see if 
that works."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:53(section/p)
+msgid "A final thing to check is that the audio cable is securely plugged into the back of the speakers. 
Some speakers have more than one input too."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:58(section/title)
+msgid "Check that the right sound device is selected"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:59(section/p)
+msgid "Some computers have multiple \"sound devices\" installed. Some of these are capable of outputting 
sound and some are not, so you should check that you have the correct one selected. This might involve some 
trial-and-error to choose the right one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:65(item/p)
+msgid "Click the sound icon on the top bar and select <gui>Sound Settings</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:68(item/p)
+msgid "In the <gui>Sound</gui> window that appears, go to the <gui>Output</gui> tab. Make a note of which 
device and which profile are selected (so you can return to the default selections if changing them doesn't 
work)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:73(item/p)
+msgid "For the selected device, try changing the profile—play a sound after you change the profile to see if 
it works. You might need to go through the list and try each profile."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:78(item/p)
+msgid "If that doesn't work, you might want to try doing the same for any other devices that are listed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:82(item/p)
+msgid "Try changing the <gui>Connector</gui> option in the <gui>Output</gui> tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:88(section/title)
+msgid "Check that the sound card was detected properly"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:89(section/p)
+msgid "Your sound card may not have been detected properly. If this has happened, your computer will think 
that it isn't able to play sound. A possible reason for the card not being detected properly is that the 
drivers for the card are not installed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:95(item/p)
+msgid "Go to the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and open a Terminal."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:98(item/p)
+msgid "Type <cmd>aplay -l</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:101(item/p)
+msgid "A list of devices will be shown. If there are no <gui>playback hardware devices</gui>, your sound 
card has not been detected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:106(section/p)
+msgid "If your sound card is not detected, you may need to manually install the drivers for it. How you do 
this will depend on the card you have."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:109(section/p)
+msgid "You can see what sound card you have by using the <cmd>lspci</cmd> command in the Terminal. You may 
have to run <cmd>lspci</cmd> as <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">superuser</link>; either type <cmd>sudo 
lspci</cmd> and type your password, or type <cmd>su</cmd>, enter the <em>root</em> (administrative) password, 
then type <cmd>lspci</cmd>. See if an <em>audio controller</em> or <em>audio device</em> is listed—it should 
have the sound card's make and model number. <cmd>lspci -v</cmd> will show a list with more detailed 
information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:118(section/p)
+msgid "You may be able to find and install drivers for your card. It's best to ask on support forums (or 
otherwise) for your Linux distribution for instructions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:121(section/p)
+msgid "If you can't get drivers for your sound card, you might prefer to buy a new sound card. You can get 
sound cards that can be installed inside the computer and external USB sound cards."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-usemic.page:18(info/desc)
+msgid "Use an analog or USB microphone and select a default input device."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-usemic.page:22(page/title)
+msgid "Use a different microphone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-usemic.page:24(page/p)
+msgid "You can use an external microphone for chatting with friends, speaking with colleagues at work, 
making voice recordings, or using other multimedia applications. Even if your computer has a built-in 
microphone or a webcam with a microphone, a separate microphone usually provides better audio quality."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-usemic.page:30(page/p)
+msgid "If your microphone has a circular plug, just plug it into the appropriate adapter on your computer. 
Most computers have two adapters: one for microphones and one for speakers. Look for a picture of a 
microphone next to the adapter. Microphones plugged into the appropriate adapter will usually be used by 
default. If not, see the instructions below for selecting a default input device."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-usemic.page:37(page/p)
+msgid "If you have a USB microphone, plug it into any USB port on your computer. USB microphones act as 
separate audio devices, and you may have to specify which microphone to use by default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-usemic.page:42(steps/title)
+#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:50(steps/title)
+msgid "Select a default audio input device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-usemic.page:44(item/p)
+msgid "Open <gui>Sound</gui> and select the <gui>Input</gui> tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-usemic.page:45(item/p)
+msgid "Select the device in the list of devices. The input level indicator should respond when you speak."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:19(info/desc)
+msgid "Connect speakers or headphones and select a default audio output device."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:23(page/title)
+msgid "Use different speakers or headphones"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:25(page/p)
+msgid "You can use external speakers or headphones with your computer. Speakers usually either connect using 
a circular TRS (<em>tip, ring, sleeve</em>) plug or with USB."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:29(page/p)
+msgid "If your speakers or headphones have a TRS plug, plug it into the appropriate socket on your computer. 
Most computers have two sockets: one for microphones and one for speakers. Look for a picture of headphones 
next to the socket. Speakers or headphones plugged into a TRS socket will usually be used by default. If not, 
see the instructions below for selecting the default device."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:35(page/p)
+msgid "Some computers support multi-channel output for surround sound. This usually uses multiple TRS jacks, 
which are often color-coded. If you are unsure which plugs go in which sockets, you can test the sound output 
in the sound settings. Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Settings</gui>, then click 
<gui>Sound</gui>. On the <gui>Output</gui> tab, select your speakers in the list of devices, then click <gui 
style=\"button\">Test Speakers</gui>. In the pop-up window, click the button for each speaker. Each button 
will speak its position only to the channel corresponding to that speaker."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:44(page/p)
+msgid "If you have USB speakers or headphones, or analog headphones plugged into a USB sound card, plug them 
into any USB port. USB speakers act as separate audio devices, and you may have to specify which speakers to 
use by default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:52(item/p)
+msgid "Open <gui>Sound</gui> and select the <gui>Output</gui> tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:53(item/p)
+msgid "Select the device in the list of devices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-volume.page:19(info/desc)
+msgid "Set the sound volume for the computer and control the loudness of each application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-volume.page:24(page/title)
+msgid "Change the sound volume"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-volume.page:26(page/p)
+msgid "To change the sound volume, click the sound icon on the top bar (it looks like a speaker) and move 
the volume slider left or right. You can completely turn off sound by dragging the slider all the way to the 
left."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-volume.page:30(page/p)
+msgid "Some keyboards have keys that let you control the volume. They normally look like stylized speakers 
with waves coming out of them. They are often near the \"F\" keys at the top. On laptop keyboards, they are 
usually on the \"F\" keys. Hold down the <key>Fn</key> key on your keyboard to use them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-volume.page:35(page/p)
+msgid "Of course, if you have external speakers, you can also change the volume using the volume control on 
the speakers themselves. Some headphones have a volume control too."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-volume.page:40(section/title)
+msgid "Changing the sound volume for individual applications"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-volume.page:41(section/p)
+msgid "You can change the volume for one application, but leave the volume for others unchanged. This is 
useful if you're listening to music and browsing the web, for example. You might want to turn off the volume 
in the web browser so sounds from websites don't interrupt the music."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-volume.page:45(section/p)
+msgid "Some applications have volume controls in their main windows. If your application has one of these, 
use that to change the volume. Otherwise, click the sound icon on the top bar and select <gui>Sound 
Settings</gui>. Go to the <gui>Applications</gui> tab and change the volume of the application there."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/sound-volume.page:49(section/p)
+msgid "Only applications that are playing sounds will be listed. If an application is playing sounds but 
isn't listed, it might not support the feature that lets you control its volume in this way. In that case, 
you can't change its volume."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/status-icons.page:27(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/top-bar-icons.png' md5='a5907ec4d348a718fb00dec38d1f1a83'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/status-icons.page:33(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/top-bar-icons-classic.png' md5='c111828dd0fb5e409d81e2568650689a'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/status-icons.page:46(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/preferences-desktop-accessibility-symbolic.svg' 
md5='691c8ca2224e2d9336fd885d03e99ae7'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/status-icons.page:60(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/status-icons.page:64(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/audio-volume-medium-symbolic.svg' md5='3524ca6765aed7cdf3bd945abbd998b4'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/status-icons.page:69(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/audio-volume-low-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/status-icons.page:73(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/audio-volume-muted-symbolic.svg' md5='b7b4f8175a4296f868d30dfe3eba63b5'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/status-icons.page:85(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/bluetooth-active-symbolic.svg' md5='2b8aeab2e438db156b8a80b4786b6494'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/status-icons.page:89(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/bluetooth-disabled-symbolic.svg' md5='9cc8f6a0e16a7a5c1ab93a614fcd1927'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/status-icons.page:102(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/network-cellular-3g-symbolic.svg' md5='9f14496614814dd16198a5976992ce7d'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/status-icons.page:106(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/network-cellular-4g-symbolic.svg' md5='8f762eaca4d4dce72636a83bc6f8e99c'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/status-icons.page:110(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/network-cellular-edge-symbolic.svg' md5='d22ba8b6270fed59ed43dffe1dd29291'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/status-icons.page:114(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/network-cellular-gprs-symbolic.svg' md5='8cb9b05488b795a7ca15f0e793dd7a12'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/status-icons.page:118(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/network-cellular-umts-symbolic.svg' md5='246fb9f20eb9c62099d2f03dab7862d7'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/status-icons.page:122(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/network-cellular-connected-symbolic.svg' md5='d91f63917fa6dfcc236f7c314943de02'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/status-icons.page:126(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/network-cellular-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5='8d577fb45ada25110b793d6fc63926e4'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/status-icons.page:130(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-excellent-symbolic.svg' 
md5='bef17e47bc8c13fff7d71219395066ca'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/status-icons.page:134(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-good-symbolic.svg' 
md5='0c5b62a5b5f822b2d1ebd7c45c1c001d'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/status-icons.page:138(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-ok-symbolic.svg' md5='0ad0cc31594a66d71a8ffef23f69e92d'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/status-icons.page:142(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-weak-symbolic.svg' 
md5='ade409f6f267726d9b65429a2fab75b5'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/status-icons.page:146(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/network-cellular-signal-none-symbolic.svg' 
md5='7982c4ea8879591ee5a33aaf974878f5'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/status-icons.page:156(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/network-error-symbolic.svg' md5='74a6db11eff9b395e75bccbfb795f067'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/status-icons.page:160(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/network-idle-symbolic.svg' md5='ac57a6479c2424603563f02b613936ee'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/status-icons.page:164(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/network-no-route-symbolic.svg' md5='b3d6e68b29982fa2e60bfc8c5a033dbf'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/status-icons.page:168(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/network-offline-symbolic.svg' md5='2cf6b695f4b6ef304cc1718565764106'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/status-icons.page:172(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/network-receive-symbolic.svg' md5='cd7b4bce8951b6acd8c5dbaeeb810964'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/status-icons.page:176(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/network-transmit-receive-symbolic.svg' md5='173346436b6678b38b6282a4ce2da324'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/status-icons.page:180(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/network-transmit-symbolic.svg' md5='9e762e7c743487663242ba72b9d7c042'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/status-icons.page:190(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/network-vpn-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5='0dcf426638e40c1c7f4b60631eb8cfc7'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/status-icons.page:194(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/network-vpn-symbolic.svg' md5='fdc56cb03e0e34d8489196ab2013218b'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/status-icons.page:203(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/network-wired-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5='3240561a79f3ea4de8d269af8b4360b9'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/status-icons.page:207(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/network-wired-disconnected-symbolic.svg' md5='fe615da119ac5c4249ec7c1caa4aeb02'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/status-icons.page:211(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/network-wired-symbolic.svg' md5='b6f18907d39603d3d3fddba888c73d5f'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/status-icons.page:220(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/network-wireless-acquiring-symbolic.svg' md5='07b39a7f56e98505d90268553e963637'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/status-icons.page:224(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/network-wireless-encrypted-symbolic.svg' md5='851e0de07fe7f783353a6306ca062bac'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/status-icons.page:228(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/network-wireless-connected-symbolic.svg' md5='122927aef02e8ab8bbff09dc7d3e7503'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/status-icons.page:232(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-excellent-symbolic.svg' 
md5='f1f5e453088fe2863b92129915eb4e73'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/status-icons.page:236(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-good-symbolic.svg' 
md5='b3d618692b9758338ebc1dd8c86de5e6'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/status-icons.page:240(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-ok-symbolic.svg' md5='654b82639aa5bcf77912f89cfbb6db4b'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/status-icons.page:244(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-weak-symbolic.svg' 
md5='688d800737021f6b4c6ebec0a22ee9f7'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/status-icons.page:248(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/network-wireless-signal-none-symbolic.svg' 
md5='e915e2b42220c0090589b8e410986a29'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/status-icons.page:260(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/battery-full-symbolic.svg' md5='96e26ea6bd110e290660818342d37232'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/status-icons.page:264(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/battery-good-symbolic.svg' md5='6a5b5421cc289ca29764b6f0b100a9bc'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/status-icons.page:268(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/battery-low-symbolic.svg' md5='517841b8ce6b3662f1769b44fb9899e1'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/status-icons.page:272(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/battery-caution-symbolic.svg' md5='711a1c41f42238752ecf18f734819909'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/status-icons.page:276(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/battery-empty-symbolic.svg' md5='c86db37d71ac924d199e5b66956f2f19'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/status-icons.page:280(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/battery-missing-symbolic.svg' md5='832e9591800c5a0e20cae090a9ed326d'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/status-icons.page:284(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/battery-full-charged-symbolic.svg' md5='e6f9f4e73acfa675ad56c276b969d873'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/status-icons.page:288(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/battery-full-charging-symbolic.svg' md5='314523c1208a789849b968dd07fe2935'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/status-icons.page:292(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/battery-good-charging-symbolic.svg' md5='25de5d40f4cda7ba0d8190e7dd939a63'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/status-icons.page:296(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/battery-low-charging-symbolic.svg' md5='b25b1fc10e6697bbabae7f536840da98'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/status-icons.page:301(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/battery-caution-charging-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/status-icons.page:306(media)
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/battery-empty-charging-symbolic.svg ' md5='__failed__'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/status-icons.page:11(credit/name)
+msgid "Monica Kochofar"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/status-icons.page:18(info/desc)
+msgid "Explains the meanings of the icons located on the right of the top bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/status-icons.page:21(page/title)
+msgid "What do the icons in the top bar mean?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/status-icons.page:22(page/p)
+msgid "This section explains the meaning of icons located on the top right corner of the screen. More 
specifically, the different variations of the icons provided by the GNOME interface are described."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/status-icons.page:28(media/p)
+#: C/status-icons.page:34(media/p)
+msgid "GNOME Shell top bar"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/status-icons.page:42(section/title)
+msgid "Universal Access Menu Icons"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/status-icons.page:47(td/p)
+msgid "Leads to a menu that turns on accessibility settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/status-icons.page:55(section/title)
+msgid "Volume Control Icons"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/status-icons.page:61(td/p)
+msgid "The volume is set to high."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/status-icons.page:65(td/p)
+msgid "The volume is set to medium."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/status-icons.page:70(td/p)
+msgid "The volume is set to low."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/status-icons.page:74(td/p)
+msgid "The volume is muted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/status-icons.page:81(section/title)
+msgid "Bluetooth Manager Icons"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/status-icons.page:86(td/p)
+msgid "Bluetooth has been activated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/status-icons.page:90(td/p)
+msgid "Bluetooth has been disabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/status-icons.page:96(section/title)
+msgid "Network Manager Icons"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/status-icons.page:98(section/p)
+msgid "<app>Cellular Connection</app>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/status-icons.page:103(td/p)
+msgid "Connected to a 3G network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/status-icons.page:107(td/p)
+msgid "Connected to a 4G network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/status-icons.page:111(td/p)
+msgid "Connected to an EDGE network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/status-icons.page:115(td/p)
+msgid "Connected to a GPRS network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/status-icons.page:119(td/p)
+msgid "Connected to a UMTS network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/status-icons.page:123(td/p)
+msgid "Connected to a cellular network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/status-icons.page:127(td/p)
+msgid "Acquiring a cellular network connection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/status-icons.page:131(td/p)
+#: C/status-icons.page:233(td/p)
+msgid "Very high signal strength."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/status-icons.page:135(td/p)
+#: C/status-icons.page:237(td/p)
+msgid "High signal strength."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/status-icons.page:139(td/p)
+#: C/status-icons.page:241(td/p)
+msgid "Medium signal strength."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/status-icons.page:143(td/p)
+#: C/status-icons.page:245(td/p)
+msgid "Low signal strength."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/status-icons.page:147(td/p)
+msgid "Extremely low signal strength."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/status-icons.page:153(section/p)
+msgid "<app>Local Area Network (LAN) Connection</app>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/status-icons.page:157(td/p)
+msgid "There has been an error in finding the network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/status-icons.page:161(td/p)
+msgid "The network is inactive."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/status-icons.page:165(td/p)
+msgid "There is no route found for the network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/status-icons.page:169(td/p)
+msgid "The network is offline."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/status-icons.page:173(td/p)
+msgid "The network is receiving data."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/status-icons.page:177(td/p)
+msgid "The network is transmitting and receiving data."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/status-icons.page:181(td/p)
+msgid "The network is transmitting data."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/status-icons.page:187(section/p)
+msgid "<app>Virtual Private Network (VPN) Connection</app>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/status-icons.page:191(td/p)
+#: C/status-icons.page:204(td/p)
+msgid "Acquiring a network connection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/status-icons.page:195(td/p)
+msgid "Connected to a VPN network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/status-icons.page:200(section/p)
+msgid "<app>Wired Connection</app>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/status-icons.page:208(td/p)
+msgid "Disconnected from the network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/status-icons.page:212(td/p)
+msgid "Connected to a wired network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/status-icons.page:217(section/p)
+msgid "<app>Wireless Connection</app>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/status-icons.page:221(td/p)
+msgid "Acquiring a wireless connection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/status-icons.page:225(td/p)
+msgid "The wireless network is encrypted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/status-icons.page:229(td/p)
+msgid "Connected to a wireless network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/status-icons.page:249(td/p)
+msgid "Very low signal strength."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/status-icons.page:256(section/title)
+msgid "Power Manager Icons"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/status-icons.page:261(td/p)
+msgid "The battery is full."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/status-icons.page:265(td/p)
+msgid "The battery is partially drained."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/status-icons.page:269(td/p)
+msgid "The battery is low."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/status-icons.page:273(td/p)
+msgid "Caution: The battery is very low."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/status-icons.page:277(td/p)
+msgid "The battery is extremely low."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/status-icons.page:281(td/p)
+msgid "The battery has been unplugged."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/status-icons.page:285(td/p)
+msgid "The battery is fully charged."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/status-icons.page:289(td/p)
+msgid "The battery is full and charging."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/status-icons.page:293(td/p)
+msgid "The battery is partially full and charging."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/status-icons.page:297(td/p)
+msgid "The battery is low and charging."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/status-icons.page:302(td/p)
+msgid "The battery is very low and charging."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/status-icons.page:307(td/p)
+msgid "The battery is empty and charging."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:19(info/desc)
+msgid "Type characters not found on your keyboard, including foreign alphabets, mathematical symbols, and 
dingbats."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:24(page/title)
+msgid "Enter special characters"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:26(page/p)
+msgid "You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's writing systems, even those 
not found on your keyboard. This page lists some different ways you can enter special characters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:31(links/title)
+msgid "Methods to enter characters"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:35(section/title)
+msgid "Character map"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:36(section/p)
+msgid "GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all the characters in Unicode. 
Use the character map to find the character you want, and then copy and paste it to wherever you need it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:39(section/p)
+msgid "You can find <app>Character Map</app> in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. For more information on 
the character map, see the <link href=\"help:gucharmap\">Character Map Manual</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:45(section/title)
+msgid "Compose key"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:46(section/p)
+msgid "A compose key is a special key that allows you to press multiple keys in a row to get a special 
character. For example, to type the accented letter <em>é</em>, you can press <key>compose</key> then 
<key>'</key> then <key>e</key>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:50(section/p)
+msgid "Keyboards don't have specific compose keys. Instead, you can define one of the existing keys on your 
keyboard as a compose key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:53(steps/title)
+msgid "Define a compose key"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:56(item/p)
+msgid "Select the <gui>Shortcuts</gui> tab and click <gui>Typing</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:58(item/p)
+msgid "Click on <gui>Compose Key</gui> in the right pane."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:59(item/p)
+msgid "Click on <gui>Disabled</gui> and select the key you would like to behave as a compose key from the 
drop-down menu. You can choose either of the <key>Ctrl</key> keys, the right <key>Alt</key> key, the right 
<key>Win</key> or <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key if you have one, the <key 
xref=\"keyboard-key-menu\">Menu</key> key or <key>Caps Lock</key>. Any key you select will then only work as 
a compose key, and will no longer work for its original purpose."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:67(section/p)
+msgid "You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:70(item/p)
+msgid "Press <key>compose</key> then <key>'</key> then a letter to place an acute accent over that letter, 
such as <em>é</em>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:72(item/p)
+msgid "Press <key>compose</key> then <key>`</key> (back tick) then a letter to place a grave accent over 
that letter, such as <em>è</em>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:75(item/p)
+msgid "Press <key>compose</key> then <key>\"</key> then a letter to place an umlaut over that letter, such 
as <em>ë</em>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:77(item/p)
+msgid "Press <key>compose</key> then <key>-</key> then a letter to place a macron over that letter, such as 
<em>ē</em>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:80(section/p)
+msgid "For more compose key sequences, see <link 
href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Compose_key#Common_compose_combinations\";>the compose key page on 
Wikipedia</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:86(section/title)
+msgid "Code points"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:87(section/p)
+msgid "You can enter any Unicode character using only your keyboard with the numeric code point of the 
character. Every character is identified by a four-character code point. To find the code point for a 
character, find the character in the character map application and look in the status bar or the 
<gui>Character Details</gui> tab. The code point is the four characters after <gui>U+</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:93(section/p)
+msgid "To enter a character by its code point, hold down <key>Ctrl</key> and <key>Shift</key>, type 
<key>u</key> followed by the four-character code point, then release <key>Ctrl</key> and <key>Shift</key>. If 
you often use characters that you can't easily access with other methods, you might find it useful to 
memorize the code point for those characters so you can enter them quickly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:102(section/title)
+msgid "Keyboard layouts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:103(section/p)
+msgid "You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, regardless of the letters 
printed on the keys. You can even easily switch between different keyboard layouts using an icon in the top 
bar. To learn how, see <link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:110(section/title)
+msgid "Input methods"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:111(section/p)
+msgid "An Input Method expands the previous methods by allowing to enter characters not only with keyboard 
but any input devices also. For instance you could enter characters with a mouse using a gesture method, or 
enter Japanese characters using a Latin keyboard."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:116(section/p)
+msgid "To choose an input method, right-click over a text widget, and in the menu <gui>Input Method</gui>, 
choose an input method you want to use. There is no default input method provided, so refer to the input 
methods documentation to see how to use them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/tips.page:12(info/desc)
+msgid "<link xref=\"tips-specialchars\">Special characters</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-middleclick\">middle 
click shortcuts</link>…"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/tips.page:16(page/title)
+msgid "Tips &amp; tricks"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/translate.page:8(info/desc)
+msgid "How and where to help translate these topics."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/translate.page:25(page/title)
+msgid "Participate to improve translations"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/translate.page:26(page/p)
+msgid "GNOME's help is being translated by a world-wide volunteer community. You are welcome to participate."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/translate.page:29(page/p)
+msgid "There are <link href=\"http://l10n.gnome.org/module/gnome-user-docs/\";>many languages</link> for 
which translations are still needed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/translate.page:32(page/p)
+msgid "To start translating you will need to <link href=\"http://l10n.gnome.org\";>create an account</link> 
and join the <link href=\"http://l10n.gnome.org/teams/\";>translation team</link> for your language. This will 
give you the ability to upload new translations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/translate.page:36(page/p)
+msgid "You can chat with GNOME translators using <link 
href=\"https://cbe003.chat.mibbit.com/?url=irc%3A%2F%2Firc.gnome.org%2Fi18n\";>irc</link>. People on the 
channel are located worldwide, so you may not get an immediate response as a result of timezone differences."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/translate.page:39(page/p)
+msgid "Alternatively, you can contact the Internationalization Team using their <link 
href=\"http://mail.gnome.org/mailman/listinfo/gnome-i18n\";>mailing list</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-accounts.page:7(info/title)
+msgctxt "link:trail"
+msgid "Users"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-accounts.page:8(info/desc)
+msgid "<link xref=\"user-add\">Add user</link> or <link xref=\"user-addguest\">guest user</link>, <link 
xref=\"user-changepassword\">change password</link>, <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">administrators</link>…"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-accounts.page:24(page/title)
+msgid "User accounts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-accounts.page:26(page/p)
+msgid "Each person that uses the computer should have a different user account. This allows them to keep 
their files separate from yours and to choose their own settings. It's also more secure. You can only access 
a different user account if you know the password."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-accounts.page:33(info/title)
+msgctxt "link:trail"
+msgid "Accounts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-accounts.page:35(section/title)
+msgid "Manage user accounts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-accounts.page:39(section/title)
+msgid "Passwords"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-accounts.page:44(info/title)
+msgctxt "link:trail"
+msgid "Privileges"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-accounts.page:46(section/title)
+msgid "User privileges"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-add.page:8(info/desc)
+msgid "Add new users so that other people can log in to the computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-add.page:29(page/title)
+msgid "Add a new user account"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-add.page:58(page/p)
+msgid "You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. Give one account to each person in your 
household or company. Every user has their own home folder, documents, and settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-add.page:64(item/p)
+msgid "Open <gui>Users</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-add.page:66(item/p)
+msgid "You need <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrator privileges</link> to add user accounts. 
Click <gui>Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and type your password or the administrator password, as 
prompted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-add.page:70(item/p)
+#: C/user-addguest.page:47(item/p)
+msgid "In the list of accounts on the left, click the <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> button to add a new user 
account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-add.page:73(item/p)
+msgid "If you want the new user to have <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrative access</link> to 
the computer, select <gui>Administrator</gui> for the account type. Administrators can do things like add and 
delete users, install software and drivers, and change the date and time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-add.page:79(item/p)
+msgid "Enter the new user's full name. The username will be filled in automatically based on the full name. 
The default is probably OK, but you can change it if you like."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-add.page:83(item/p)
+msgid "Click <gui>Add</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-add.page:85(item/p)
+msgid "The account is initially disabled until you choose what to do about the user's password. Select the 
new account from the list. Under <gui>Login Options</gui> click <gui>Account disabled</gui> next to 
<gui>Password</gui>. Select <gui>Set a password now</gui> from the <gui>Action</gui> drop-down list, and have 
the user type their password in the <gui>New password</gui> and <gui>Confirm password</gui> fields. See <link 
xref=\"user-goodpassword\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-add.page:92(item/p)
+#: C/user-changepassword.page:63(item/p)
+msgid "You can also click the button next to the <gui>New password</gui> field to select a randomly 
generated secure password. These passwords are hard for others to guess, but they can be hard to remember, so 
be careful."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-add.page:96(item/p)
+#: C/user-changepassword.page:67(item/p)
+msgid "Click <gui>Change</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-add.page:99(note/p)
+msgid "In the <gui>User Accounts</gui> window you can click the image next to the user's name on the right 
to set an image for the account. This image will be shown in the login window. GNOME provides some stock 
photos you can use, or you can select your own or take a picture with your webcam."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-addguest.page:7(info/desc)
+msgid "Allow guests to use your computer temporarily, without having to give them a password."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-addguest.page:32(page/title)
+msgid "Add a guest user account"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-addguest.page:34(page/p)
+msgid "You can create a user account for guests, people who will only use the computer on a brief, temporary 
basis. The guest user will be able to use the programs on your computer, but they won't be able to access 
your files, change your settings, or install software."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-addguest.page:40(steps/title)
+msgid "Create a guest user account:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-addguest.page:42(item/p)
+#: C/user-admin-change.page:32(item/p)
+#: C/user-changepassword.page:56(item/p)
+#: C/user-changepicture.page:30(item/p)
+#: C/user-delete.page:36(item/p)
+msgid "Click your name on the top bar, then click the picture next to your name to open the <gui>Users</gui> 
window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-addguest.page:44(item/p)
+msgid "Click <gui>Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and type your password to make changes. You must be 
an administrative user to add user accounts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-addguest.page:49(item/p)
+msgid "Select <gui>Standard</gui> for the account type. You don't want to give the guest account 
administrative access. Then give the account a name like <em>Guest</em>, or any other name you like. The 
username will be filled in automatically based on the full name. The default is probably OK, but you can 
change it if you like. Click <gui>Add</gui> when you're done."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-addguest.page:54(item/p)
+msgid "Select the new guest user account. Under <gui>Login Options</gui>, click the label <gui>Account 
disabled</gui> next to <gui>Password</gui>. You will be presented with a window with password options. From 
the <gui>Action</gui> drop-down list, select <gui>Log in without a password</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-addguest.page:60(note/p)
+msgid "Back in the <gui>User Accounts</gui> window you can click the image next to the user's name on the 
right to set an image for the account. This image will be shown in the login window. GNOME provides some 
stock photos you can use, or you can select your own or take a picture with your webcam."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-admin-change.page:10(info/desc)
+msgid "You can change which users are allowed to make changes to the system by giving them administrative 
privileges."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-admin-change.page:23(page/title)
+msgid "Change who has administrative privileges"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-admin-change.page:25(page/p)
+msgid "Administrative privileges are a way of deciding who can make changes to important parts of the 
system. You can change which users have admin privileges and which ones don't. They are a good way of keeping 
your system secure and preventing potentially damaging unauthorized changes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-admin-change.page:37(item/p)
+msgid "Click <gui>Unlock</gui> and enter your password to unlock the account settings. (To give a user admin 
privileges, you must have admin privileges yourself.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-admin-change.page:43(item/p)
+msgid "Select the user whose privileges you want to change."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-admin-change.page:46(item/p)
+msgid "Click the label <gui>Standard</gui> next to <gui>Account type</gui> and select 
<gui>Administrator</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-admin-change.page:52(item/p)
+msgid "Close the User Accounts window. The user's privileges will be changed when they next log in."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-admin-change.page:58(note/p)
+msgid "The first user account on the system is usually the one that has admin privileges. This is the user 
account that was created when you first installed the system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-admin-change.page:61(note/p)
+msgid "It is unwise to have too many users with <gui>Administrator</gui> privileges on one system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:8(info/desc)
+msgid "You need admin privileges to change important parts of your system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:20(page/title)
+msgid "How do administrative privileges work?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:22(page/p)
+msgid "As well as the files that <em>you</em> create, your computer has a number of files which are needed 
by the system for it to work properly. If these important <em>system files</em> are changed improperly they 
can cause various things to break, so they are protected from changes by default. Certain applications also 
modify important parts of the system, and so are also protected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:29(page/p)
+msgid "The way that they are protected is by only allowing users with <em>administrative privileges</em> to 
change the files or use the applications. In day-to-day use, you won't need to change any system files or use 
these applications, so by default you do not have admin privileges."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:34(page/p)
+msgid "Sometimes you need to use these applications, so you may be able to temporarily get admin privileges 
to allow you to make the changes. If an application needs admin privileges, it will ask for your password. 
For example, if you want to install some new software, the software installer (package manager) will ask for 
your admin password so it can add the new application to the system. Once it has finished, your admin 
privileges will be taken away again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:42(page/p)
+msgid "Admin privileges are associated with your user account. Some users are allowed to have admin 
privileges and some are not. Without admin privileges you will not be able to install software. Some user 
accounts (for example, the \"root\" account) have permanent admin privileges. You shouldn't use admin 
privileges all of the time, because you might accidentally change something you did not intend to (like 
delete a needed system file, for example)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:49(page/p)
+msgid "In summary, admin privileges allow you to change important parts of your system when needed, but 
prevent you from doing it accidentally."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:53(note/title)
+msgid "What does \"super user\" mean?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:54(note/p)
+msgid "A user with admin privileges is sometimes called a <em>super user</em>. This is simply because that 
user has more privileges than normal users. You might see people discussing things like <cmd>su</cmd> and 
<cmd>sudo</cmd>; these are programs for temporarily giving you \"super user\" (admin) privileges."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:61(section/title)
+msgid "Why are admin privileges useful?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:62(section/p)
+msgid "Requiring users to have admin privileges before important system changes are made is useful because 
it helps to prevent your system from being broken, intentionally or unintentionally."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:65(section/p)
+msgid "If you had admin privileges all of the time, you might accidentally change an important file, or run 
an application which changes something important by mistake. Only getting admin privileges temporarily, when 
you need them, reduces the risk of these mistakes happening."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:69(section/p)
+msgid "Only certain trusted users should be allowed to have admin privileges. This prevents other users from 
messing with the computer and doing things like uninstalling applications that you need, installing 
applications that you don't want, or changing important files. This is useful from a security standpoint."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-admin-problems.page:8(info/desc)
+msgid "You can only do some things, like installing applications, if you have admin privileges."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-admin-problems.page:20(page/title)
+msgid "Problems caused by administrative restrictions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-admin-problems.page:22(page/p)
+msgid "You may experience a few problems if you don't have <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrative 
privileges</link>. Some tasks require admin privileges in order to work, such as:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-admin-problems.page:28(item/p)
+msgid "Connecting to networks or wireless networks"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-admin-problems.page:31(item/p)
+msgid "Viewing the contents of a removable disk connected to the computer, or the contents of a different 
disk partition (e.g. a Windows partition)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-admin-problems.page:35(item/p)
+msgid "Installing new applications"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-admin-problems.page:39(page/p)
+msgid "You can <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">change who has admin privileges</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-autologin.page:20(info/desc)
+msgid "Set up automatic login for when you switch on your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-autologin.page:23(page/title)
+msgid "Log in automatically"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-autologin.page:25(page/p)
+msgid "You can change your settings so that you are automatically logged in to your account when you start 
up your computer:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-autologin.page:30(item/p)
+msgid "Open <app>Settings</app> from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-autologin.page:33(item/p)
+msgid "Open the <gui>Users</gui> panel from <app>Settings</app>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-autologin.page:36(item/p)
+msgid "Select the user account that you want to log in to automatically at startup."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-autologin.page:40(item/p)
+msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Unlock</gui> and enter your password."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-autologin.page:43(item/p)
+msgid "Toggle the <gui>Automatic Login</gui> switch to <gui>On</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-autologin.page:47(page/p)
+msgid "When you next start up your computer, you will be logged in automatically. If you have this option 
enabled, you will not need to type in your password to log in to your account which means that if someone 
else starts up your computer, they will be able to access your account and your personal data including your 
files and browser history."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-autologin.page:54(note/p)
+msgid "If your account type is <em>Standard</em>, you cannot change this setting. Contact your system 
administrator who can change this setting for you."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-changepassword.page:9(info/desc)
+msgid "Keep your account secure by changing your password often in your account settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-changepassword.page:26(page/title)
+msgid "Change your password"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-changepassword.page:53(page/p)
+msgid "It is a good idea to change your password from time to time, especially if you think someone else 
knows what your password is."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-changepassword.page:58(item/p)
+msgid "Click the label next to <gui>Password</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-changepassword.page:59(note/p)
+msgid "The label should look like a series of dots or boxes if you already have a password set."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-changepassword.page:61(item/p)
+msgid "Enter your current password, then a new password. Enter your new password again in the <gui>Confirm 
password</gui> field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-changepassword.page:70(page/p)
+msgid "Make sure you <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\">choose a good password</link>. This will help to keep 
your user account safe."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-changepassword.page:74(section/title)
+msgid "Change the keyring password"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-changepassword.page:76(section/p)
+msgid "If you change your login password, it may become out of sync with the <em>keyring password</em>. The 
keyring keeps you from having to remember lots of different passwords by just requiring one <em>master</em> 
password to access them all. If you change your user password (see above), your keyring password will remain 
the same as your old password. To change the keyring password (to match your login password):"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-changepassword.page:86(item/p)
+msgid "Open the <app>Passwords and Keys</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-changepassword.page:88(item/p)
+msgid "In the <gui>View</gui> menu, ensure <gui>By keyring</gui> is checked, and select <gui>Show any</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-changepassword.page:90(item/p)
+msgid "In the sidebar under <gui>Passwords</gui>, right-click on <gui>Login keyring</gui> and select 
<gui>Change Password</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-changepassword.page:92(item/p)
+msgid "Enter your old password and click <gui>Continue</gui>. Enter your new password and <gui>Type 
again</gui> to confirm it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-changepassword.page:94(item/p)
+msgid "Click <gui>Continue</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-changepassword.page:98(note/p)
+msgid "You must have the <sys>seahorse</sys> package installed to use <app>Passwords and Keys</app>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-changepassword.page:103(when/p)
+msgid "<link action=\"install:seahorse\" style=\"button\">Install seahorse</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-changepicture.page:7(info/desc)
+msgid "Add your photo to the login and user screens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-changepicture.page:22(page/title)
+msgid "Change your login screen photo"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-changepicture.page:24(page/p)
+msgid "When you log in or switch users, you will see a list of users with their login photos. You can change 
your photo to a stock image or an image of your own. You can even take a new login photo with your webcam."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-changepicture.page:32(item/p)
+msgid "Click the picture next to your name. A drop-down gallery will be shown with some stock login photos. 
If you like one of them, click it to use it for yourself."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-changepicture.page:36(item/p)
+msgid "If you'd rather use a picture you already have on your computer, click <gui>Browse for more 
pictures</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-changepicture.page:38(item/p)
+msgid "If you have a webcam, you can take a new login photo right now by clicking <gui>Take a photo</gui>. 
Take your picture, then move and resize the square outline to crop out the parts you don't want. If you don't 
like the picture you took, click <gui>Discard photo</gui> to try again, or <gui>Cancel</gui> to give up."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-delete.page:7(info/desc)
+msgid "Remove users that no longer use your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-delete.page:29(page/title)
+msgid "Delete a user account"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-delete.page:31(page/p)
+msgid "You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. See <link xref=\"user-add\"/> to learn how. If 
somebody is no longer using your computer, you can delete that user's account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-delete.page:38(item/p)
+msgid "Click <gui>Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and type your password to make changes. You must be 
an administrative user to delete user accounts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-delete.page:41(item/p)
+msgid "Select the user you want to delete and click the <gui style=\"button\">-</gui> button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-delete.page:43(item/p)
+msgid "Each user has their own home folder for their files and settings. You can choose to keep or delete 
the user's home folder. Click <gui>Delete Files</gui> if you're sure they won't be used anymore and you need 
to free up disk space. These files are permanently deleted. They can't be recovered. You may want to back up 
the files to an external drive or CD before deleting them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:8(info/desc)
+msgid "Use longer, more complicated passwords."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:31(page/title)
+msgid "Choose a secure password"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:34(note/p)
+msgid "Make your passwords easy enough for you to remember, but very difficult for others (including 
computer programs) to guess."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:39(page/p)
+msgid "Choosing a good password will help to keep your computer safe. If your password is easy to guess, 
someone may figure it out and gain access to your personal information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:42(page/p)
+msgid "People could even use computers to systematically try to guess your password, so even one that would 
be difficult for a human to guess might be extremely easy for a computer program to crack. Here are some tips 
for choosing a good password:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:49(item/p)
+msgid "Use a mixture of upper-case and lower-case letters, numbers, symbols and spaces in the password. This 
makes it more difficult to guess; there are more symbols from which to choose, meaning more possible 
passwords that someone would have to check when trying to guess yours."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:54(note/p)
+msgid "A good method for choosing a password is to take the first letter of each word in a phrase that you 
can remember. The phrase could be the name of a movie, a book, a song or an album. For example, \"Flatland: A 
Romance of Many Dimensions\" would become F:ARoMD or faromd or f: aromd."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:61(item/p)
+msgid "Make your password as long as possible. The more characters it contains, the longer it should take 
for a person or computer to guess it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:65(item/p)
+msgid "Do not use any words that appear in a standard dictionary in any language. Password crackers will try 
these first. The most common password is \"password\" -- people can guess passwords like this very quickly!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:70(item/p)
+msgid "Do not use any personal information such as a date, license plate number, or any family member's 
name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:74(item/p)
+msgid "Do not use any nouns."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:77(item/p)
+msgid "Choose a password that can be typed quickly, to decrease the chances of someone being able to make 
out what you have typed if they happen to be watching you."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:81(note/p)
+msgid "Never write your passwords down anywhere. They can be easily found!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:85(item/p)
+msgid "Use different passwords for different things."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:89(item/p)
+msgid "Use different passwords for different accounts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:90(item/p)
+msgid "If you use the same password for all of your accounts, anyone who guesses it will be able to access 
all of your accounts immediately."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:92(item/p)
+msgid "It can be difficult to remember lots of passwords, however. Though not as secure as using a different 
passwords for everything, it may be easier to use the same one for things that don't matter (like websites), 
and different ones for important things (like your online banking account and your email)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:99(item/p)
+msgid "Change your passwords regularly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/video-dvd.page:8(info/desc)
+msgid "You might not have the right codecs installed, or the DVD might be the wrong region."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/video-dvd.page:21(page/title)
+msgid "Why won't DVDs play?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/video-dvd.page:23(page/p)
+msgid "If you insert a DVD into your computer and it doesn't play, you may not have the right DVD 
<em>codecs</em> installed, or the DVD might be from a different <em>region</em>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/video-dvd.page:28(section/title)
+msgid "Installing the right codecs for DVD playback"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/video-dvd.page:29(section/p)
+msgid "In order to play DVDs, you need to have the right <em>codecs</em> installed. A codec is a piece of 
software that allows applications to read a video or audio format. If your movie player software doesn't find 
the right codecs, it may offer to install them for you. If not, you'll have to install the codecs manually - 
ask for help on how to do this, for example on your Linux distribution's support forums. You'll probably need 
to install the packages <app>gstreamer0.10-plugins-ugly</app> and <app>libdvd0</app>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/video-dvd.page:37(section/p)
+msgid "DVDs are also <em>copy-protected</em> using a system called CSS. This prevents you from copying DVDs, 
but it also prevents you from playing them unless you have extra software to handle the copy protection. You 
can buy a commercial DVD decoder that can handle copy protection from <link 
href=\"http://www.fluendo.com/shop/product/fluendo-dvd-player/\";>Fluendo</link>. It works with Linux and 
should be legal to use in all countries."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/video-dvd.page:46(section/title)
+msgid "Checking the DVD region"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/video-dvd.page:47(section/p)
+msgid "DVDs have a <em>region code</em>, which tells you in which region of the world they are allowed to be 
played. If the region of your computer's DVD player doesn't match the region of the DVD you are trying to 
play, you won't be able to play the DVD. For example, if you have a Region 1 DVD player, you will only be 
allowed to play DVDs from North America."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/video-dvd.page:53(section/p)
+msgid "It is often possible to change the region used by your DVD player, but it can only be done a few 
times before it locks into one region permanently. To change the DVD region of your computer's DVD player, 
use <link href=\"http://linvdr.org/projects/regionset/\";>regionset</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/video-sending.page:7(info/desc)
+msgid "Check that they have the right video codecs installed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/video-sending.page:18(page/title)
+msgid "Other people can't play the videos I made"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/video-sending.page:20(page/p)
+msgid "If you made a video on your Linux computer and sent it to someone using Windows or Mac OS, you may 
find that they have problems playing the video."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/video-sending.page:23(page/p)
+msgid "To be able to play your video, the person you sent it to must have the right <em>codecs</em> 
installed. A codec is a little piece of software that knows how to take the video and display it on the 
screen. There are lots of different video formats and each requires a different codec to play it back. You 
can check which format your video is by doing:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/video-sending.page:31(item/p)
+msgid "Right-click on video file and select <gui>Properties</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/video-sending.page:32(item/p)
+msgid "Go to the <gui>Audio/Video</gui> tab and look at which <gui>codec</gui> is listed under 
<gui>Video</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/video-sending.page:36(page/p)
+msgid "Ask the person having problems with playback if they have the right codec installed. They may find it 
helpful to search the web for the name of the codec plus the name of their video playback application. For 
example, if your video uses the <em>Theora</em> format and you have a friend using Windows Media Player to 
try and watch it, search for \"theora windows media player\". You will often be able to download the right 
codec for free if it's not installed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/video-sending.page:43(page/p)
+msgid "If you can't find the right codec, try the <link href=\"http://www.videolan.org/vlc/\";>VLC media 
player</link>. It works on Windows and Mac OS as well as Linux, and supports a lot of different video 
formats. Failing that, try converting your video into a different format. Most video editors are able to do 
this, and specific video converter applications are available. Check the software installer application to 
see what's available."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/video-sending.page:51(note/p)
+msgid "There are a few other problems which might prevent someone from playing your video. The video could 
have been damaged when you sent it to them (sometimes big files aren't copied across perfectly), they could 
have problems with their video playback application, or the video may not have been created properly (there 
could have been some errors when you saved the video)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:15(info/desc)
+msgid "Switch the Wacom tablet to <gui>Left-Handed Orientation.</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:18(page/title)
+msgid "Use the tablet left-handed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:20(page/p)
+msgid "Some tablets have hardware buttons on one side. The tablet can be rotated 180 degrees to position 
these buttons for left-handed people. To switch the orientation to left-handed:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:27(item/p)
+#: C/wacom-mode.page:25(item/p)
+#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:30(item/p)
+#: C/wacom-stylus.page:29(item/p)
+msgid "Open <gui>Wacom Tablet</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:28(note/p)
+#: C/wacom-mode.page:26(note/p)
+#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:31(note/p)
+#: C/wacom-stylus.page:30(note/p)
+msgid "If no tablet is detected, you'll be asked to <gui>Please plug in or turn on your Wacom tablet</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:31(item/p)
+msgid "Switch <gui>Left-Handed Orientation</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/wacom-mode.page:15(info/desc)
+msgid "Switch the tablet between tablet mode and mouse mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/wacom-mode.page:18(page/title)
+msgid "Set the Wacom tablet's tracking mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/wacom-mode.page:20(page/p)
+msgid "<gui>Tracking Mode</gui> determines how the pointer is mapped to the screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/wacom-mode.page:29(item/p)
+msgid "Next to <gui>Tracking Mode</gui>, select <gui>Tablet (absolute)</gui> or <gui>Touchpad 
(relative)</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/wacom-mode.page:33(note/p)
+msgid "In <em>absolute</em> mode, each point on the tablet maps to a point on the screen. The top left 
corner of the screen, for instance, always corresponds to the same point on the tablet."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/wacom-mode.page:36(note/p)
+msgid "In <em>relative</em> mode, if you lift the pointer off the tablet and put it down in a different 
position, the cursor on the screen doesn't move. This is the way a mouse operates, allowing you to cover 
distances on the screen with less hand movement."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:16(info/desc)
+msgid "Map the Wacom tablet to a specific monitor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:19(page/title)
+msgid "Choose a monitor"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:34(item/p)
+msgid "Click <gui>Map to Monitor…</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:35(item/p)
+msgid "Check <gui>Map to single monitor</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:36(item/p)
+msgid "Next to <gui>Output</gui>, select the monitor you wish to receive input from your graphics tablet."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:38(note/p)
+msgid "Only the monitors that are configured will be selectable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/wacom-stylus.page:15(info/desc)
+msgid "Define the button functions and pressure feel of the Wacom stylus."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/wacom-stylus.page:18(page/title)
+msgid "Configure the stylus"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/wacom-stylus.page:33(item/p)
+msgid "The lower part of the panel contains details and settings specific to your stylus, with the device 
name (the stylus class) and diagram to the left. These settings can be adjusted:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/wacom-stylus.page:37(item/p)
+msgid "<gui>Eraser Pressure Feel:</gui> use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" (how physical pressure is 
translated to digital values) between <gui>Soft</gui> and <gui>Firm</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/wacom-stylus.page:40(item/p)
+msgid "<gui>Button/Scroll Wheel</gui> configuration (these change to reflect the stylus). Click the menu 
next to each label to select one of these functions: No Action, Left Mouse Button Click, Middle Mouse Button 
Click, Right Mouse Button Click, Scroll Up, Scroll Down, Scroll Left, Scroll Right, Back, Forward."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/wacom-stylus.page:45(item/p)
+msgid "<gui>Tip Pressure Feel:</gui> use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" between <gui>Soft</gui> and 
<gui>Firm</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/wacom-stylus.page:51(note/p)
+msgid "If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to the tablet, a pager will 
be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use the pager to choose which stylus to configured."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/wacom.page:6(info/desc)
+msgid "<link xref=\"wacom-multi-monitor\">Map a monitor</link>, <link xref=\"wacom-stylus\">Configure the 
stylus</link>, <link xref=\"wacom-left-handed\">Use the tablet left handed</link>…"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/wacom.page:21(page/title)
+msgid "Wacom Graphics Tablet"
+msgstr ""
+
[Date Prev][Date Next] [Thread Prev][Thread Next] [Thread Index] [Date Index] [Author Index]